This is a modern-English version of Your Mind and How to Use It: A Manual of Practical Psychology, originally written by Atkinson, William Walker. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

 

 

Note: Images of the original pages are available through Internet Archive. See http://archive.org/details/yourmindhowtouse00atki

 

TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE:

TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE:

The author's use of three asterisks * * * to serve as ellipses has been preserved as printed in the original publication.

The author's use of three asterisks * * * as ellipses has been kept the same as it appeared in the original publication.


 

Cover page

Author

YOUR MIND
AND HOW TO USE IT

A MANUAL OF PRACTICAL
PSYCHOLOGY

A Practical Guide to Psychology

BY

BY

WILLIAM WALKER ATKINSON

William Walker Atkinson

It is not enough merely to have a sound mind—one must also learn how to use it, if he would become mentally efficient.

It’s not enough just to have a sharp mind—one must also learn how to use it if they want to be mentally effective.

PUBLISHED BY

Published by

THE ELIZABETH TOWNE CO.,

THE ELIZABETH TOWNE COMPANY,

HOLYOKE, MASS.

HOLYOKE, MA

L.N. Fowler & Co., London.

L.N. Fowler & Co., London.


Copyright, 1911.
ELIZABETH TOWNE.

Copyright, 1911.
ELIZABETH TOWNE.

Copyrighted in the United States and England.

Copyrighted in the U.S. and the U.K.


Contents.

Chapter Page
I. What is the mind 5
II. The Mechanics of Mental States 11
III. The Major Nerve Centers 17
IV. Awareness 24
V. Notice 29
VI. Awareness 36
VII. Memory 45
VIII. Memories (continued) 54
IX. Creativity 62
X. The Emotions 72
XI. The Feelings 79
XII. The Natural Emotions 88
XIII. The Passions 96
XIV. Social Emotions 104
XV. Religious Feelings 111
XVI. The Aesthetic Emotions 117
XVII. The Smart Emotions 125
XVIII. The Role of Emotions 131
XIX. Emotions and Happiness 136
XX. The Mind 143
XXI. Conception 151
XXII. Classes of Ideas 158
XXIII. Opinions 164
XXIV. Fundamental Laws of Thinking 171
XXV. Reasoning 176
XXVI. Inductive Logic 181
XXVII. Deductive reasoning 186
XXVIII. Faulty Logic 193
XXIX. The Last Will 201
XXX. Will Training 213
XXXI. Will Boost 219

CHAPTER I.
What is the Mind?

PSYCHOLOGY is generally considered to be the science of mind, although more properly it is the science of mental states—thoughts, feelings, and acts of volition. It was formerly the custom of writers on the subject of psychology to begin by an attempt to define and describe the nature of mind, before proceeding to a consideration of the subject of the various mental spates and activities. But more recent authorities have rebelled against this demand, and have claimed that it is no more reasonable to hold that psychology should be held to an explanation of the ultimate nature of mind than it is that physical science be held to an explanation of the ultimate nature of matter. The attempt to explain the ultimate nature of either is futile—no actual necessity exists for explanation in either case. Physics may explain the phenomena of matter, and psychology the phenomena of mind, without regard to the ultimate nature of the substance of either.

PSYCHOLOGY is usually seen as the science of the mind, but more accurately, it’s the science of mental states—thoughts, feelings, and acts of will. In the past, authors writing about psychology would start by trying to define and describe the nature of the mind before moving on to discuss various mental states and activities. However, more recent experts have pushed back against this idea, arguing that it doesn't make sense for psychology to be required to explain the ultimate nature of the mind any more than it makes sense for physical science to explain the ultimate nature of matter. Trying to explain the ultimate nature of either is pointless—there’s no real need for such explanations in either case. Physics can explain the phenomena of matter, and psychology can explain the phenomena of mind, without needing to delve into the ultimate nature of either substance.

The science of physics has progressed steadily during the past century, notwithstanding the fact that the[Pg 6] theories regarding the ultimate nature of matter have been revolutionized during that period. The facts of the phenomena of matter remain, notwithstanding the change of theory regarding the nature of matter itself. Science demands and holds fast to facts, regarding theories as but working hypotheses at the best. Some one has said that "theories are but the bubbles with which the grown-up children of science amuse themselves." Science holds several well-supported, though opposing, theories regarding the nature of electricity, but the facts of the phenomena of electricity, and the application thereof, are agreed upon by the disputing theorists. And so it is with psychology; the facts regarding mental states are agreed upon, and methods of developing mental powers are effectively employed, without regard to whether mind is a product of the brain, or the brain merely an organ of the mind. The fact that the brain and nervous system are employed in the phenomena of thought is conceded by all, and that is all that is necessary for a basis for the science of psychology.

The field of physics has made steady advancements over the past century, even though theories about the fundamental nature of matter have drastically changed during this time. The facts about how matter behaves persist, regardless of the evolving theories about its nature. Science is rooted in facts and treats theories as temporary assumptions at best. Someone once said, "theories are just the bubbles that grown-up kids of science play with." Science has several well-supported yet conflicting theories about electricity, but the facts regarding electrical phenomena and their applications are universally accepted by the theorists in disagreement. The same holds true for psychology; the facts about mental states are widely accepted, and effective methods for enhancing mental abilities are used, irrespective of whether the mind is seen as a product of the brain or if the brain is just an organ of the mind. Everyone agrees that the brain and nervous system are involved in thought processes, and that agreement is all that’s needed as a foundation for the science of psychology.

Disputes regarding the ultimate nature of mind are now generally passed over to the philosophers and metaphysicians, while psychology devotes its entire attention to studying the laws of mental activities, and to discovering methods of mental development. Even phi[Pg 7]losophy is beginning to tire of the eternal "why" and is devoting its attention to the "how" phase of things. The pragmatic spirit has invaded the field of philosophy, expressing itself in the words of Prof. William James, who said: "Pragmatism is the attitude of looking away from first things, principles, categories, supposed necessities; and of looking forward toward last things, fruits, consequences, facts." Modern psychology is essentially pragmatic in its treatment of the subject of the mind. Leaving to metaphysics the old arguments and disputes regarding the ultimate nature of mind, it bends all its energies upon discovering the laws of mental activities and states, and developing methods whereby the mind may be trained to perform better and more work, to conserve its energies, to concentrate its forces. To modern psychology the mind is something to be used, not merely something about which to speculate and theorize. While the metaphysicians deplore this tendency, the practical people of the world rejoice.

Disagreements about the true nature of the mind are mostly left to philosophers and metaphysicians now, while psychology focuses entirely on studying the laws of mental activities and finding ways to improve mental development. Even philosophy is starting to tire of the never-ending "why" questions and is shifting its focus to the "how" aspects. The pragmatic approach has influenced philosophy, as expressed by Prof. William James, who said: "Pragmatism is the attitude of looking away from first things, principles, categories, supposed necessities; and looking forward toward last things, fruits, consequences, facts." Modern psychology is fundamentally pragmatic in its approach to the mind. Leaving the old debates about the nature of the mind to metaphysics, it dedicates all its efforts to uncovering the laws of mental activities and states and developing methods to enhance the mind's performance, conserve energy, and concentrate its efforts. For modern psychology, the mind is something to be used, not just a topic for speculation and theory. While metaphysicians lament this trend, practical people in the world are pleased.

Mind Explained.

Mind is defined as "the faculty or power whereby thinking creatures, feel, think, and will." This definition is inadequate and circular in nature, but this is unavoidable, for mind can be defined only in its own[Pg 8] terms and only by reference to its own processes. Mind, except in reference to its own activities, cannot be defined or conceived. It is known to itself only through its activities. Mind without mental states is a mere abstraction—a word without a corresponding mental image or concept. Sir William Hamilton expressed the matter as clearly as possible, when he said: "What we mean by mind is simply that which perceives, thinks, feels, wills, and desires." Without the perceiving, thinking, feeling, willing, and desiring, it is impossible to form a clear conception or mental image of mind; deprived of its phenomena it becomes the merest abstraction.

Mind is defined as "the ability or power through which thinking beings feel, think, and will." This definition is lacking and circular, but that can’t be helped, because mind can only be defined in its own terms and by referencing its own processes. The mind cannot be defined or understood without mentioning its own activities. It only knows itself through what it does. A mind without mental states is just an abstraction—a term without a related mental image or concept. Sir William Hamilton made this point very clearly when he said: "What we mean by mind is simply that which perceives, thinks, feels, wills, and desires." Without perceiving, thinking, feeling, willing, and desiring, it’s impossible to have a clear idea or mental image of the mind; without its phenomena, it’s just a hollow abstraction.

"Consider What Thinks."

Perhaps the simplest method of conveying the idea of the existence and nature of the mind is that attributed to a celebrated German teacher of psychology who was wont to begin his course by bidding his students think of something, his desk, for example. Then he would say, "Now think of that which thinks about the desk." Then, after a pause, he would add, "This thing which thinks about the desk, and about which you are now thinking, is the subject matter of our study of psychology." The professor could not have said more had he lectured for a month.[Pg 9]

One of the easiest ways to explain the existence and nature of the mind comes from a famous German psychology teacher who would start his class by asking his students to think of something, like his desk. Then he would say, "Now think about what thinks about the desk." After a moment, he would continue, "This thing that thinks about the desk, and that you are now thinking about, is what we will study in psychology." The professor couldn't have conveyed more even if he had lectured for a month.[Pg 9]

Professor Gordy has well said on this point: "The mind must either be that which thinks, feels, and wills, or it must be the thoughts, feelings, and acts of will of which we are conscious—mental facts, in one word. But what can we know about that which thinks, feels, and wills, and what can we find out about it? Where is it? You will probably say, in the brain. But, if you are speaking literally, if you say that it is in the brain, as a pencil is in the pocket, then you must mean that it takes up room, that it occupies space, and that would make it very much like a material thing. In truth, the more carefully you consider it, the more plainly you will see what thinking men have known for a long time—that we do not know and cannot learn anything about the thing which thinks, and feels, and wills. It is beyond the range of human knowledge. The books which define psychology as the science of mind have not a word to say about that which thinks, and feels, and wills. They are entirely taken up with these thoughts and feelings and acts of the will,—mental facts, in a word,—trying to tell us what they are, and to arrange them in classes, and tell us the circumstances or conditions under which they exist. It seems to me that it would be better to define psychology as the science of the experiences, phenomena, or facts of the mind, soul, or self—of mental facts, in a word."[Pg 10]

Professor Gordy has accurately pointed out: "The mind must either be that which thinks, feels, and wills, or it must be the thoughts, feelings, and acts of will that we are aware of—mental facts, in short. But what can we actually know about that which thinks, feels, and wills, and what can we discover about it? Where is it located? You might say it's in the brain. But if you mean it in a literal sense, just like a pencil in a pocket, then you must imply that it occupies space and takes up room, making it similar to a physical object. In reality, the more you ponder this, the more clearly you'll understand what thoughtful individuals have recognized for a long time—that we cannot know or learn anything about the entity that thinks, feels, and wills. It lies beyond what humans can comprehend. The books defining psychology as the science of mind don’t mention that which thinks, feels, and wills at all. They focus entirely on these thoughts, feelings, and acts of will—mental facts, in essence—attempting to explain what they are, categorize them, and explain the situations or conditions under which they occur. I believe it would be better to define psychology as the science of the experiences, phenomena, or facts of the mind, soul, or self—of mental facts, in short." [Pg 10]

In view of the facts of the case, and following the example of the best of the modern authorities, in this book we shall leave the consideration of the question of the ultimate nature of mind to the metaphysicians, and shall confine ourselves to the mental facts, the laws governing them, and the best methods of governing and using them in "the business of life."

In light of the case details, and following the guidance of leading contemporary experts, this book will leave the exploration of the ultimate nature of mind to philosophers and will focus on the mental facts, the laws that govern them, and the most effective ways to manage and apply them in "the business of life."

The classification and method of development to be followed in this book is as follows:—

The classification and method of development to be followed in this book are as follows:—

I. The mechanism of mental states, i.e., the brain, nervous system, sense organs, etc.

I. The mechanism of mental states, i.e., the brain, nervous system, sense organs, etc.

II. The fact of Consciousness and its planes.

II. The reality of consciousness and its levels.

III. Mental processes or faculties, i.e., (1) Sensation and Perception; (2) Representation, or Imagination and Memory; (3) Feeling or Emotion; (4) Intellect, or Reason and Understanding; (5) Will or Volition.

III. Mental processes or faculties, i.e., (1) Sensation and Perception; (2) Representation, or Imagination and Memory; (3) Feeling or Emotion; (4) Intellect, or Reason and Understanding; (5) Will or Volition.

Mental states depend upon the physical mechanism for manifestation, whatever may be the ultimate nature of mind. Mental states, whatever their special character, will be found to fit into one of the above five general classes of mental activities.[Pg 11]

Mental states rely on the physical mechanisms that bring them to life, regardless of what the true essence of the mind might be. No matter their unique qualities, mental states will fall into one of the five general categories of mental activities mentioned above.[Pg 11]


CHAPTER II.
The Mechanism of Mental States.

THE mechanism of mental states—the mental machinery by means of which we feel, think, and will—consists of the brain, nervous system, and the organs of sense. No matter what may be the real nature of mind,—no matter what may be the theory held regarding its activities,—it must be admitted that the mind is dependent upon this mechanism for the manifestation of what we know as mental states. Wonderful as is the mind, it is seen to be dependent upon this physical mechanism for the expression of its activities. And this dependence is not upon the brain alone, but also upon the entire nervous system.

THE mechanism of mental states—the mental machinery through which we feel, think, and decide—includes the brain, nervous system, and the sense organs. Regardless of what the true nature of the mind is, or what theory we may hold about its functions, it's clear that the mind relies on this mechanism to express what we recognize as mental states. As remarkable as the mind is, it depends on this physical mechanism to show its actions. This dependence involves not just the brain, but the whole nervous system as well.

The best authorities agree that the higher and more complex mental states are but an evolution of simple sensation, and that they are dependent upon sensation for their raw material of feeling and thought. Therefore it is proper that we begin by a consideration of the machinery of sensation. This necessitates a previous consideration of the nerves.

The leading experts agree that advanced and more complex mental states are just an evolution of basic sensations, and that they rely on sensations for the foundational material of feeling and thought. So, it's important that we start by looking at how sensation works. This requires us to first consider the nerves.

The Nerves.

The body is traversed by an intricate system of[Pg 12] nerves, which has been likened to a great telegraph system. The nerves transmit sensations from the various parts of the body to the great receiving office of the brain. They also serve to transmit the motor impulses from the brain to the various parts of the body, which impulses result in motion of appropriate parts of the body. There are also other nerves with which we have no concern in this book, but which perform certain physiological functions, such as digestion, secretion, excretion, and circulation. Our chief concern, at this point, is with the sensory nerves.

The body has a complex network of[Pg 12] nerves, similar to a massive telegraph system. These nerves carry sensations from different parts of the body to the main hub of the brain. They also send motor signals from the brain to various body parts, leading to movements of the appropriate areas. There are other nerves that we won’t focus on in this book, but they handle important functions like digestion, secretion, excretion, and circulation. Right now, our main focus is on the sensory nerves.

The sensory nerves convey the impressions of the outside world to the brain. The brain is the great central station of the sensory nerves, the latter having countless sending stations in all parts of the body, the "wires" terminating in the skin. When these nervous terminal stations are irritated or excited, they send to the brain messages calling for attention. This is true not only of the nerves of touch or feeling, but also of those concerned with the respective senses of sight, smell, taste, and hearing. In fact, the best authorities hold that all the five senses are but an evolution of the primary sense of touch or feeling.

The sensory nerves transmit information from the outside world to the brain. The brain acts as the central hub for these sensory nerves, which have countless sending points throughout the body, with the "wires" ending in the skin. When these nerve endings are irritated or stimulated, they send messages to the brain that demand attention. This applies not just to the nerves related to touch or feeling, but also to those associated with the senses of sight, smell, taste, and hearing. In fact, experts agree that all five senses are essentially developments of the basic sense of touch or feeling.

The Sense of Touch.

The nerves of the sense of touch have their ending[Pg 13] in the outer covering or skin of the body. They report contact with other physical objects. By means of these reports we are aware not only of contact with the outside object, but also of many facts concerning the nature of that object, as for instance, its degree of hardness, roughness, etc., and its temperature. Some of these nerve ends are very sensitive, as, for example, those of the tip of the tongue and finger ends, while others are comparatively lacking in sensitiveness, as, for illustration, those of the back. Certain of these sensory nerves confine themselves to reporting contact and degrees of pressure, while others concern themselves solely with reporting the degrees of temperature of the objects with which their ends come in contact. Some of the latter respond to the higher degrees of heat, while others respond only to the lower degrees of cold. The nerves of certain parts of the body respond more readily and distinctly to temperature than do those of other parts. To illustrate, the nerves of the cheek are quite responsive to heat impressions.

The nerves responsible for the sense of touch end[Pg 13] in the outer layer or skin of the body. They register contact with other physical objects. Through these reports, we not only become aware of contact with the external object but also gather many details about that object, such as its hardness, roughness, and temperature. Some of these nerve endings are very sensitive, like those at the tips of the tongue and fingers, while others are relatively less sensitive, like those on the back. Some of these sensory nerves focus on reporting contact and pressure levels, while others are dedicated to reporting the temperature of the objects they touch. Some of these nerves respond to higher heat levels, while others only react to lower cold levels. The nerves in certain body parts react more readily and clearly to temperature than those in other areas. For example, the nerves in the cheek are quite responsive to heat sensations.

The Power of Sight.

The nerves of the sense of sight terminate in the complex optical apparatus which in popular terminology is known as "the eye." What is known as "the retina" is a very sensitive nervous membrane which[Pg 14] lines the inner, back part of the eye, and in which the fibers of the optic nerve terminate. The optical instrument of the eye conveys the focused light vibrations to the nerves of the retina, from which the impulse is transmitted to the brain. But, contrary to the popular notion, the nerves of the eye do not gauge distances, nor form inferences of any kind; that is distinctly the work of the mind. The simple office of the optical nerves consists in reporting color and degrees of intensity of the light waves.

The nerves responsible for sight end in the complex optical system commonly referred to as "the eye." The "retina" is a highly sensitive nerve membrane that lines the inner back part of the eye and is where the optic nerve fibers end. The eye's optical system transmits focused light vibrations to the retina's nerves, which then send impulses to the brain. However, contrary to popular belief, the eye's nerves don’t measure distances or make any interpretations; that’s specifically the function of the mind. The primary role of the optical nerves is to report colors and the intensity of light waves.

The Sense of Hearing.

The nerves of the sense of hearing terminate in the inner part of the ear. The tympanum, or "ear drum," receives the sound vibrations entering the cavities of the ear, and, intensifying and adapting them, it passes them on to the ends of the auditory nerve in the internal ear, which conveys the sensation to the brain. The auditory nerve reports to the brain the degrees of pitch, intensity, quality, and harmony, respectively, of the sound waves reaching the tympanum. As is well known, there are certain vibrations of sound which are too low for the auditory nerve to register, and others too high for it to record, both classes, however, capable of being recorded by scientific instruments. It is also regarded as certain that some of the lower animals are[Pg 15] conscious of sound vibrations which are not registered by the human auditory nerves.

The nerves responsible for hearing end in the inner part of the ear. The tympanum, or "eardrum," picks up sound vibrations that enter the ear cavities, amplifies and adjusts them, and sends them on to the ends of the auditory nerve in the inner ear, which sends the sensation to the brain. The auditory nerve informs the brain about the pitch, intensity, quality, and harmony of the sound waves hitting the tympanum. It's well known that there are certain sound vibrations that are too low for the auditory nerve to detect, and others that are too high, but both types can be measured by scientific instruments. It's also believed that some lower animals are[Pg 15] aware of sound vibrations that human auditory nerves do not register.

The Sense of Smell.

The nerves of the sense of smell terminate in the mucous membrane of the nostrils. In order that these nerves report the odor of outside objects, actual contact of minute particles of the object with the mucous membrane of the nostrils is necessary. This is possible only by the passage through the nostrils of air containing these particles; mere nearness to the nostril will not suffice. These particles are for the most part composed of tenuous gases. Certain substances affect the olfactory nerves much more than do others, the difference arising from the chemical composition of the substance. The olfactory nerves convey the report to the brain.

The nerves responsible for the sense of smell end in the mucus membrane of the nostrils. For these nerves to detect odors from external objects, tiny particles from those objects must come into contact with the mucus membrane of the nostrils. This can only happen when air carrying these particles passes through the nostrils; just being close to the nostril isn’t enough. These particles are mostly made up of fine gases. Some substances have a much stronger effect on the olfactory nerves than others, and this difference is due to the chemical makeup of the substance. The olfactory nerves send the information to the brain.

Taste Sense.

The nerves of the sense of taste terminate in the tongue, or rather in the tiny cells of the tongue which are called "taste buds." Substances taken into the mouth chemically affect these tiny cells, and an impulse is transmitted to the gustatory nerves, which then report the sensation to the brain. The authorities claim that taste sensations may be reduced to five general classes, viz.: sweet, bitter, sour, salty, and "hot."[Pg 16]

The nerves for taste end in the tongue, specifically in the tiny cells known as "taste buds." When substances enter the mouth, they chemically interact with these small cells, sending an impulse to the gustatory nerves, which then communicate the sensation to the brain. Experts say that taste sensations can be grouped into five main categories: sweet, bitter, sour, salty, and "hot."[Pg 16]

There are certain nerve centers having important offices in the production and expression of mental states, located in the skull and in the spinal column—the brain and the spinal cord—which we shall consider in the following chapter.[Pg 17]

There are specific nerve centers that play key roles in creating and expressing mental states, found in the skull and the spinal column—the brain and the spinal cord—which we will discuss in the next chapter.[Pg 17]


CHAPTER III.
The Great Nerve Centers.

THE great nerve centers which play an important part in the production and expression of mental states are those of the brain and spinal cord, respectively.

THE major nerve centers that are crucial for producing and expressing mental states are found in the brain and spinal cord, respectively.

The spinal cord.

The spinal cord is that cord or rope of nerve substance which is inclosed in the spinal column or "backbone." It leaves the lower part of the skull and extends downward in the interior of the spinal column for about eighteen inches. It is continuous with the brain, however, and it is difficult to determine where one begins and the other ends. It is composed of a mass of gray matter surrounded by a covering of white matter. From the spinal cord, along its length, emerge thirty-one pairs of spinal nerves which branch out to each side of the body and connect with the various smaller nerves, extending to all parts of the system. The spinal cord is the great central cable of the nervous telegraphic system, and any injury to or obstruction of it cripples or paralyzes those portions of the body the[Pg 18] nerves of which enter the spinal cord below the seat of the injury or obstruction. Injuries or obstructions of this kind not only inhibit the sensory reports from the affected area, but also inhibit the motor impulses from the brain which are intended to move the limbs or parts of the body.

The spinal cord is the bundle of nerve tissue that is enclosed in the spinal column, or "backbone." It starts at the lower part of the skull and extends downward inside the spinal column for about eighteen inches. It's continuous with the brain, making it hard to tell where one ends and the other begins. The spinal cord consists of a core of gray matter surrounded by a layer of white matter. Along its length, thirty-one pairs of spinal nerves emerge, branching out to each side of the body and linking with various smaller nerves that extend to all parts of the system. The spinal cord acts as the main central cable of the nervous system, and any injury or blockage can cripple or paralyze the areas of the body whose nerves enter the spinal cord below the point of injury or blockage. These types of injuries or blockages not only interrupt sensory feedback from the affected area but also disrupt the motor signals from the brain that are meant to move the limbs or parts of the body.

The Ganglia or "Tiny Brains."

What are known as ganglia, or tiny bunches of nerve cells, are found in various parts of the nervous system, including the spinal nerves. These groups of nerve cells are sometimes called "little brains," and perform quite important offices in the mechanism of thought and action. The spinal ganglia receive sensory reports, and issue motor impulses, in many cases, without troubling the central brain regarding the matter. These activities are known as "reflex nervous action."

What we call ganglia, or small clusters of nerve cells, are located in different areas of the nervous system, including the spinal nerves. These clusters are sometimes referred to as "little brains" and play significant roles in how we think and act. The spinal ganglia receive sensory information and send out motor signals, often without involving the central brain. These processes are known as "reflex nervous action."

Reflex Reaction.

What is known as reflex nervous action is one of the most wonderful of the activities of the nervous and mental mechanism, and the knowledge thereof usually comes as a surprise to the average person, for he is generally under the impression that these activities are possible only to the central brain. It is a fact that not only is the central brain really a trinity of three[Pg 19] brains, but that, in addition to these, every one has a great number of "little brains" distributed over his nervous system, any and all of which are capable of receiving sensory reports and also of sending forth motor impulses. It is quite worth while for one to become acquainted with this wonderful form of neuro-mental activity.

What we call reflex nervous action is one of the most amazing functions of the nervous and mental system, and most people are surprised to learn about it because they usually think these functions can only happen in the central brain. In reality, not only is the central brain actually made up of three[Pg 19] brains, but everyone also has a lot of "little brains" spread throughout their nervous system, all of which can receive sensory information and send out motor signals. It's definitely beneficial to understand this incredible kind of neuro-mental activity.

A cinder enters the eye, the report reaches a ganglion, a motor impulse is sent forth, and the eyelid closes. The same result ensues if an object approaches the eye but without actually entering it. In either case the person is not conscious of the sensation and motor impulse until the latter has been accomplished. This is reflex action. The instinctive movement of the tickled foot is another instance. The jerking away of the hand burnt by the lighted end of the cigar, or pricked by the point of the pin, is another instance. The involuntary activities, and those known as unconscious activities, result from reflex action.

A cinder gets into the eye, the information goes to a nerve center, a signal is sent out, and the eyelid closes. The same thing happens if an object gets close to the eye without actually touching it. In both cases, the person doesn’t notice the sensation or the movement until after the action is complete. This is reflex action. The instinctive movement of a foot that's been tickled is another example. The way your hand jerks away when it gets burned by a lit cigar or pricked by a pin is another example. Involuntary actions, and what we call unconscious actions, come from reflex action.

More than this, it is a fact that many activities originally voluntary become what is known as "acquired reflexes," or "motor habits," by means of certain nervous centers acquiring the habit of sending forth certain motor impulses in response to certain sensory reports. The familiar movements of our lives are largely performed in this way, as, for instance, walk[Pg 20]ing, using knife and fork, operating typewriters, machines of all kinds, writing, etc. The squirming of a decapitated snake, the muscular movements of a decapitated frog, and the violent struggles, fluttering, and leaps of the decapitated fowl, are instances of reflex action. Medical reports indicate that in cases of decapitation even man may manifest similar reflex action in some cases. Thus we may see that we may feel and will by means of our "little brains" as well as by the central brain or brains. Whatever mind may be, it is certain that in these processes it employs other portions of the nervous system than the central brain.

More than this, it’s a fact that many activities that start out as voluntary become known as "acquired reflexes" or "motor habits." This happens when certain areas of the nervous system get used to sending specific motor signals in response to certain sensory inputs. The everyday movements we make are largely done this way, like walking, using a knife and fork, operating typewriters, machines of all kinds, writing, and so on. The wriggling of a decapitated snake, the muscle movements of a decapitated frog, and the frantic struggles, flapping, and jumps of a decapitated bird are all examples of reflex actions. Medical reports show that in cases of decapitation, humans can sometimes display similar reflex actions. So, we can see that we can both feel and want through our "little brains" as well as through the central brain or brains. Whatever the mind may be, it’s clear that in these processes, it uses other parts of the nervous system besides the central brain.

The Three Brains.

What is known as the brain of man is really a trinity of three brains, known respectively as (1) the medulla oblongata, (2) the cerebellum, and (3) the cerebrum. If one wishes to limit the mental activity to conscious intellectual effort, then and then only is he correct in considering the cerebrum or large brain as "the brain."

What we refer to as the brain is actually a combination of three brains, known as (1) the medulla oblongata, (2) the cerebellum, and (3) the cerebrum. If someone wants to focus on mental activity as conscious intellectual effort, then they are only right in calling the cerebrum or large brain "the brain."

The Medulla Oblongata.—The medulla oblongata is an enlargement of the spinal cord at the base of the brain. Its office is that of controlling the involuntary activities of the body, such as respiration, circulation, assimilation, etc. In a broad sense, its activities may be said to be of the nature of highly developed and com[Pg 21]plex reflex activities. It manifests chiefly through the sympathetic nervous system which controls the vital functions. It does not need to call on the large brain in these matters, ordinarily, and is able to perform its tasks without the plane of ordinary consciousness.

The Medulla Oblongata.—The medulla oblongata is an enlargement of the spinal cord at the base of the brain. Its role is to control involuntary activities of the body, such as breathing, circulation, digestion, etc. Broadly speaking, its functions can be seen as highly developed and complex reflex activities. It mainly operates through the sympathetic nervous system, which manages vital functions. Usually, it doesn't need to involve the larger brain for these tasks and can carry them out without using ordinary consciousness.

The Cerebellum.—The cerebellum, also known as "the little brain," lies just above the medulla oblongata, and just below the rear portion of the cerebrum or great brain. It combines the nature of a purely reflex center on the one hand, with that of "habit mind" on the other. In short, it fills a place between the activities of the cerebrum and the medulla oblongata, having some of the characteristics of each. It is the organ of a number of important acquired reflexes, such as walking, and many other familiar muscular movements, which have first been consciously acquired and then become habitual. The skilled skater, bicyclist, typist, or machinist depends upon the cerebellum for the ease and certainty with which he performs his movements "without thinking of them." One may be said never to have thoroughly acquired a set of muscular movements such as we have mentioned, until the cerebellum has taken over the task and relieved the cerebrum of the conscious effort. One's technique is never perfected until the cerebellum assumes control and direction of the necessary movements and the im[Pg 22]pulses are sent forth from below the plane of ordinary consciousness.

The Cerebellum.—The cerebellum, often called "the little brain," sits just above the medulla oblongata and just below the back part of the cerebrum or big brain. It acts as a center for reflexes on one hand, and for learned habits on the other. In short, it bridges the activities of the cerebrum and the medulla oblongata, sharing characteristics of both. It is responsible for several important learned reflexes, like walking and many other familiar muscle movements, which start off as conscious actions and then become automatic. A skilled skater, cyclist, typist, or machinist relies on the cerebellum for the smooth and confident way they perform movements "without thinking about them." One hasn't truly mastered a set of muscle movements, like those mentioned, until the cerebellum takes over the job and frees the cerebrum from the need for conscious effort. A person's technique is never perfected until the cerebellum controls and directs the necessary movements, and the impulses are sent from below the level of ordinary consciousness.

The Cerebrum.—The cerebrum, or "great brain" (which is regarded as "the brain" by the average person), is situated in the upper portion of the skull, and occupies by far the larger portion of the cavity of the skull. It is divided into two great divisions or hemispheres. The best of the modern authorities are agreed that the cerebrum has zones or areas of specialized functioning, some of which receive the sensory reports of the nerves and organs of sense, while others send forth the motor impulses which result in voluntary physical action. Many of these areas or zones have been located by science, while others remain as yet unlocated. The probability is that in time science will succeed in correctly locating the area or zone of each and every class of sensation and motor impulse.

The Cerebrum.—The cerebrum, or "great brain" (which most people simply refer to as "the brain"), is located in the upper part of the skull and takes up the largest portion of the skull's cavity. It is divided into two main halves, or hemispheres. The leading modern experts agree that the cerebrum has specific zones or areas responsible for specialized functions, some of which receive sensory information from the nerves and sense organs, while others send out motor signals that lead to voluntary physical movements. Many of these areas have been identified by science, though some remain to be discovered. It’s likely that over time, science will successfully pinpoint the area for every type of sensation and motor impulse.

The Cortex.

The area of thought, memory, and imagination has not been clearly located, except that these mental states are believed to have their seat in the cortex or outer thin rind of gray brain matter which envelopes and covers the mass of brain substance. It is, moreover, considered probable that the higher processes of reasoning are performed in or by the cortex of the frontal lobes. The[Pg 23] cortex of a person of average intelligence, if spread out on a flat surface, measures about four square feet. The higher the degree of intelligence possessed by a lower animal or human being, as a rule, the deeper and more numerous are the folds or convolutions of the cortex, and the finer its structure. It may be stated as a general rule, with but very few exceptions, that the higher the degree of intelligence in a lower animal or human being, the greater is the area of its cortex in proportion to the size of the brain. The cortex, it must be remembered, is folded into deep furrows or convolutions, the brain in shape, divisions, and convolutions resembling the inner portion of an English walnut. The interior of the two hemispheres of the cerebrum is composed largely of connective nerves which doubtless serve to produce and maintain the unity of function of the mental processes.

The areas of thought, memory, and imagination haven't been precisely identified, but it's believed these mental states are associated with the cortex, the outer layer of gray brain matter that wraps around the brain. It's also likely that the more complex reasoning processes happen in the cortex of the frontal lobes. The[Pg 23] cortex of a person with average intelligence, if flattened out, measures around four square feet. Generally, the higher the intelligence of an animal or person, the more intricate and deeper the folds or convolutions of the cortex, and the more refined its structure. As a general rule, with very few exceptions, the greater the intelligence in an animal or human, the larger the area of the cortex relative to the size of the brain. It’s important to remember that the cortex is folded into deep grooves or convolutions, and the shape and structure of the brain resemble the inner portion of an English walnut. The inside of the two hemispheres of the cerebrum consists mostly of connective nerves that likely help maintain the unity of mental functions.

While physiological psychology has performed great work in discovering brain-centers and explaining much of the mechanism of mental processes, it has but touched the most elementary and simple of the mental processes. The higher processes have so far defied analysis or explanation in the terms of physiology.[Pg 24]

While physiological psychology has done significant work in identifying brain centers and explaining many aspects of mental processes, it has only scratched the surface of the most basic and straightforward mental processes. The more complex processes have so far resisted analysis or explanation in physiological terms.[Pg 24]


CHAPTER IV.
Consciousness.

THE fact of consciousness is the great mystery of psychology. It is difficult even to define the term, although every person of average intelligence understands what is sought to be conveyed by it. Webster defines it as "knowledge of one's own existence, sensations, mental operations, etc.; immediate knowledge or perception of any object, state, or sensation; being aware; being sensible of." Another authority defines the term as "the state of being aware of one's sensations; the power, faculty, or mental state of being aware of one's own existence, condition at the moment, thoughts, feelings, and actions." Halleck's definition is: "That indefinable characteristic of mental states which causes us to be aware of them."

THE fact of consciousness is the big mystery of psychology. It’s tough to even define the term, though everyone with average intelligence gets what it aims to convey. Webster defines it as "knowledge of one's own existence, sensations, mental operations, etc.; immediate knowledge or perception of any object, state, or sensation; being aware; being sensible of." Another authority defines it as "the state of being aware of one's sensations; the power, faculty, or mental state of being aware of one's own existence, condition at the moment, thoughts, feelings, and actions." Halleck's definition is: "That indefinable characteristic of mental states which causes us to be aware of them."

It will be seen that the idea of "awareness" is the essence of the idea of consciousness. But, at the last, we are compelled to acknowledge that it is impossible to closely define consciousness, for it is something so entirely unique and different from anything else that we have no other terms at all synonymous to it. We can define it only in its own terms, as will be seen by[Pg 25] reference to the definitions above given. And it is equally impossible to clearly account for its appearance and being. Huxley has well said: "How it is that anything so remarkable as a state of consciousness comes about by the result of irritating nervous tissue, is just as unaccountable as the appearance of the jinnee when Aladdin rubbed his lamp." All that we can ever know regarding the nature of consciousness must be learned from turning the consciousness in ourselves back upon itself—by focusing consciousness upon its own mental operations by means of introspection. By turning inward the conscious gaze we may perceive the flow of the stream of thought from its rise from the subconscious regions of the mind to its final disappearance in the same region.

It will be clear that the concept of "awareness" is at the core of what consciousness means. However, in the end, we have to admit that it’s impossible to define consciousness precisely, because it is something completely unique and different from anything else, and we have no other terms that are truly synonymous with it. We can define it only in its own terms, as will be shown by[Pg 25] referring to the definitions provided above. It is equally impossible to clearly explain how it comes to be. Huxley rightly pointed out: "How it is that something as remarkable as a state of consciousness arises from irritating nervous tissue is just as inexplicable as the appearance of the jinnee when Aladdin rubbed his lamp." Everything we can know about the nature of consciousness must come from turning our consciousness back on itself—by focusing on its own mental processes through introspection. By looking inward, we can observe the flow of thoughts as they emerge from the subconscious parts of the mind and eventually fade back into those same areas.

It is a common error to suppose that we are directly conscious of objects outside of ourselves. This is impossible, for there is no direct knowledge of such outside objects. We are conscious merely of our sensations of, or mental images of, the outside objects. All that it is possible for us to be directly conscious of are our own mental experiences or states. We cannot be directly conscious of anything outside of our own minds. We are not directly conscious of the tree which we see; we are directly conscious merely of the sensation of the nerves arising from the impact of the light waves car[Pg 26]rying the image of the tree. We are not directly conscious of the tree when we touch it and perceive its character in that way; we are directly conscious merely of the sensation reported by the nerves in the finger tips which have come in contact with the tree. We are directly conscious even of our own bodies only in the same way. It is necessary for the mind to experience that of which it may become conscious. We are conscious only of (1) that which our mind is experiencing at this moment, or (2) that which it has experienced in the past, and which is being re-experienced this moment by the process of the memory, or which is being re-combined or re-arranged this moment by the imagination.

It’s a common mistake to think that we’re directly aware of things outside ourselves. That’s impossible because we don’t have direct knowledge of those external objects. We’re only aware of our sensations or mental images of those outside things. The only things we can be directly aware of are our own mental experiences or states. We can’t be directly aware of anything outside our own minds. We’re not directly aware of the tree that we see; we’re merely aware of the sensations in our nerves caused by the light waves carrying the tree’s image. We’re not directly aware of the tree when we touch it and perceive its characteristics; we’re just aware of the sensations registered by the nerves in our fingertips that contact the tree. We’re even aware of our own bodies in the same way. The mind must experience things in order to be aware of them. We’re conscious only of (1) what our mind is experiencing right now, or (2) what it has experienced in the past and is being recalled at this moment through memory, or what is being recombined or rearranged right now through imagination.

Subconscious Realms.

But it must not be thought that every mental state or mental fact is in the field of consciousness. This error has been exploded for many years. The fact is now recognized that the field of consciousness is a very narrow and limited one, and that the great field of mental activity lies outside of its narrow limits. Beyond and outside of the narrow field of consciousness lies the great subconscious storehouse of memory in which are stored the experiences of the past, to be drawn again into the field of consciousness by an effort of the will in the act of recollection, or by association[Pg 27] in ordinary remembrance. In that great region, also, the mind manifests many of its activities and performs much of its work. In that great region are evolved the emotions and feelings which play such an important part in our lives, and which often manifest a vague disturbing unrest long before they rise to the plane of consciousness. In that great region are produced the ideas, feelings, and conceptions which arise to the plane of consciousness and manifest that which men call "genius."

But it's important to recognize that not every mental state or fact is in the realm of consciousness. This misconception has been debunked for many years. It’s now understood that consciousness is actually a very narrow and limited area, while a vast amount of mental activity occurs beyond its confines. Beyond this narrow field of consciousness lies a huge subconscious storehouse of memories, where past experiences are kept, ready to be recalled into conscious awareness through willpower in the act of remembering or by association in everyday recollection. In this vast region, the mind also shows many of its activities and does a lot of its work. This area is where emotions and feelings develop, which play a significant role in our lives, often causing a vague sense of unrest long before they come into conscious awareness. In this expansive region, ideas, feelings, and concepts are generated that eventually rise to the level of consciousness and represent what people refer to as "genius."

On the subconscious plane the imagination does much of its work, and startles its owner by presenting him with the accomplished result in the field of consciousness. In the subconscious field is performed that peculiar process of mental mastication, digestion, and assimilation with which all brain workers are familiar, and which absorbs the raw mental material given it, separates, digests, and assimilates it, and re-presents it to the conscious faculties sometime after as a transformed substance. It has been estimated that at least eighty-five per cent. of our mental activities are performed below or outside of the field of consciousness. The psychology of to-day is paying much attention to this formerly neglected great area or areas of the mind. The psychology of to-morrow will pay still greater attention to it.[Pg 28]

On a subconscious level, the imagination does a lot of its work, surprising its owner by showing him the finished result in his conscious awareness. In the subconscious realm, a unique process takes place—one that all thinkers know well. This process involves breaking down, digesting, and integrating raw mental material, separating and processing it, then presenting it back to the conscious mind later as something transformed. It's estimated that at least eighty-five percent of our mental activities happen below or outside of conscious awareness. Today's psychology is paying a lot more attention to this previously overlooked vast area of the mind. The psychology of tomorrow will focus even more on it.[Pg 28]

The best of the modern authorities agree that in the great field of subconscious mentation is to be found the explanation of much that is unexplainable otherwise. In fact, it is probable that before long consciousness will be regarded as a mere focusing of attention upon mental states, and the objects of consciousness merely as that portion of the contents of the mind in the field of mental vision created by such focusing.[Pg 29]

The leading modern experts agree that the vast area of subconscious thinking holds the key to many things that are otherwise unexplainable. In fact, it's likely that soon consciousness will be viewed simply as a focusing of attention on mental states, and the things we are conscious of as just that part of our mental content that is highlighted by this focus.[Pg 29]


CHAPTER V.
Attention.

INTIMATELY connected with the object of consciousness is that process of the mind which we call "attention." Attention is generally defined as "the application of the mind to a mental state." It is often referred to as "concentrated consciousness," but others have ventured the somewhat daring conjecture that consciousness itself is rather the result of attention, instead of the latter being an incident of consciousness. We shall not attempt to discuss this question here, except to state that consciousness depends very materially upon the degree of attention bestowed upon its object. The authorities place great importance upon the intelligent direction of the attention, and hold that without this the higher forms of knowledge are impossible.

INTIMATELY connected with the focus of consciousness is the mental process we refer to as "attention." Attention is usually defined as "the mental effort toward a mental state." It is often called "focused consciousness," but some have boldly suggested that consciousness itself may actually be a result of attention, rather than attention being a byproduct of consciousness. We won't dive into this debate here, but it’s worth noting that consciousness significantly relies on the level of attention given to its focus. Experts stress the importance of directing attention intelligently, arguing that without this, achieving higher forms of knowledge is impossible.

It is the common belief that we feel, see, hear, taste, or smell whenever objects affecting those senses come in contact with the organs of sense governing them. But this is only a partial truth. The real truth is that we become conscious of the report of these senses only when the attention is directed toward the sensation, voluntarily or involuntarily. That is to say, that[Pg 30] in many cases although the sense nerves and organs report a disturbance, the mind does not become consciously aware of the report unless the attention is directed toward it either by an act of will or else by reflex action. For instance, the clock may strike loudly, and yet we may not be conscious of the fact, for we are concentrating our attention upon a book; or we may eat the choicest food without tasting it, for we are listening intently to the conversation of our charming neighbor. We may fail to perceive some startling occurrence happening under our very eyes, for we are buried in deep thought concerning something far removed from the present scene. There are many cases on record showing that one may be so interested in speaking, thinking, or acting that he will not experience pain that would otherwise be intolerable. Writers have forgotten their pain in the concentrated interest bestowed upon their work; mothers have failed to feel pain when their infants required urgent attention; orators have been so carried away by their own eloquence that they have failed to feel the pricking of the pin by means of which their friends have sought to attract their attention. Not only perception and feeling depend largely upon attention, but the processes of reasoning, memory, and even of will, depend upon attention for much of their manifestation.[Pg 31]

It's commonly believed that we feel, see, hear, taste, or smell things whenever we come into contact with objects that stimulate those senses. But that's only part of the story. The real truth is that we only become aware of what our senses report when we direct our attention to the sensation, either voluntarily or involuntarily. In many cases, even though our sensory nerves and organs pick up a disturbance, our mind doesn’t consciously register it unless we focus on it by choice or through reflex. For example, a clock may strike loudly, but we might not notice because we're absorbed in a book; or we might eat the finest food without tasting it because we're engrossed in a conversation with an interesting neighbor. We might miss an eye-catching event happening right in front of us because we're lost in deep thought about something unrelated. There are many documented instances showing that someone can be so engaged in speaking, thinking, or acting that they completely overlook pain that would otherwise be unbearable. Writers have forgotten their pain while deeply focused on their work; mothers have ignored their discomfort when their babies needed immediate care; speakers can get so caught up in their own words that they don’t notice the pin pricking them as their friends try to get their attention. Not only do perception and feeling rely heavily on attention, but reasoning, memory, and even willpower depend on it for much of their function.[Pg 30][Pg 31]

Psychologists divide attention into two general classes, viz.: (1) voluntary attention and (2) involuntary attention.

Psychologists categorize attention into two main types: (1) voluntary attention and (2) involuntary attention.

Voluntary attention is attention directed by the will to some object of our own more or less deliberate selection. It requires a distinct effort of the will in order to focus the attention in this way, and many persons are scarcely aware of its existence, so seldom do they manifest it. Voluntary attention is the result of training and practice, and marks the man of strong will, concentration, and character. Some authorities go so far as to say that much of that which is commonly called "will power" is really but a developed form of voluntary attention, the man of "strong will" holding before him the one idea which he wishes to realize.

Voluntary attention is the focus we intentionally direct toward a specific object or thought we've chosen. It takes a conscious effort to concentrate this way, and many people hardly recognize its presence because they rarely demonstrate it. Voluntary attention results from training and practice, and it signifies someone with a strong will, focus, and character. Some experts even suggest that what we often refer to as "willpower" is simply an advanced form of voluntary attention, with the person of "strong will" keeping one idea at the forefront that they want to achieve.

Involuntary attention, often called "reflex attention," is attention called forth by a nervous response to some sense stimulus. This is the common form of attention, and is but the same form which is so strongly manifested by children whose attention is caught by every new object, but which cannot be held for any length of time by a familiar or uninteresting one.

Involuntary attention, often referred to as "reflex attention," is attention triggered by a nervous response to a sensory stimulus. This is the usual form of attention and is the same type that is vividly seen in children, whose focus is drawn to every new object but can't be maintained for long on something familiar or uninteresting.

It is of the utmost importance that one should cultivate his power of voluntary attention. Not only is the will power strengthened and developed in this way, but every mental faculty is developed by reason thereof.[Pg 32] The training of the voluntary attention is the first step in mental development.

It’s really important to develop your ability to focus. Not only will this strengthen your willpower, but it will also enhance all your mental skills. [Pg 32] Training your ability to focus is the first step in mental growth.

Training Focus.

That the voluntary attention may be deliberately trained and developed is a fact which many of the world's greatest men have proved for themselves. There is only one way to train and develop any mental power of faculty—and that is by practice and use. By practice, interest may be given to objects previously uninteresting, and thus the use of the attention develops the interest which further holds it. Interest is the natural road over which attention travels easily, but interest itself may be induced by concentrated attention. By studying and examining an object, the attention brings to light many new and novel features regarding the thing, and these produce a new interest which in turn attracts further and continued attention.

The fact that voluntary attention can be intentionally trained and improved is something that many of the greatest figures in history have demonstrated for themselves. There’s only one way to develop any mental skill or ability—and that’s through practice and use. With practice, we can generate interest in things that once seemed uninteresting, and as we use our attention, it enhances our interest, which then keeps it engaged. Interest is the natural path that attention follows easily, but you can also spark interest through focused attention. By studying and examining something closely, our attention reveals many new and interesting aspects about it, which creates a fresh interest that in turn draws in more and ongoing attention.

There is no royal road to the development of voluntary attention. The only true method is work, practice, and use. You must practice on uninteresting things, the primary interest being your desire to develop the power of voluntary attention. But as you begin to attend to the uninteresting thing you will become interested in the task for its own sake. Take some object and "place your mind upon it." Think of its[Pg 33] nature, where it came from, its use, its associations, its probable future, of things related to it, etc., etc. Keep the attention firmly upon it, and shut out all outside ideas. Then, after a little practice of this kind, lay aside the object for the time being, and take it up again the next day, endeavoring to discover new points of interest in it. The main thing to be sought is to hold the thing in your mind, and this can be done only by discovering features of interest in it. The interest-loving attention may rebel at this task at first, and will seek to wander from the path into the green pastures which are found on each side thereof. But you must bring the mind back to the task, again and again.

There’s no easy way to develop voluntary attention. The only real methods are work, practice, and use. You need to practice with boring things, with the main goal being your desire to strengthen your voluntary attention. But as you start to focus on the uninteresting task, you’ll find yourself becoming interested in it for its own sake. Choose an object and "put your mind on it." Think about its[Pg 33] nature, where it came from, how it’s used, its associations, its likely future, and things related to it, etc. Keep your attention firmly on it and shut out all outside thoughts. After doing this for a while, set the object aside for now and pick it up again the next day, trying to find new interesting aspects about it. The key is to keep the thing in your mind, which can only happen by discovering features of interest in it. Your attention might resist this task at first and want to wander off to the enticing distractions on each side. But you need to keep bringing your mind back to the task again and again.

After a time the mind will become accustomed to the drill, and will even begin to enjoy it. Give it some variety by occasionally changing the objects of examination. The object need not always be something to be looked at. Instead, select some subject in history or literature, and "run it down," endeavoring to bring to light all the facts relating to it that are possible to you. Anything may be used as the subject or object of your inquiry; but what is chosen must be held in the field of conscious attention firmly and fixedly. The habit once acquired, you will find the practice most fascinating. You will invent new subjects or objects of inquiry, investigation, and thought, which in them[Pg 34]selves will well repay you for your work and time. But never lose sight of the main point—the development of the power of voluntary attention.

After a while, your mind will get used to the routine and might even start to enjoy it. Mix things up by occasionally changing what you’re examining. It doesn’t always have to be something visual. Instead, pick a topic from history or literature and “dig into it,” trying to uncover all the facts you can about it. Anything can be the subject of your inquiry, but whatever you choose must be kept in your conscious attention steadily and firmly. Once you develop this habit, you’ll find the practice really engaging. You’ll come up with new topics or objects to explore, which will ultimately be rewarding for your effort and time. But always remember the main goal—strengthening your ability to focus your attention voluntarily.

In studying the methods of developing and training the voluntary attention, the student should remember that any exercise which develops the will, will result in developing the attention; and, likewise, any exercise which develops the voluntary attention will tend to strengthen the will. The will and attention are so closely bound together that what affects one also influences the other. This fact should be borne in mind, and the exercises and practices based upon it.

In studying how to develop and train voluntary attention, the student should keep in mind that any exercise that strengthens the will will also enhance attention; similarly, any exercise that improves voluntary attention will help strengthen the will. The will and attention are so closely connected that changes in one will affect the other. This fact should be remembered along with the exercises and practices based on it.

In practicing concentration of voluntary attention, it should be remembered that concentrating consists not only of focusing the attention upon a given object or subject, but also of the shutting out of impressions from other objects or subjects. Some authorities advise that the student endeavor to listen to one voice among many, or one instrument among the many of a band or orchestra. Others advise the practice of concentrating on the reading of a book in a room filled by persons engaged in conversation, and similar exercises. Whatever aids in narrowing the circle of attention at a given moment tends to develop the power of voluntary attention.

In practicing the concentration of voluntary attention, it's important to remember that concentrating involves not just focusing your attention on a specific object or subject, but also shutting out distractions from other objects or subjects. Some experts recommend that students try to listen to one voice among many, or focus on one instrument among the various ones in a band or orchestra. Others suggest practicing concentration by reading a book in a room full of people engaged in conversation, along with similar exercises. Anything that helps to narrow the circle of attention at a given moment helps to develop the ability to concentrate.

The study of mathematics and logic is also held to be an excellent practice in concentration of voluntary at[Pg 35]tention, inasmuch as these studies require close concentration and attention. Attention is also developed by any study or practice which demands analysis of a whole into its parts, and then the synthesis or building up of a whole from its scattered parts. Each of the senses should play a part in the exercises, and in addition to this the mind should be trained to concentrate upon some one idea held within itself—some mental image or abstract idea existing independently of any object of immediate sense report.[Pg 36]

The study of math and logic is seen as a great way to enhance focused attention since these subjects require deep concentration. Attention is also improved by any study or practice that involves breaking down a whole into its parts, and then reconstructing that whole from its individual components. Each of the senses should be involved in these exercises, and in addition, the mind should learn to focus on a single idea—whether it's a mental image or an abstract concept that exists independently of any direct sensory experience.[Pg 36]


CHAPTER VI.
Perception.

IT is a common mistake that we perceive everything that is reported to the mind by the senses. As a matter of fact we perceive but a very small portion of the reports of the senses. There are thousands of sights reported by our eyes, sounds reported by our ears, smells reported by our nostrils, and contacts reported by our nerves of touch, every day of our lives, but which are not perceived or observed by the mind. We perceive and observe only when the attention, reflex or voluntary, is directed to the report of the senses, and when the mind interprets the report. While perception depends upon the reports of the senses for its raw material, it depends entirely upon the application of the mind for its complete manifestation.

It’s a common misconception that we perceive everything that our senses report to our minds. In reality, we only perceive a tiny fraction of what our senses tell us. Every day, our eyes capture thousands of sights, our ears hear numerous sounds, our noses detect various smells, and our skin feels many sensations, but we don’t actually perceive or observe most of them. We only perceive and observe when we actively focus our attention, whether reflexively or intentionally, on what our senses report, and when our minds interpret that information. While perception relies on sensory input for its basic material, its full expression relies entirely on how our minds engage with that input.

The student usually experiences great difficulty in distinguishing between sensation and perception. A sensation is a simple report of the senses, which is received in consciousness. Perception is the thought arising from the feeling of the sensation. Perception usually combines several sensations into one thought or percept. By sensation the mind feels; by perception[Pg 37] it knows that it feels, and recognizes the object causing the sensation. Sensation merely brings a report from outside objects, while perception identifies the report with the object which caused it. Perception interprets the reports of sensation. Sensation reports a flash of light from above; perception interprets the light as starlight, or moonlight, or sunlight, or as the flash of a meteor. Sensation reports a sharp, pricking, painful contact; perception interprets it as the prick of a pin. Sensation reports a red spot on a green background; perception interprets it as a berry on a bush.

The student often has a hard time telling the difference between sensation and perception. A sensation is a basic report from the senses that enters our awareness. Perception is the thought that comes from the feeling associated with that sensation. Perception usually merges several sensations into a single idea or percept. Through sensation, the mind feels; through perception[Pg 37], it knows that it feels and recognizes the object that triggered the sensation. Sensation simply gives a report from external objects, while perception links that report to the object that created it. Perception interprets the sensations reported. Sensation might report a flash of light from above; perception interprets that light as starlight, moonlight, sunlight, or the flash of a meteor. Sensation might report a sharp, pricking, painful touch; perception interprets it as the prick of a pin. Sensation might report a red spot on a green background; perception interprets it as a berry on a bush.

Moreover, while we may perceive a simple single sensation, our perceptions are usually of a group of sensations. Perception is usually employed in grouping sensations and identifying them with the object or objects causing them. In its identification it draws upon whatever memory of past experiences the mind may possess. Memory, imagination, feeling, and thought are called into play, to some extent, in every clear perception. The infant has but feeble perception, but as it gains experience it begins to manifest perceptions and form percepts. Sensations resemble the letters of the alphabet, and perception the forming of words and sentences from the letters. Thus c, a, and t symbolize sensations, while the word "cat," formed from them, symbolizes the perception of the object.[Pg 38]

Additionally, while we might notice a straightforward single sensation, our experiences usually involve a collection of sensations. Perception often helps us group these sensations and connect them to the object or objects that are causing them. In this process of identification, it relies on whatever memories of past experiences the mind holds. Memory, imagination, feeling, and thought all play a role, to some degree, in every clear perception. An infant has limited perception, but as it gains experience, it starts to show more complex perceptions and forms of percepts. Sensations are like the letters of the alphabet, and perception is like creating words and sentences from those letters. For example, c, a, and t represent sensations, while the word "cat," formed from them, represents the perception of the object.[Pg 38]

It is held that all knowledge begins with sensation; that the mental history of the race or individual begins with its first sensation. But, while this is admitted, it must be remembered that sensation simply provides the simple, elementary, raw material of thought. The first process of actual thought, or knowledge, begins with perception. From our percepts all of our higher concepts and ideas are formed. Perception depends upon association of the sensation with other sensations previously experienced; it is based upon experience. The greater the experience, the greater is the possibility of perception, all else being equal.

It’s believed that all knowledge starts with sensation; that the mental journey of a race or an individual begins with their first sensation. However, while this is acknowledged, it’s important to remember that sensation merely provides the basic, elementary, raw material for thought. The first step of actual thought or knowledge begins with perception. All our higher concepts and ideas are formed from our perceptions. Perception relies on associating sensations with other sensations we've experienced before; it’s grounded in experience. The more experience we have, the greater the potential for perception, assuming all else is equal.

When perception begins, the mind loses sight of the sensation in itself, for it identifies it as a quality of the thing producing it. The sensation of light is thought of as a quality of the star; the pricking sensation is thought of as a quality of the pin or chestnut bur; the sensation of odor is thought of as a quality of the rose. In the case of the rose, the several sensations of sight, touch, and smell, in their impression of the qualities of color, shape, softness, and perfume, are grouped together in the percept of the complete object of the flower.

When we start to perceive things, our mind stops focusing on the sensation itself because it sees it as a characteristic of whatever is causing it. We think of the sensation of light as a trait of the star; the feeling of a prick as a trait of the pin or chestnut burr; and the scent as a trait of the rose. In the case of the rose, the different sensations of sight, touch, and smell—each conveying qualities like color, shape, softness, and fragrance—combine to form our perception of the whole flower.

A percept is "that which is perceived; the object of the act of perception." The percept, of course, is a mental state corresponding with its outside object. It[Pg 39] is a combination of several sensations which are regarded as the qualities of the outside object, to which are combined the memories of past experiences, ideas, feelings, and thoughts. A percept, then, while the simplest form of thought, is seen to be a mental state. The formation of a percept consists of three gradual stages, viz.: (1) The attention forms definite conscious sensations from indefinite nervous reports; (2) the mind interprets these definite conscious sensations and attributes them to the outside object causing them; (3) the related sensations are grouped together, their unity perceived, and they are regarded as qualities of the outside object.

A percept is "what is perceived; the object of the act of perception." The percept is a mental state that corresponds with its external object. It[Pg 39] is a combination of several sensations that are seen as the qualities of the external object, along with memories of past experiences, ideas, feelings, and thoughts. A percept, then, is the simplest form of thought but is understood to be a mental state. The formation of a percept occurs in three gradual stages: (1) Attention creates clear conscious sensations from vague nervous signals; (2) the mind interprets these clear conscious sensations and connects them to the external object that caused them; (3) the related sensations are grouped together, their unity recognized, and they are considered qualities of the external object.

The plain distinction between a sensation and a percept may be fixed in the mind by remembering the following: A sensation is a feeling; a percept is a simple thought identifying one or more sensations. A sensation is merely the conscious recognition of an excitation of a nerve end; a percept results from a distinct mental process regarding the sensation.

The clear difference between a sensation and a percept can be remembered as follows: A sensation is a feeling; a percept is a straightforward thought that identifies one or more sensations. A sensation is simply the conscious awareness of a nerve ending being activated; a percept comes from a specific mental process related to the sensation.

Enhancing Perception.

It is of the utmost importance that we develop and train our powers of perception. For our education depends very materially upon our perceptive power. What matters it to us if the outside world be filled with[Pg 40] manifold objects, if we do not perceive them to exist? Upon perception depends the material of our mental world. Many persons go through the world without perceiving even the most obvious facts. Their eyes and ears are perfect instruments, their nerves convey accurate reports, but the perceptive faculties of the mind fail to observe and interpret the report of the senses. They see and hear distinctly, but the reports of the senses are not observed or noted by them; they mean nothing to them. One may see many things, and yet observe but few. It is not upon what we see or hear that our stock of knowledge depends, so much as it does upon what we perceive, notice, or observe.

It’s crucial that we develop and train our ability to perceive. Our education relies heavily on this perceptive power. What does it matter if the outside world is full of various things if we don’t perceive them as real? Our mental world is built on what we perceive. Many people go through life without noticing even the most obvious facts. Their eyes and ears work perfectly, and their nerves send accurate messages, but their mind's ability to perceive fails to recognize and interpret what their senses report. They see and hear clearly, but they don’t register or pay attention to the reports from their senses; they mean nothing to them. One can see many things and yet observe only a few. Our knowledge is not so much based on what we see or hear, but rather on what we perceive, notice, or observe.

Not only is one's stock of practical knowledge largely based upon developed perception, but one's success also depends materially upon the same faculties. In business and professional life the successful man is usually he who has developed perceptive powers; he who has learned to perceive, observe, and note. The man who perceives and takes mental notes of what occurs in his world is the man who is apt to know things when such knowledge is needed. In this age of "book education" we find that the young people are not nearly so observant as are those children who had to depend upon the powers of perception for their knowledge. The young Arab or Indian will observe more in an hour than the[Pg 41] civilized child will in a day. To live in a world of books tends, in many cases, to weaken the powers of observation and perception.

Not only is your practical knowledge largely based on developed perception, but your success also significantly relies on these same abilities. In business and professional life, the successful person is usually the one who has honed their perceptive skills; the one who has learned to notice, observe, and record. The person who perceives and mentally notes what happens in their surroundings is likely to know things when that knowledge is necessary. In this age of "book education," we see that young people are not nearly as observant as those kids who had to rely on their perception for learning. A young Arab or Indian will notice more in an hour than a civilized child will in a day. Living in a world of books often weakens the powers of observation and perception.

Perception may be developed by practice. Begin by taking notice of the things seen and heard in your usual walks. Keep wide open the eyes of the mind. Notice the faces of people, their walk, their characteristics. Look for interesting and odd things, and you will see them. Do not go through life in a daydream, but keep a sharp lookout for things of interest and value. The most familiar things will repay you for the time and work of examining them in detail, and the practice gained by such tasks will prove valuable in your development of perception.

Perception can be improved through practice. Start by paying attention to what you see and hear during your daily walks. Keep your mind’s eyes wide open. Observe people’s faces, how they walk, and their unique traits. Look for intriguing and unusual things, and you’ll find them. Don’t drift through life in a daydream; stay alert for things that are interesting and valuable. Even the most familiar objects will reward you for the time and effort you put into examining them closely, and the skills you develop through this practice will be beneficial for enhancing your perception.

An authority remarks that very few persons, even those living in the country, know whether a cow's ears are above, below, behind, or in front of her horns; nor whether cats descend trees head first or tail first. Very few persons can distinguish between the leaves of the various kinds of familiar trees in their neighborhood. Comparatively few persons are able to describe the house in which they live, at least beyond the most general features—the details are unknown.

An expert points out that very few people, even those living in rural areas, know if a cow's ears are above, below, behind, or in front of her horns; or whether cats climb down trees head first or tail first. Very few people can tell the difference between the leaves of the different types of common trees in their area. Relatively few people can describe the house they live in, at least beyond the most basic features—the details remain a mystery.

Houdin, the French conjurer, was able to pass by a shop window and perceive every article in it, and then repeat what he had seen. But he acquired this skill[Pg 42] only by constant and gradual practice. He himself decried his skill and claimed that it was as nothing compared to that of the fashionable woman who can pass another woman on the street and "take in" her entire attire, from head to foot, at one glance, and "be able to describe not only the fashion and quality of the stuffs, but also say if the lace be real or only machine made." A former president of Yale is said to have been able to glance at a book and read a quarter of a page at one time.

Houdin, the French magician, could walk past a shop window and take in every item on display, then recall what he saw. However, he developed this ability[Pg 42] only through persistent and gradual practice. He himself downplayed his talent, arguing that it was insignificant compared to the skill of the fashionable woman who can pass another woman on the street and grasp her entire outfit, from head to toe, in one glance, and then describe not just the style and quality of the materials but also determine if the lace is genuine or just machine-made. It’s said that a former president of Yale could glance at a book and read a quarter of a page in one go.

Any study or occupation which requires analysis will develop the power of perception. Consequently, if we will analyze the things we see, resolving them into their parts or elements, we will likewise develop the perceptive faculties. It is a good exercise to examine some small object and endeavor to discover as many separate points of perception as possible, noting them on a sheet of paper. The most familiar object, if carefully examined, will yield rich returns.

Any study or job that involves analysis will enhance our ability to perceive. So, if we analyze the things we see, breaking them down into their individual parts or elements, we will also improve our perceptive skills. A great exercise is to look closely at a small object and try to identify as many separate points of perception as you can, writing them down on a piece of paper. Even the most ordinary object, if examined carefully, will reveal a wealth of insights.

If two persons will enter into a contest of this kind, the spirit of rivalry and competition will quicken the powers of observation. Those who have had the patience and perseverance to systematically practice exercises of this kind, report that they notice a steady improvement from the very start. But even if one does not feel inclined to practice in this way, it will[Pg 43] be found possible to begin to take notice of the details of things one sees, the expression of persons' faces, the details of their dress, their tone of voice, the quality of the goods we handle, and the little things especially. Perception, like attention, follows interest; but, likewise, interest may be created in things by observing their details, peculiarities, and characteristics.

If two people enter into a contest like this, the spirit of rivalry and competition will sharpen their powers of observation. Those who have had the patience and determination to regularly practice exercises like this report that they notice steady improvement from the very beginning. However, even if someone doesn't want to practice this way, it will[Pg 43] be possible to start noticing the details of what they see, the expressions on people's faces, the details of their clothing, their tone of voice, the quality of the goods they handle, and especially the little things. Perception, like attention, follows interest; however, interest can also be sparked by observing the details, quirks, and characteristics of things.

The best knowledge gained by one is that resulting from his own personal perception. There is a nearness and trueness about that which one knows in this way which is lacking in that which he merely believes because he has read or heard it. One can make such knowledge a part of himself. Not only is one's knowledge dependent upon what he perceives, but his very character also results from the character of his percepts. The influence of environment is great—and what is environment but things perceived about one? It is not so much what lies outside of one, as what part of it gets inside of one by perception. By directing his attention to desirable objects, and perceiving as much of them as is possible, one really builds his own character at will.

The best knowledge someone can gain comes from their own personal experiences. There’s a closeness and authenticity to what one knows this way that’s missing from what one just believes because they’ve read or heard it. One can truly integrate that knowledge into who they are. Not only does our knowledge rely on what we perceive, but our very character is shaped by those perceptions. The impact of our surroundings is significant—and what is the surroundings except the things we perceive around us? It’s not just about what’s outside us, but what we allow to get inside through our perceptions. By focusing on positive things and taking in as much as possible from them, one actively shapes their own character.

The world needs good "perceivers" in all the walks of life. It finds a shortage of them, and is demanding them loudly, being willing to pay a good price for their services. The person who can voluntarily perceive and[Pg 44] observe the details of any profession, business, or trade will go far in that vocation. The education of children should take the faculty of perception into active consideration. The kindergarten has taken some steps in this direction, but there is much more to be done.[Pg 45]

The world needs skilled "perceivers" in every field. There's a noticeable lack of them, and the demand is high, with people willing to pay well for their skills. Anyone who can keenly perceive and observe the details of any profession, business, or trade will excel in that area. The education of children should actively focus on developing their perception skills. Kindergartens have made some progress in this area, but there's still a lot more work to do.[Pg 45]


CHAPTER VII.
Memory.

PSYCHOLOGISTS class as "representative mental processes" those known as memory and imagination, respectively. The term "representation" is used in psychology to indicate the processes of re-presentation or presenting again to consciousness that which has formerly been presented to it but which afterward passed from its field. As Hamilton says: "The general capability of knowledge necessarily requires that, besides the power of evoking out of unconsciousness one portion of our retained knowledge in preference to another, we possess the faculty of representing in consciousness what is thus evoked."

PSYCHOLOGISTS categorize "representative mental processes" as memory and imagination. The term "representation" in psychology refers to the processes of re-presenting or bringing back to our awareness things that we previously experienced but have since forgotten. As Hamilton states: "The overall ability to know requires not only the power to bring a part of our stored knowledge from unconsciousness to consciousness, but also the ability to represent in our awareness what has been brought forth."

Memory is the primary representative faculty or power of the mind. Imagination depends upon memory for its material, as we shall see when we consider that faculty. Every mental process which involves the remembrance, recollection, or representation of a sensation, perception, mental image, thought, or idea previously experienced must depend upon memory for its material. Memory is the great storehouse of the mind in which are placed the records of previous mental experiences. It is a part of the great subconscious field[Pg 46] of mental activity, and the greater part of its work is performed below the plane of consciousness. It is only when its results are passed into the field of consciousness that we are aware of its existence. We know memory only by its works. Of its nature we know but little, although certain of its principal laws and principles have been discovered.

Memory is the main ability of the mind. Imagination relies on memory for its content, as we will explore when we examine that ability. Every mental activity that involves recalling or representing a sensation, perception, mental image, thought, or idea we've experienced before depends on memory for its material. Memory is the vast storehouse of the mind where records of past mental experiences are kept. It forms part of the larger subconscious area of mental activity, and most of its functions happen below the level of consciousness. We only become aware of memory when its results enter the conscious mind. We know memory only through its results. We understand very little about its nature, although some of its main laws and principles have been identified.

It was formerly customary to class memory with the various faculties of the mind, but later psychology no longer so considers it. Memory is now regarded as a power of the general mind, manifesting in connection with every faculty of the mind. It is now regarded as belonging to the great subconscious field of mentation, and its explanation must be sought there. It is utterly unexplainable otherwise.

It used to be common to categorize memory with the different mental faculties, but modern psychology no longer sees it that way. Memory is now viewed as a function of the mind as a whole, connected to every mental ability. It's considered part of the vast subconscious realm of thought, and any explanation for it needs to come from that context. It really can't be explained any other way.

The importance of memory cannot be overestimated. Not only does a man's character and education depend chiefly upon it, but his very mental being is bound up with it. If there were no memory, man would never progress mentally beyond the mental state of the newborn babe. He would never be able to profit by experience. He would never be able to form clear perceptions. He would never be able to reason or form judgments. The processes of thought depend for material upon the memory of past experiences; this material lacking, there can be no thought.[Pg 47]

The importance of memory can't be overstated. A person's character and education rely heavily on it, and their entire mental existence is tied to it. Without memory, a person would never progress mentally beyond the level of a newborn. They wouldn’t learn from experiences. They wouldn’t be able to form clear perceptions. They wouldn’t be able to reason or make judgments. Thought processes rely on memories of past experiences; without that material, there can be no thought.[Pg 47]

Memory has two important general functions, viz.: (1) The retention of impressions and experiences; and (2) the reproduction of the impressions and experiences so retained.

Memory has two key general functions, namely: (1) The retention of impressions and experiences; and (2) the reproduction of the impressions and experiences that have been retained.

It was formerly held that the memory retained only a portion of the impressions and experiences originally noted by it. But the present theory is that it retains every impression and experience which is noted by it. It is true that many of these impressions are never reproduced in consciousness, but experiments tend to prove, nevertheless, that the records are still in the memory and that appropriate and sufficiently strong stimuli will bring them into the field of consciousness. The phenomena of somnambulism, dreams, hysteria, delirium, approach of death, etc., show that the subconscious mind has an immense accumulation of apparently forgotten facts, which unusual stimuli will serve to recall.

It used to be believed that memory only kept a part of the impressions and experiences it recorded. However, the current theory is that it retains every single impression and experience it notes. While it's true that many of these impressions are never brought back into awareness, experiments suggest that the records are still stored in memory, and strong enough stimuli can bring them into our conscious awareness. Phenomena like sleepwalking, dreams, hysteria, delirium, and near-death experiences demonstrate that the subconscious mind holds a vast amount of seemingly forgotten information, which can be recalled with the right triggers.

The power of the memory to reproduce the retained impressions and experiences is variously called remembrance, recollection, or memory. This power varies materially in various individuals, but it is an axiom of psychology that the memory of any person may be developed and trained by practice. The ability to recall depends to a great extent upon the clearness and depth of the original impression, which in turn depends upon[Pg 48] the degree of attention given to it at the time of its occurrence. Recollection is also greatly aided by the law of association, or the principle whereby one mental fact is linked to another. The more facts to which a given fact is linked, the greater the ease by which it is recalled or remembered. Recollection is also greatly assisted by use and exercise. Like the fingers, the memory cells of the brain become expert and efficient by use and exercise, or stiff and inefficient by lack of the same.

The ability of memory to bring back stored impressions and experiences is often referred to as remembrance, recollection, or memory. This ability varies significantly among different people, but it’s a well-known fact in psychology that anyone can improve their memory through practice. How well someone can recall something largely depends on how clear and deep the original impression was, which in turn is influenced by[Pg 48] how much attention was paid to it when it happened. Recollection is also greatly enhanced by the law of association, which is the idea that one mental fact is connected to another. The more connections a fact has, the easier it is to remember. Additionally, practice and usage significantly aid in recollection. Just like fingers, the brain's memory cells become skilled and efficient through use and practice, or become stiff and ineffective without it.

In addition to the phases of retention and reproduction, there are two important phases of memory, viz.: (3) Recognition of the reproduced impression or experience; and (4) localization of the impression, or its reference to a more or less definite time and place.

In addition to the phases of retaining and recalling, there are two key phases of memory: (3) Recognizing the recalled impression or experience; and (4) identifying the impression's context, or linking it to a specific time and place.

The recognition of the recalled impression is quite important. It is not enough that the impression be retained and recalled. If we are not able to recognize the recalled impression as having been experienced before, the recollection will be of but little use to us in our thought processes; the purposes of thought demand that we shall be able to identify the recalled impression with the original one. Recognition is really re-cognition—re-knowing. Recognition is akin to perception. The mind becomes conscious of the recalled impression just as it becomes conscious of the sensation. It then[Pg 49] recognizes the relation of the recalled impression to the original one just as it realizes the relation of the sensation to its object.

The recognition of a recalled impression is very important. Simply keeping and recalling the impression isn’t enough. If we can't recognize the recalled impression as something we've experienced before, that recollection won’t be very useful in our thinking process; thinking requires us to match the recalled impression with the original one. Recognition is really about re-cognition—re-knowing. Recognition is similar to perception. The mind becomes aware of the recalled impression just like it becomes aware of a sensation. It then[Pg 49] recognizes how the recalled impression relates to the original one, just as it understands how the sensation relates to its object.

The localization of the recalled and recognized impression is also important. Even if we recognize the recalled impression, it will be of comparatively little use to us unless we are able to locate it as having happened yesterday, last week, last month, last year, ten years ago, or at some time in the past; and as having happened in our office, house, or in such-and-such a place in the street, or in some distant place. Without the power of localization we should be unable to connect and associate the remembered fact with the time, place, and persons with which it should be placed to be of use and value to us in our thought processes.

The ability to pinpoint when and where we remember something is really important. Even if we recall an impression, it doesn’t help us much unless we can identify if it happened yesterday, last week, last month, last year, ten years ago, or at some other time in the past; and whether it took place in our office, home, or a specific location on the street, or somewhere far away. Without the ability to place it in context, we wouldn’t be able to connect and associate the memory with the time, place, and people relevant to it, which is essential for it to be useful and meaningful in our thinking.

Retention.

The retention of a mental impression in the memory depends very materially upon the clearness and depth of the original impression. And this clearness and depth, as we have previously stated, depend upon the degree of attention bestowed upon the original impression. Attention, then, is the important factor in the forming and recording of impressions. The rule is: Slight attention, faint record; marked attention, clear and deep record. To fix this fact in the mind, the stu[Pg 50]dent may think of the retentive and reproductive phases of memory as a phonographic record. The receiving diaphragm of the phonograph represents the sense organs, and the recording needle represents the attention. The needle makes the record on the cylinder deep or faint according to the condition of the needle. A loud sound may be recorded but faintly, if the needle is not properly adjusted. And, further, it must be remembered that the strength of the reproduction depends almost entirely upon the clearness and depth of the original impression on the cylinder; as is the record, so is the reproduction. It will be well for the student to carry this symbol of the phonograph in his mind; it will aid him in developing his powers of memory.

The retention of a memory depends heavily on how clear and deep the original impression was. As we've mentioned before, this clarity and depth rely on how much attention was given to the original impression. So, attention is the key factor in forming and storing memories. The rule is: Slight attention, faint record; strong attention, clear and deep record. To help reinforce this idea, students can think of the retention and recall phases of memory like a phonographic record. The phonograph’s diaphragm represents the sense organs, and the recording needle represents attention. The needle creates a record on the cylinder that can be deep or faint depending on how well the needle is adjusted. A loud sound can be recorded faintly if the needle isn’t set up right. Additionally, keep in mind that the strength of recall mostly depends on the clarity and depth of the original impression on the cylinder; the quality of the record determines the quality of the recall. It’s beneficial for students to keep this phonograph analogy in mind; it will help improve their memory skills.

In this connection we should remember that attention depends largely upon interest. Therefore we would naturally expect to find that we remember interesting things far more readily than those which lack interest. This supposition is borne out in actual experience. This accounts for the fact that every one remembers a certain class of things better than he does others. One remembers faces, another dates, another spoken conversation, another written words, and so on. It will be found, as a rule, that each person is interested in the class of things which he most easily remembers. The artist easily remembers faces and details of faces, or[Pg 51] scenery and details thereof. The musician easily recalls passages or bars of music, often of a most complicated nature. The speculator easily recalls the quotations of his favorite stocks. The racing man recalls without difficulty the "odds" posted on a certain horse on a certain day, or the details of a race which was run many years ago. The moral is: Arouse and induce an interest in the things which you wish to remember. This interest may be aroused by studying the things in question, as we have suggested in a preceding chapter.

In this context, we should keep in mind that attention is largely driven by interest. So, it's only natural to think that we remember interesting things much better than those that aren’t interesting. This assumption is supported by real-life experiences. This explains why everyone tends to remember certain types of things better than others. Some people remember faces, some remember dates, others recall conversations, and some remember written words, and so on. Generally, it's found that each person is interested in the type of things they remember most easily. An artist easily remembers faces and their details, or scenery and its details. A musician quickly recalls musical passages or bars, often very complex ones. A trader easily remembers quotes for their favorite stocks. A racing enthusiast can effortlessly recall the odds on a specific horse from a certain day, or recall details of a race that took place many years ago. The takeaway is: Stimulate interest in the things you want to remember. This interest can be sparked by studying the subjects in question, as we mentioned in an earlier chapter.

Memory Visualization.

Many of the best authorities hold that original impressions may be made clear and deep, and the process of reproduction accordingly rendered more efficient, by the practice of visualizing the thing to be remembered. By visualizing is meant the formation of a mental image of the thing in the imagination. If you wish to remember the appearance of anything, look at it closely, with attention, and then turning away from it endeavor to reproduce its appearance as a mental picture in the mind. If this is done, a particularly clear impression will be made in the memory, and when you recall the thing you will find that you will also recall the clear mental image of it. Of course the greater the number[Pg 52] of details observed and included in the original mental image, the greater the remembered detail.

Many experts agree that original impressions can be made clearer and deeper, making the reproduction process more effective, by practicing visualization of what needs to be remembered. Visualization is the creation of a mental image in the imagination. If you want to remember how something looks, observe it closely with focus, then turn away and try to recreate its appearance as a mental picture in your mind. If you do this, you'll create a strong impression in your memory, and when you recall the item, you'll also be able to bring back that clear mental image of it. Naturally, the more details you notice and include in your original mental image, the more you'll remember. [Pg 52]

Memory Perception.

Not only is attention necessary in forming clear memory records, but careful perception is also important. Without clear perception there is a lack of detail in the retained record, and the element of association is lacking. It is not enough to merely remember the thing itself; we should also remember what it is, and all about it. The practice of the methods of developing perception, given in a preceding lesson, will tend to develop and train the retentive, reproductive, recognitive, and locative powers of the memory. The rule is: The greater the degree of perception accorded a thing, the greater the detail of the retained impression, and the greater the ease of the recollection.

Not only is attention essential for creating clear memories, but careful perception is also crucial. Without clear perception, the retained memory lacks detail and there's no association. It's not enough to simply remember the item itself; we should also remember what it is and everything about it. Practicing the methods for improving perception discussed in a previous lesson will help develop and train the memory's ability to retain, reproduce, recognize, and locate information. The principle is: The more perception we give to something, the more detailed the retained impression will be, and the easier it will be to recall.

Understanding and Memory.

Another important point in acquiring impressions in memory is this: That the better the understanding of the subject or object, the clearer the impressions regarding it, and the clearer the recollection of it. This fact is proved by experiment and experience. A subject which will be remembered only with difficulty under ordinary circumstances will be easily remembered if it[Pg 53] is fully explained to the person, and accompanied by a few familiar illustrations or examples. It is very difficult to remember a meaningless string of words, while a sentence which conveys a clear meaning may be memorized easily. If we understand what a thing is for, its uses and employment, we remember it far more easily than if we lack this understanding. Elbringhaus, who conducted a number of experiments along this line, reports that he could memorize a stanza of poetry in about one tenth the time required to memorize the same amount of nonsense syllables. Gordy states that he once asked a capable student of the Johns Hopkins University to give him an account of a lecture to which he had just listened. "I cannot do it," replied the student; "it was not logical." The rule is: The more one knows about a certain thing, the more easily is that thing remembered. This is a point worth noting.[Pg 54]

Another important point in storing memories is this: The better you understand a subject or object, the clearer the memories about it will be, and the easier it will be to recall. This is backed by experiments and experience. A topic that’s hard to remember in normal situations can be easily recalled if it[Pg 53] is thoroughly explained and accompanied by a few familiar examples. Remembering a random string of words is very challenging, while a sentence that makes sense can be memorized with ease. If we understand the purpose of something, its uses and applications, we can remember it much more easily than if we don’t have that understanding. Elbringhaus, who conducted several experiments on this topic, reported that he could memorize a stanza of poetry in about one-tenth the time it took to memorize the same amount of nonsensical syllables. Gordy mentions that he once asked a capable student at Johns Hopkins University to recount a lecture he had just attended. "I can't do it," the student replied; "it wasn't logical." The rule is: The more you know about something, the easier it is to remember. This is an important point to consider.[Pg 54]


CHAPTER VIII.
Memory—Continued.

THE subject of memory cannot be touched upon intelligently without a consideration of the Law of Association, one of the important psychological principles.

THE subject of memory can't be discussed intelligently without considering the Law of Association, which is one of the key psychological principles.

The Association Principle.

What is known in psychology as the Law of Association is based on the fact that no idea exists in the mind except in association with other ideas. This is not generally recognized, and the majority of persons will dispute the law at first thought. But the existence and appearance of ideas in the mind are governed by a mental law as invariable and constant as the physical law of gravitation. Every idea has associations with other ideas. Ideas travel in groups, and one group is associated with another group, and so on, until in the end every idea in one's mind is associated directly or indirectly with every other idea. Theoretically, at least, it would be possible to begin with one idea in the mind of a person, and then gradually unwind his entire stock of ideas like the yarn on the ball. Our thoughts[Pg 55] proceed according to this law. We sit down in a "brown study" and proceed from one subject to another, until we are unable to remember any connection between the first thought and the last. But each step of the reverie was connected with the one preceding and the one succeeding it. It is interesting to trace back these connections. Poe based one of his celebrated detective stories on this law. The reverie may be broken into by a sudden impression from outside, and we will then proceed from that impression, connecting it with something else already in our experience, and starting a new chain of sequence.

What psychologists refer to as the Law of Association is based on the idea that no thought exists in the mind without being linked to other thoughts. This concept isn't widely accepted, and most people will disagree with the law at first glance. However, the formation and expression of thoughts in the mind are governed by a mental law as consistent and reliable as the physical law of gravity. Every thought is connected to other thoughts. Thoughts move in clusters, and one cluster is linked to another, and so on, until ultimately every thought in a person's mind is connected, either directly or indirectly, to every other thought. In theory, it would be possible to start with one thought in a person's mind and then gradually unravel their entire collection of thoughts like yarn from a ball. Our thinking follows this law. We might sit down lost in thought and shift from one topic to another until we can't recall how we connected the first idea to the last. Yet, each part of this daydream was tied to both the previous and the next thought. It's fascinating to trace these connections. Poe built one of his famous detective stories on this principle. A sudden external stimulus can break this daydream, leading us to connect that stimulus with something else in our experiences, starting a new chain of thoughts.

Often we fail to trace the associations governing our ideas, but the chain is there nevertheless. One may think of a past scene or experience without any apparent cause. A little thought will show that something seen, or a few notes of a song floating to the ears, or the fragrance of a flower, has supplied the connecting link between the past and the present. A suggestion of mignonette will recall some past event in which the perfume played a part; some one's handkerchief, perhaps, carried the same odor. Or an old familiar tune reminds one of some one, something, or some place in the past. A familiar feature in the countenance of a passer-by will start one thinking of some one else who had that kind of a mouth, that shaped nose, or that[Pg 56] expression of the eye—and away he will be off in a sequence of remembered experiences. Often the starting idea, or the connecting links, may appear but dimly in consciousness; but rest assured they are always there. In fact, we frequently accept this law, unconsciously and without realizing its actual existence. For instance, one makes a remark, and at once we wonder, "How did he come to think of that?" and, if we are shrewd, we may discover what was in his mind before he spoke.

Often, we don't realize how our ideas are connected, but the links are still there. You might recall a past moment or experience without any clear reason. A moment of reflection will reveal that something you saw, a few notes of a song in the background, or the scent of a flower created that connection between the past and the present. A hint of mignonette might bring back a memory where that fragrance played a role; maybe someone’s handkerchief had the same smell. Or a familiar tune might remind you of a person, a moment, or a place from long ago. A familiar feature in the face of someone passing by can make you think of someone else who had that kind of mouth, that shaped nose, or that specific look in their eyes—leading you down a path of recalled memories. Often, the initial idea or the connecting links may only appear faintly in our awareness, but they are always there. In fact, we often accept this principle without being fully aware of it. For example, if someone makes a comment, we might immediately wonder, "What made them think of that?" and, if we’re insightful, we might figure out what was on their mind before they spoke.

There are two general classes of association of ideas in memory, viz.: (1) Association of contiguity, and (2) logical association.

There are two main types of associations in memory: (1) Association of contiguity, and (2) logical association.

Association of contiguity is that form of association depending upon the previous association in time or space of ideas which have been impressed on the mind. For instance, if you met Mr. and Mrs. Wetterhorn and were introduced to them one after the other, thereafter you will naturally remember Mr. W. when you think of Mrs. W., and vice versa. You will naturally remember Napoleon when you think of Wellington, or Benedict Arnold when you think of Major André, for the same reason. You will also naturally remember b and c when you think of a. Likewise, you will think of abstract time when you think of abstract space, of thunder when you think of lightning, of colic when you recall green apples, of love making and moonlight nights when you[Pg 57] think of college days. In the same way we remember things which occurred just before or just after the event in our mind at the moment; of things near in space to the thing of which we are thinking.

Association of contiguity refers to the way we connect ideas that have previously been linked in time or space in our minds. For example, if you meet Mr. and Mrs. Wetterhorn and are introduced to them one after the other, you will naturally recall Mr. W. when you think of Mrs. W., and the other way around. You’re also likely to remember Napoleon when you think of Wellington, or Benedict Arnold when you think of Major André, for the same reason. Additionally, you will remember b and c when you think of a. Similarly, you will think of abstract time when considering abstract space, of thunder when thinking of lightning, of colic when you recall green apples, and of love-making and moonlit nights when you think of your college days. In the same way, we remember things that happened just before or just after the current event in our mind; of things that are nearby in space to what we are thinking about.

Logical association depends upon the relation of likeness or difference between several things thought of. Things thus associated may have never come into the mind at the same previous time, nor are they necessarily connected in time and space. One may think of a book, and then proceed by association to think of another book by the same author, or of another author treating of the same subject. Or he may think of a book directly opposed to the first, the relation of distinct difference causing the associated idea. Logical association depends upon inner relations, and not upon the outer relations of time and space. This innerness of relation between things not connected in space or time is discovered only by experience and education. The educated man realizes many points of relationship between things that are thought by the uneducated man to be totally unrelated. Wisdom and knowledge consist largely in the recognition of relations between things.

Logical association relies on the similarities or differences between various thoughts. The things associated may never have been considered together before, nor are they necessarily linked in time or space. For example, one might think of a book and then connect it through association to another book by the same author, or to a different author covering a similar topic. Alternatively, one might think of a book that directly opposes the first; the clear difference creates the association. Logical association is based on inner relations rather than the outer relations of time and space. This innerness of connection between things that are not related spatially or temporally is only understood through experience and education. An educated person recognizes many relationships between concepts that an uneducated person might see as completely unrelated. Wisdom and knowledge largely consist of recognizing these relationships.

Memory Association.

It follows from a consideration of the Law of Association that when one wishes to impress a thing upon[Pg 58] the memory he should, as an authority says, "Multiply associations; entangle the fact you wish to remember in a net of as many associations as possible, especially those that are logical." Hence the advice to place your facts in groups and classes in the memory. As Blackie says: "Nothing helps the mind so much as order and classification. Classes are always few, individuals many; to know the class well is to know what is most essential in the character of the individual, and what burdens the memory least to retain."

It follows from looking at the Law of Association that when you want to make something stick in your memory, you should, as an expert suggests, "Create multiple associations; trap the information you want to remember in a web of as many associations as possible, especially those that make sense." This is why it's recommended to organize your information into groups and categories in your memory. As Blackie puts it: "Nothing benefits the mind more than order and classification. Categories are always fewer in number, while individuals are many; knowing the category well means understanding what is most important about the individual and what is easiest for the memory to hold onto."

Memory Repetition.

Another important principle of memory is that the impressions acquire depth and clearness by repetition. Repeat a line of poetry once, and you may remember it; repeat it again, and your chances of remembering it are greatly increased; repeat it a sufficient number of times, and you cannot escape remembering it. The illustration of the phonograph record will help you to understand the reason of this. The rule is: Constant repetition deepens memory impressions; frequent reviewing and recalling what has been memorized tends to keep the records clear and clean, beside deepening the impression at each review.[Pg 59]

Another important principle of memory is that impressions become clearer and more defined through repetition. Say a line of poetry once, and you might remember it; say it again, and your chances of remembering it increase significantly; say it enough times, and you won't be able to forget it. The example of a phonograph record can help you understand why this is. The rule is: Constant repetition deepens memory impressions; frequent reviewing and recalling what has been memorized helps keep the records clear and sharp, as well as deepening the impression with each review.[Pg 59]

Memory Guidelines.

The following general rules will be of service to the student who wishes to develop his memory:—

The following general rules will help students who want to improve their memory:—

Making Impressions.

  • (1) Bestow attention.
  • (2) Cultivate interest.
  • (3) Manifest perception.
  • (4) Cultivate understanding.
  • (5) Form associations.
  • (6) Repeat and review.

Recalling Impressions.

(1) Endeavor to get hold of the loose end of association, and then unwind your memory ball of yarn.

(1) Try to grab the loose end of the connection, and then unravel your memory.

(2) When you recall an impression, send it back with energy to deepen the impression, and attach it to as many new associations as possible.

(2) When you remember an impression, send it back with energy to strengthen that impression, and connect it to as many new associations as you can.

(3) Practice a little memorizing and recalling each day, if only a line of verse. The memory improves by practice, and deteriorates by neglect and disuse.

(3) Spend a little time each day memorizing and recalling, even if it’s just a line of poetry. Memory gets better with practice and worse with neglect and disuse.

(4) Demand good service of your memory, and it will learn to respond. Learn to trust it, and it will rise to the occasion. How can you expect your memory to give good service when you continually abuse it and tell every one of "the wretched memory I have;[Pg 60] I can never remember anything"? Your memory is very apt to accept your statements as truth; our mental faculties have an annoying habit of taking us at our word in these matters. Tell your memory what you expect it to do; then trust it and refrain from abusing it and giving it a bad name.

(4) Demand good service from your memory, and it will learn to respond. Learn to trust it, and it will step up. How can you expect your memory to perform well if you keep criticizing it and complaining about "the terrible memory I have; I can never remember anything"? Your memory is likely to take your words as truth; our minds have a frustrating tendency to believe what we say. Tell your memory what you want it to do; then trust it and stop mistreating it and calling it names.

Final Tips.

Finally, remember this rule: You get out of your memory only that which you place in it. Place in it good, clear, deep impressions, and it will reproduce good, clear, strong recollections. Think of your memory as a phonographic record, and take care that you place the right kind of impressions upon it. In memory you reap that which you have sown. You must give to the memory before you can receive from it. Of one thing you may rest assured, namely, that unless you take sufficient interest in the things to be remembered, you will find that the memory will not take sufficient interest in them to remember them. Memory demands interest before it will take interest in the task. It demands attention before it will give attention. It demands understanding before it will give understanding. It demands association before it will respond to association. It demands repetition before it will repeat. The memory is a splendid instrument, but it[Pg 61] stands on its dignity and asserts its rights. It belongs to the old dispensation—it demands compensation and believes in giving only in equal measure to what it receives. Our advice is to get acquainted with your memory, and make friends with it. Treat it well and it will serve you well. But neglect it, and it will turn its back on you.[Pg 62]

Finally, remember this rule: You only get out of your memory what you put into it. Put in good, clear, strong impressions, and it will produce good, clear, strong recollections. Think of your memory like a record player, and make sure you’re putting the right kinds of impressions on it. In memory, you reap what you sow. You have to give to your memory before you can receive from it. One thing is certain: unless you show enough interest in the things you want to remember, you’ll find that your memory won’t be interested enough to keep them. Memory needs interest before it will engage with the task. It needs attention before it will pay attention. It needs understanding before it will provide understanding. It needs connection before it will respond to connection. It needs repetition before it will repeat. Memory is a fantastic tool, but it has its standards and asserts its rights. It belongs to the old ways—it asks for something in return and believes in giving only as much as it receives. Our advice is to get to know your memory and befriend it. Treat it well, and it will work for you. But neglect it, and it will turn away from you.[Pg 62]


CHAPTER IX.
Imagination.

THE imagination belongs to the general class of mental processes called the representative faculties, by which is meant the processes in which there are re-presented, or presented again, to consciousness impressions previously presented to it.

THE imagination belongs to the general category of mental processes known as representative faculties, which refers to the processes where impressions that have been previously experienced are presented again to our awareness.

As we have indicated elsewhere, the imagination is dependent upon memory for its materials—its records of previous impressions. But imagination is more than mere memory or recollection of these previously experienced and recorded impressions. There is, in addition to the re-presentation and recollection, a process of arranging the recalled impressions into new forms and new combinations. The imagination not only gathers together the old impressions, but also creates new combinations and forms from the material so gathered.

As we've mentioned before, imagination relies on memory for its sources—its accounts of past experiences. However, imagination goes beyond just recalling those previous experiences. In addition to bringing back and remembering what we've experienced, it also involves organizing those memories into new shapes and combinations. Imagination not only collects old memories but also creates new forms and combinations from the gathered material.

Psychology gives us many hairsplitting definitions and distinctions between simple reproductive imagination and memory, but these distinctions are technical and as a rule perplexing to the average student. In truth, there is very little, if any, difference between simple reproductive imagination and memory, although[Pg 63] when the imagination indulges in constructive activity a new feature enters into the process which is absent in pure memory operations. In simple reproductive imagination there is simply the formation of the mental image of some previous experience—the reproduction of a previous mental image. This differs very little from memory, except that the recalled image is clearer and stronger. In the same way in ordinary memory, in the manifestation of recollection, there is often the same clear, strong mental image that is produced in reproductive imagination. The two mental processes blend into each other so closely that it is practically impossible to draw the line between them, in spite of the technical differences urged by the psychologists. Of course the mere remembrance of a person who presents himself to one is nearer to pure memory than to imagination, for the process is that of recognition. But the memory or remembrance of the same person when he is absent from sight is practically that of reproductive imagination. Memory, in its stage of recognition, exists in the child mind before reproductive imagination is manifested. The latter, therefore, is regarded as a higher mental process.

Psychology offers many detailed definitions and distinctions between simple reproductive imagination and memory, but these distinctions are often technical and confusing for the average student. In reality, there’s very little difference between simple reproductive imagination and memory. However, when imagination engages in creative activity, a new aspect comes into play that isn't present in straightforward memory operations. In simple reproductive imagination, there is just the creation of a mental image based on some past experience—the reproduction of a previous mental image. This is not very different from memory, except that the recalled image is clearer and more vivid. Similarly, in everyday memory, during the process of recalling, a clear, strong mental image can emerge, just like in reproductive imagination. The two mental processes blend together so closely that it is practically impossible to draw a line between them, despite the technical distinctions emphasized by psychologists. Of course, simply remembering a person who is present is closer to pure memory than to imagination, as that process involves recognition. However, recalling the same person when they are not in sight is essentially an act of reproductive imagination. Memory, in its recognition stage, happens in a child's mind before reproductive imagination appears. Therefore, the latter is considered a more advanced mental process.

But still higher in the scale is that which is known as constructive imagination. This form of imagination appears at a later period of child mentation, and[Pg 64] is regarded as a later evolution of mental processes of the race. Gordy makes the following distinction between the two phases of imagination: "The difference between reproductive imagination and constructive imagination is that the images resulting from reproductive imagination are copies of past experience, while those resulting from constructive imagination are not. * * * To learn whether any particular image, or combination of images, is the product of reproductive or constructive imagination, all we have to do is to learn whether or not it is a copy of a past experience. Our memories, of course, are defective, and we may be uncertain on that account; but apart from that, we need be in no doubt whatever."

But even higher on the scale is what’s called constructive imagination. This type of imagination emerges later in a child's mental development and[Pg 64] is seen as a more advanced evolution of mental processes in humans. Gordy makes the following distinction between the two types of imagination: "The difference between reproductive imagination and constructive imagination is that the images produced by reproductive imagination are copies of past experiences, while those created by constructive imagination are not. * * * To determine whether a particular image, or a combination of images, comes from reproductive or constructive imagination, all we need to do is see if it’s a copy of a past experience. Our memories, of course, are imperfect, which may lead to some uncertainty; but aside from that, we should have no doubt."

Many persons hearing for the first time the statement of psychologists that the imaginative faculties can re-present and re-produce or re-combine only the images which have previously been impressed upon the mind, are apt to object that they can, and frequently do, image things which they have not previously experienced. But can they and do they? Is it not true that what they believe to be original creations of the imagination are merely new combinations of original impressions? For instance, no one ever saw a unicorn, and yet some one originally imagined its form. But a little thought will show that the image of the unicorn is[Pg 65] merely that of an animal having the head, neck, and body of a horse, with the beard of a goat, the legs of a buck, the tail of a lion, and a long, tapering horn, spirally twisted, in the middle of the forehead. Each of the several parts of the unicorn exists in some living animal, although the unicorn, composed of all of these parts, is non-existent outside of fable. In the same way the centaur is composed of the body, legs, and tail of the horse and the trunk, head, and arms of a man. The satyr has the head, body, and arms of a man, with the horns, legs, and hoofs of a goat. The mermaid has the head, arms, and trunk of a woman, joined at the waist to the body and tail of a fish. The mythological "devil" has the head, body, and arms of a man, with the horns, legs, and cloven foot of the lower animal, and a peculiar tail composed of that of some animal but tipped with a spearhead. Each of these characteristics is composed of familiar images of experience. The imagination may occupy itself for a lifetime turning out impossible animals of this kind, but every part thereof will be found to correspond to something existent in nature, and experienced by the mind of the person creating the strange beast.

Many people hearing for the first time from psychologists that our imagination can only recreate and combine images that we've previously encountered might argue that they can and often do visualize things they've never experienced before. But can they really? Isn't it true that what they think are original imaginative creations are just new combinations of existing impressions? For example, no one has ever seen a unicorn, yet someone initially envisioned its shape. However, if you think about it, the image of the unicorn is[Pg 65] simply a mix of features from different animals: it has the head, neck, and body of a horse, the beard of a goat, the legs of a buck, the tail of a lion, and a long, spirally twisted horn on its forehead. Each part of the unicorn exists in some real animal, even though the unicorn itself is a creature of myth. Similarly, the centaur is made up of a horse's body, legs, and tail combined with a man's trunk, head, and arms. The satyr has a man's head, body, and arms, along with a goat's horns, legs, and hooves. The mermaid features a woman's head, arms, and trunk, linked at the waist to the body and tail of a fish. The mythical "devil" possesses a man's head, body, and arms, with a goat's horns, legs, cloven hooves, and a distinct tail that resembles that of some animal but ends in a spearhead. Each of these features comes from familiar images we've experienced. The imagination might spend a lifetime generating such fanciful creatures, but every part of them will be found to reflect something real in nature, something the person creating these unusual beings has encountered in their own experiences.

In the same way the imagination may picture a familiar person or thing acting in an unaccustomed manner, the latter having no basis in fact so far as the[Pg 66] individual person or thing is concerned, but being warranted by some experience concerning other persons or things. For instance, one may easily form the image of a dog swimming under water like a fish, or climbing a tree like a cat. Likewise, one may form a mental image of a learned, bewigged High Chancellor, or a venerable Archbishop of Canterbury, dressed like a clown, standing on his head, balancing a colored football on his feet, sticking his tongue in his cheek and winking at the audience. In the same way one may imagine a railroad running across a barren desert, or a steep mountain, upon which there is not as yet a rail laid. The bridge across a river may be imaged in the same way. In fact, this is the way that everything is mentally created, constructed, or invented—the old materials being combined in a new way, and arranged in a new fashion. Some psychologists go so far as to say that no mental image of memory is an exact reproduction of the original impression; that there are always changes due to the unconscious operation of the constructive imagination.

In the same way that our imagination can picture a familiar person or thing acting in an unexpected way, even if that doesn't match reality for that specific person or thing, it can be based on experiences we've had with others. For example, one can easily picture a dog swimming underwater like a fish or climbing a tree like a cat. Similarly, one might envision a learned, wig-wearing High Chancellor or an esteemed Archbishop of Canterbury dressed as a clown, standing on his head, balancing a colorful football on his feet, sticking his tongue in his cheek, and winking at the audience. One might also imagine a train running through a barren desert or up a steep mountain where no track has been laid yet. The same mental imagery applies to a bridge spanning a river. In fact, this is how everything is mentally created, built, or invented—old elements are combined in new ways and arranged differently. Some psychologists even argue that no mental image of memory is a perfect reproduction of the original impression; there are always changes caused by the unconscious workings of our imaginative thinking.

The constructive imagination is able to "tear things to pieces" in search for material, as well as to "join things together" in its work of building. The importance of the imagination in all the processes of intellectual thought is great. Without imagination man[Pg 67] could not reason or manifest any intellectual process. It is impossible to consider the subject of thought without first regarding the processes of imagination. And yet it is common to hear persons speak of the imagination as if it were a faculty of mere fancy, useless and without place in the practical world of thought.

The creative imagination can "break things apart" to find materials and "put things together" when building. Imagination plays a crucial role in all intellectual thought processes. Without imagination, people[Pg 67] wouldn't be able to reason or demonstrate any intellectual activity. It's impossible to discuss the topic of thought without first considering how imagination works. Yet, it's often heard that some people talk about imagination as if it's just a simple whim, pointless and irrelevant in the practical realm of thought.

Nurturing Creativity.

The imagination is capable of development and training. The general rules for development of the imagination are practically those which we have stated in connection with the development of the memory. There is the same necessity for plenty of material; for the formation of clear and deep impressions and clear-cut mental images; the same necessity for repeated impression, and the frequent use and employment of the faculty. The practice of visualization, of course, strengthens the power of the imagination as it does that of the memory, the two powers being intimately related. The imagination may be strengthened and trained by deliberately recalling previous impressions and then combining them into new relations. The materials of memory may be torn apart and then re-combined and re-grouped. In the same way one may enter into the feelings and thoughts of other persons by imagining one's self in their place and endeavoring[Pg 68] to act out in imagination the life of such persons. In this way one may build up a much fuller and broader conception of human nature and human motives.

The imagination can develop and be trained. The basic guidelines for developing imagination are pretty much the same as those for improving memory. You need a lot of material; it's essential to create clear and deep impressions and well-defined mental images; you also need to make repeated impressions and frequently use the mental skill. Practicing visualization, of course, boosts the power of imagination just as it does with memory, given how closely they are connected. You can strengthen and train your imagination by intentionally recalling past impressions and then combining them in new ways. You can break apart the materials of memory and then reassemble and reorganize them. Similarly, you can tap into the feelings and thoughts of others by putting yourself in their position and trying to imagine living their lives. This way, you can develop a much fuller and broader understanding of human nature and motivations.

In this place, also, we should caution the student against the common waste of the powers of the imagination, and the dissipation of its powers in idle fancies and daydreams. Many persons misuse their imagination in this way and not only weaken its power for effective work but also waste their time and energy. Daydreams are notoriously unfit for the real, practical work of life.

In this context, we should also warn students about the common waste of their imagination, along with the dissipation of its abilities in pointless fantasies and daydreams. Many people misuse their imagination this way, weakening its effectiveness for real work and wasting their time and energy. Daydreams are well-known for being unsuitable for the real, practical tasks of life.

Imagination and Values.

And, finally, the student should remember that in the category of the imaginative powers must be placed that phase of mental activity which has so much to do with the making or marring of one's life—the formation of ideals. Our ideals are the patterns after which we shape our life. According to the nature of our ideals is the character of the life we lead.

And finally, the student should keep in mind that within the category of imaginative powers lies a crucial aspect of mental activity that significantly influences the quality of one's life—the creation of ideals. Our ideals serve as the frameworks we use to shape our lives. The nature of our ideals directly determines the character of the life we lead.

Our ideals are the supports of that which we call character.

Our ideals are the foundation of what we call character.

It is a truth, old as the race, and now being perceived most clearly by thinkers, that indeed "as a man thinketh in his heart so is he." The influence of our ideals is perceived to affect not only our character but also our place and degree of success in life. We grow[Pg 69] to be that of which we have held ideals. If we create an ideal, either of general qualities or else these qualities as manifested by some person living or dead, and keep that ideal ever before us, we cannot help developing traits and qualities corresponding to those of our ideal. Careful thought will show that character depends greatly upon the nature of our ideals; therefore we see the effect of the imagination in character building.

It’s a truth as old as humanity and now becoming clearer to thinkers that “as a person thinks in their heart, so are they.” The impact of our ideals is recognized to influence not just our character but also our level of success in life. We become what we idealize. If we establish an ideal, whether it's based on general traits or those demonstrated by someone real or historical, and keep that ideal in front of us, we will naturally develop traits and qualities that reflect those of our ideal. A thoughtful examination reveals that our character is greatly shaped by the nature of our ideals; thus, we understand how imagination plays a role in building character.

Moreover, our imagination has an important bearing on our actions. Many a man has committed an imprudent or immoral act which he would not have done had he been possessed of an imagination which showed him the probable results of the action. In the same way many men have been inspired to great deeds and achievements by reason of their imagination picturing to them the possible results of certain action. The "big things" in all walks of life have been performed by men who had sufficient imagination to picture the possibilities of certain courses or plans. The railroads, bridges, telegraph lines, cable lines, and other works of man are the results of the imagination of some men. The good fairy godmother always provides a vivid and lively imagination among the gifts she bestows upon her beloved godchildren. Well did the old philosopher pray to the gods: "And, with all, give unto me a clear and active imagination."[Pg 70]

Moreover, our imagination plays a crucial role in our actions. Many people have made reckless or unethical choices they wouldn't have made if they had the kind of imagination that showed them the likely consequences of those actions. Similarly, many individuals have been driven to achieve great things because their imagination helped them envision the potential results of their actions. The significant accomplishments in all areas of life have been made by those who had enough imagination to see the possibilities in certain plans or paths. Railroads, bridges, telegraph lines, cable lines, and other human creations are the product of some people's imagination. The good fairy godmother always gifts a vivid and lively imagination to her cherished godchildren. The old philosopher wisely prayed to the gods: "And, with all, give unto me a clear and active imagination."[Pg 70]

The dramatic values of life depend upon the quality of the imagination. Life without imagination is mechanical and dreary. Imagination may increase the susceptibility to pain, but it pays for this by increasing the capacity for joy and happiness. The pig has but little imagination,—little pain and little joy,—but who envies the pig? The person with a clear and active imagination is in a measure a creator of his world, or at least a re-creator. He takes an active part in the creative activities of the universe, instead of being a mere pawn pushed here and there in the game of life.

The dramatic aspects of life rely on the quality of imagination. Life without imagination is mechanical and dull. Imagination may make us more sensitive to pain, but it compensates for this by enhancing our capacity for joy and happiness. A pig has very little imagination—experiencing little pain and little joy—but who envies the pig? Someone with a clear and active imagination is, in a way, a creator of their world, or at least a re-creator. They actively participate in the creative processes of the universe instead of being just a pawn moved around in the game of life.

Again, the divine gift of sympathy and understanding depends materially upon the possession of a good imagination. One can never understand the pain or problems of another unless he first can imagine himself in the place of the other. Imagination is at the very heart of sympathy. One may be possessed of great capacity for feeling, but owing to his lack of imagination may never have this feeling called into action. The person who would sympathize with others must first learn to understand them and feel their emotions. This he can do only if he has the proper degree of imagination. Those who reach the heart of the people must first be reached by the feelings of the people. And this is possible only to him whose imagination enables him to picture himself in the same condition as others, and[Pg 71] thus awaken his latent feelings and sympathies and understanding. Thus it is seen that the imagination touches not only our intellectual life but also our emotional nature. Imagination is the very life of the soul.[Pg 72]

Again, the ability to feel sympathy and understanding relies heavily on having a strong imagination. You can never truly grasp someone else's pain or issues unless you can first picture yourself in their situation. Imagination is at the core of sympathy. A person may have a great capacity for emotion, but without imagination, they might never express that feeling. To sympathize with others, one must first learn to understand them and connect with their emotions. This is possible only if they have a sufficient level of imagination. Those who want to reach people's hearts must first be open to their feelings. This is achievable only for someone whose imagination allows them to see themselves in the same situation as others, thereby awakening their own feelings, sympathy, and understanding. So, it’s clear that imagination impacts not just our intellectual lives but also our emotional well-being. Imagination is the very essence of the soul.[Pg 72]


CHAPTER X.
The Feelings.

IN thinking of the mind and its activities we are accustomed to the general idea that the mental processes are chiefly those of intellect, reason, thought. But, as a fact, the greater part of the mental activities are those concerned with feeling and emotion. The intellect is the youngest child of the mind, and while making its presence strenuously known in the manner of all youngest children so that one is perhaps justified in regarding it as "the whole thing" in the family, nevertheless it really plays but a comparatively small part in the general work of the mental family. The activities of the "feeling" side of life greatly outnumber those of the "thinking" side, are far stronger in their influence and effect, as a rule, and, in fact, so color the intellectual processes, unconsciously, as to constitute their distinctive quality except in the case of a very few advanced thinkers.

When we think about the mind and its activities, we typically focus on the idea that mental processes mainly involve intellect, reasoning, and thought. However, in reality, most mental activities are actually related to feelings and emotions. The intellect is like the youngest child of the mind, and it makes its presence known in the way that all youngest children do, leading us to perhaps see it as "the whole thing" in the family. Yet, it actually plays a relatively small role in the overall functioning of the mental family. The activities related to feelings far outnumber those related to thinking, usually have a much stronger influence and effect, and in fact, they unconsciously shape intellectual processes, giving them their unique quality, except for a few highly advanced thinkers.

But there is a difference between "feeling" and "emotion," as the terms are employed in psychology. The former is the simple phase, the latter the complex. Generally speaking, the resemblance or difference is[Pg 73] akin to that existing between sensation and perception, as explained in a previous chapter. Beginning with the simple, in order later on to reach the complex, we shall now consider that which is known as simple "feeling."

But there's a difference between "feeling" and "emotion," as these terms are used in psychology. The former is the straightforward phase, while the latter is more complex. Generally speaking, the similarity or difference is[Pg 73] similar to the distinction between sensation and perception, as explained in a previous chapter. Starting with the simple, so we can later understand the complex, we will now look at what is known as simple "feeling."

The term "feeling," as used in this connection in psychology, has been defined as "the simple agreeable or disagreeable side of any mental state." These agreeable or disagreeable sides of mental states are quite distinct from the act of knowing, which accompanies them. One may perceive and thus "know" that another is speaking to him and be fully aware of the words being used and of their meaning. Ordinarily, and so far as pure thought processes are concerned, this would complete the mental state. But we must reckon on the feeling side as well as on the thinking side of the mental state. Accordingly we find that the knowledge of the words of the other person and the meaning thereof results in a mental state agreeable or disagreeable. In the same way the reading of the words of a book, the hearing of a song, or a sight or scene perceived, may result in a more or less strong feeling, agreeable or disagreeable. This sense of agreeable or disagreeable consciousness is the essential characteristic of what we call "feeling."

The term "feeling," as used in psychology, is defined as "the simple agreeable or disagreeable aspect of any mental state." These agreeable or disagreeable aspects of mental states are clearly different from the act of knowing that goes along with them. A person might recognize and "know" that someone is talking to them and be fully aware of the words being used and what they mean. Typically, this would complete the mental state in terms of pure thought processes. However, we also need to consider the feeling side, in addition to the thinking side, of the mental state. Thus, we see that understanding the words of another person and their meaning leads to a mental state that is either agreeable or disagreeable. Similarly, reading the words of a book, listening to a song, or observing a scene can evoke feelings that are more or less intense, whether agreeable or disagreeable. This sense of agreeable or disagreeable awareness is the key feature of what we refer to as "feeling."

It is very difficult to explain feeling except in its own[Pg 74] terms. We know very well what we mean, or what another means, when it is said that we or he "feels sad," or has "a joyous feeling," or "a feeling of interest." And yet we shall find it very hard to explain the mental state except in terms of feeling itself. Our knowledge depends entirely upon our previous experience of the feeling. As an authority says: "If we have never felt pleasure, pain, fear, or sorrow, a quarto volume cannot make us understand what such a mental state is." Every mental state is not distinguished by strong feeling. There are certain mental states which are concerned chiefly with intellectual effort, and in which all trace of feeling seems to be absent, unless, as some have claimed, the "feeling" of interest or the lack of same is a faint form of the feeling of pleasure or pain. Habit may dull the feeling of a mental state until it is apparently neutral, but there is generally a faint feeling of like or dislike still left.

It's really hard to explain feelings without using their own[Pg 74] language. We understand what we mean, or what someone else means, when we say we or they 'feel sad,' have 'a joyous feeling,' or 'a feeling of interest.' Yet, it can be quite challenging to explain the mental state without referring to feelings themselves. Our understanding relies completely on our prior experiences with those feelings. As an expert states, "If we've never felt pleasure, pain, fear, or sorrow, no amount of writing can help us grasp what such a mental state is." Not every mental state is marked by strong feelings. There are some states that mainly involve intellectual effort, where any trace of feeling seems to vanish, unless, as some argue, the 'feeling' of interest or lack thereof is just a subtle form of pleasure or pain. Habits can dull the feeling associated with a mental state until it seems neutral, but there's usually still a slight sense of like or dislike left over.

The elementary forms of feeling are closely allied with those of simple sensation. But experiments have revealed that there is a distinction in consciousness. It has been discovered that one is often conscious of the "touch" of a heated object before he is of the feeling or pain resulting from it. Psychologists have pointed out another distinction, namely: When we experience a sensation we are accustomed to refer it to the[Pg 75] outside thing which is the object of it, as when we touch the heated object; but when we experience a feeling we instinctively refer it to ourself, as when the heated object gives us pain. As an authority has said: "My feelings belong to me; but my sensations seem to belong to the object which caused them."

The basic forms of feeling are closely related to simple sensations. However, experiments have shown that there is a difference in awareness. It's been found that people often realize they feel the "touch" of a hot object before they are aware of the pain it causes. Psychologists have noted another difference: When we feel a sensation, we usually attribute it to the external object causing it, like when we touch the hot object; but when we feel an emotion, we naturally relate it to ourselves, like when the hot object causes us pain. As one expert stated: "My feelings are mine; but my sensations seem to belong to the object that caused them."

Another proof of the difference and distinction between sensation and feeling is the fact that the same sensation will produce different feelings in different persons experiencing the former, even at the same time. For instance, the same sight will cause one person to feel elated, and the other depressed; the same words will produce a feeling of joy in one, and a feeling of sorrow in another. The same sensation will produce different feelings in the same person at different times. An authority well says: "You drop your purse, and you see it lying on the ground as you stoop to pick it up, with no feeling either of pleasure or pain. But if you see it after you have lost it and have hunted for it a long time in vain, you have a pronounced feeling of pleasure."

Another proof of the difference between sensation and feeling is that the same sensation can lead to different feelings in different people experiencing it, even at the same time. For instance, one person might feel happy from the same sight that makes another person feel sad; the same words might bring joy to one person and sorrow to another. Additionally, the same sensation can trigger different feelings in the same person at different times. As one authority points out: "You drop your purse, and when you see it on the ground while bending down to pick it up, you feel neither pleasure nor pain. But if you find it after having lost it and searched for it long without luck, you will feel a strong sense of pleasure."

There is a vast range of degree and kind in feeling. Gordy says: "All forms of pleasure and pain are called feelings. Between the pleasure which comes from eating a peach and that which results from solving a difficult problem, or learning good news of a friend, or[Pg 76] thinking of the progress of civilization—between the pain that results from a cut in the hand and that which results from the failure of a long-cherished plan or the death of a friend—there is a long distance. But the one group are all pleasures; the other all pains. And, whatever the source of the pleasure or pain, it is alike feeling."

There is a wide variety of degrees and types of feelings. Gordy says: "All forms of pleasure and pain are known as feelings. The pleasure from eating a peach is very different from the pleasure of solving a tough problem, hearing good news about a friend, or thinking about the advancement of civilization—similarly, the pain from a cut on the hand is far from the pain of watching a long-held plan fail or losing a friend—there's a significant gap between them. However, one group represents all pleasures; the other, all pains. And regardless of where the pleasure or pain comes from, it is all feeling."

There are many different kinds of feelings. Some arise from sensations of physical comfort or discomfort; others from purely physiological conditions; others from the satisfaction of accustomed tastes, or the dissatisfaction arising from the stimulation of unaccustomed tastes; others from the presence or absence of comfort; others from the presence or absence of things or persons for whom we have an affection or liking. Over-indulgence often transforms the feeling of pleasure into that of pain; and, likewise, habit and practice may cause us to experience a pleasurable feeling from that which formerly inspired feeling of an opposite kind. Feelings also differ in degree; that is to say, some things cause us to experience pleasurable feelings of a greater intensity than do others, and some cause us to experience painful feelings of a greater intensity than do others. These degrees of intensity depend more or less upon the habit or experience of the individual. As a general rule, feelings may be classified into (1) those[Pg 77] arising from physical sensations, and (2) those arising from ideas.

There are many different types of feelings. Some come from sensations of physical comfort or discomfort; others stem from physiological conditions; some come from the satisfaction of familiar tastes, while others come from the dissatisfaction of new tastes; some are related to the presence or absence of comfort; others relate to the availability of people or things we care about or like. Overindulgence can often turn pleasure into pain; similarly, habit and experience may lead us to enjoy something that once caused us discomfort. Feelings also vary in intensity; that is to say, some things make us feel pleasure more intensely than others, and some lead to more intense pain than others. These levels of intensity depend on the individual's habits or experiences. Generally, feelings can be categorized into (1) those that come from physical sensations, and (2) those that arise from ideas.[Pg 77]

The feelings depending upon physical sensations arise either from inherited tendencies and inclinations or from acquired habits and experience. It is an axiom of the evolutionary school that any physical activity that has been a habit of the race, long continued, becomes an instinctive pleasure-giving activity in the individual. For instance, the race for many generations was compelled to hunt, fish, travel, swim, etc., in order to maintain existence. The result is that we, the descendants, are apt to find pleasure in the same activities as sport, games, exercise, etc. Many of our tendencies and feelings are inherited in this way. To these we have added many acquired habits of physical activity, which follow the same rule, i.e., that habit and practice impart more or less pleasurable feeling. We find more pleasure in doing those things which we can do easily or quite well than in the opposite kind of things.

The feelings based on physical sensations come from either inherited tendencies and inclinations or learned habits and experiences. It’s a fundamental idea in evolutionary theory that any physical activity that has been a long-standing habit of humanity eventually becomes an instinctual source of pleasure for individuals. For example, for many generations, our ancestors had to hunt, fish, travel, swim, etc., in order to survive. As a result, we, their descendants, tend to find joy in those same activities through sports, games, exercise, and so on. Many of our tendencies and feelings are inherited this way. On top of that, we've also developed many learned habits related to physical activity, which follow the same principle, meaning that habit and practice create more or less pleasurable feelings. We generally enjoy doing things that we can do easily or well rather than those we find more challenging.

The feelings depending upon ideas may also arise from inheritance. Many of our mental tendencies and inclinations have come down to us from the past. There are certain feelings that are born in one, without a doubt; that is to say, there is a great capacity for such feelings which will be transformed into manifestation[Pg 78] upon the presentation of the proper stimulus. Other mental feelings depend upon our individual past experience, association, or suggestions from others—upon our past environment, in fact. The ideals of those around us will cause us to experience pleasure or pain, as the case may be, under certain circumstances; the force of suggestion along these lines is very strong indeed. Not only do we experience feelings in response to present sensations, but the recollection of some previous experience will also arouse feeling. In fact, feelings of this kind are closely bound up with memory and imagination. Persons of vivid imagination are apt to feel far more than others. They suffer more, and enjoy more. Our sympathies, which depend largely upon our imaginative power, are the cause of many of our feelings of this kind.

Feelings based on ideas can also come from heredity. Many of our mental tendencies and inclinations have been passed down through generations. Some feelings are instinctive; that is, we have a strong capacity for them that can be expressed when the right trigger appears. Other feelings depend on our unique past experiences, associations, or suggestions from others—essentially, our background. The ideals of those around us will lead us to feel pleasure or pain in certain situations; the influence of suggestion in these cases is quite powerful. We don't just feel in response to what we sense now; recalling a past experience can also evoke feelings. In fact, these feelings are deeply connected to memory and imagination. People with vivid imaginations tend to feel much more intensely than others. They endure more suffering and experience more joy. Our sympathies, which are heavily influenced by our imaginative capacity, contribute significantly to many of our feelings.

Many of the facts which we generally ascribe to feeling are really a part of the phenomena of emotion, the latter being the more complex phase of feeling. For the purposes of this consideration we have regarded simple feeling as the raw material of emotion, the relation being compared to that existing between sensation and perception. In our consideration of emotion we shall see the fuller manifestation of feeling, and its more complex expressions.[Pg 79]

Many of the facts that we usually attribute to feelings are actually part of the phenomena of emotions, which are the more complex aspect of feelings. For this discussion, we see simple feelings as the raw material for emotions, with the relationship being similar to that between sensation and perception. In our exploration of emotions, we will observe a fuller manifestation of feelings and their more complex expressions.[Pg 79]


CHAPTER XI.
The Emotions.

AS we have seen in the preceding lessons, an emotion is the more complex phase of feeling. As a rule an emotion arises from a number of feelings. Moreover, it is of a higher order of mental activity. As we have seen, a feeling may arise either from a physical sensation or from an idea. Emotion, however, as a rule, is dependent upon an idea for its expression, and always upon an idea for its direction and its continuance. Feeling, of course, is the elemental spirit of all emotional states, and, as an authority has said, is the thread upon which the emotional states are strung.

AS we have seen in the previous lessons, an emotion is a more complex form of feeling. Generally, an emotion comes from several feelings. Additionally, it involves a higher level of mental activity. As we've noted, a feeling can come from either a physical sensation or an idea. However, emotions typically rely on an idea for their expression, and always depend on an idea for their direction and continuation. Feeling, of course, is the fundamental essence of all emotional states, and, as an expert has stated, is the thread that strings together the emotional states.

Halleck says: "When representative ideas appear, the feeling in combination with them produces emotion. After the waters of the Missouri combine with another stream, they receive a different name, although they flow toward the gulf in as great volume as before. Suppose we liken the feeling due to sensation to the Missouri River; the train of representative ideas to the Mississippi before its junction with the Missouri. Emotion may then be likened to the Mississippi after its[Pg 80] junction—after feeling has combined with representative ideas. The emotional stream will not be broader and deeper than before. This analogy is employed only to make the distinction clearer. The student must remember that mental powers are never actually as distinct as two rivers before their union. * * * The student must beware of thinking that we have done with feeling when we consider emotion. Just as the waters of the Missouri flow on until they reach the gulf, so does feeling run through every emotional state." In the above analogy the term "representative ideas," of course, means the ideas of memory and imagination as explained in previous chapters.

Halleck says: "When representative ideas come up, the feelings combined with them create emotion. After the Missouri River merges with another stream, it gets a different name, even though it continues to flow towards the gulf with the same volume as before. If we compare the feelings from sensations to the Missouri River, the stream of representative ideas to the Mississippi before it merges with the Missouri. Emotion can then be seen as the Mississippi after its[Pg 80] merger—after feelings have combined with representative ideas. The emotional flow won’t be any broader or deeper than it was beforehand. This analogy is just used to clarify the distinction. The student must keep in mind that mental faculties are never truly as separate as two rivers before they join. * * * The student should not assume that we move on from feelings when we consider emotions. Just like the waters of the Missouri continue flowing until they reach the gulf, feelings flow through every emotional state." In this analogy, "representative ideas" refers to the ideas of memory and imagination as discussed in previous chapters.

There is a close relation between emotion and the physical expression thereof—a peculiar mutual action and reaction between the mental state and the physical action accompanying it. Psychologists are divided regarding this relation. One school holds that the physical expression follows and results from the mental state. For instance, we hear or see something, and thereupon experience the feeling or emotion of anger. This emotional feeling reacts upon the body and causes an increased heart beat, a tight closing of the lips, a frown and lowered eyebrows, and clinched fists. Or we may perceive something which causes the feeling or emotion of fear, which reacts upon the body and pro[Pg 81]duces pallor, raising of the hair, dropping of the jaw, opening of the eyelids, trembling of the legs, etc. According to this school, and the popular idea, the mental state precedes and causes the physical expression.

There is a strong connection between emotions and how they are physically expressed—a unique interaction between our mental state and the physical actions that follow. Psychologists are split on this connection. One side believes that physical expression comes after and results from the mental state. For example, we hear or see something and then feel anger. This emotional response impacts the body, leading to a faster heartbeat, tight lips, a frown, lowered eyebrows, and clenched fists. Alternatively, we might encounter something that triggers fear, which then causes physical reactions like paleness, raised hair, a dropped jaw, open eyelids, and trembling legs. According to this perspective, which aligns with popular belief, the mental state comes first and drives the physical expression.

But another school of psychology, of which the late Prof. William James is a leading authority, holds that the physical expression precedes and causes the mental state. For instance, in the cases above cited, the perception of the anger-causing or fear-causing sight first causes a reflex action upon the muscles, according to inherited race habits of expression. This muscular expression and activity, in turn, is held to react upon the mind and to cause the feeling or emotion of anger or fear, as the case may be. Professor James, in some of his works, makes a forcible argument in support of this theory, and his opinions have influenced the scientific thought of the day upon this subject. Others, however, have sought to combat his theory by equally forcible argument, and the subject is still under lively and spirited discussion in psychological circles.

But another school of psychology, led by the late Prof. William James, believes that physical expression comes before and causes the mental state. For example, in the previously mentioned cases, seeing something that causes anger or fear triggers a reflex action in our muscles, based on innate patterns of expression. This muscle activity, in turn, is thought to influence the mind and create feelings of anger or fear, depending on the situation. Professor James presents a strong argument for this theory in some of his works, and his ideas have shaped current scientific thinking on the topic. However, others have challenged his theory with equally compelling arguments, and the debate is still active and spirited within psychological circles.

Without taking sides in the above controversy, many psychologists proceed upon the hypothesis that there is a mutual action and reaction between emotional mental states and the appropriate physical expression thereof, each in a measure being the cause of the other, and each likewise being the effect of the other. For instance, in[Pg 82] the cases above cited, the perception of the anger-producing or fear-producing sight causes, almost or quite simultaneously, the emotional mental state of anger or fear, as the case may be, and the physical expression thereof. Then rapidly ensues a series of mental and physical reactions. The mental state acts upon the physical expression and intensifies it. The physical expression in turn reacts upon the mental state and induces a more intense degree of the emotional feeling. And so on, until the mental state and physical expression reach their highest point and then begin to subside from exhaustion of energy. This middle-ground conception meets all the requirements of the facts, and is probably more nearly correct than either extreme theory.

Without taking sides in the controversy mentioned above, many psychologists work on the idea that there is a back-and-forth relationship between emotional states and the physical expressions that go along with them. Each one partially causes the other and is also an effect of the other. For example, in[Pg 82] the cases noted earlier, seeing something that triggers anger or fear almost immediately creates the emotional response of anger or fear, depending on the situation, along with the corresponding physical expression. Following that, a rapid sequence of mental and physical reactions occurs. The mental state influences the physical expression and makes it stronger. Then, the physical expression affects the mental state and heightens the emotional feeling further. This process continues until both the mental state and physical expression reach their peak and then start to decline due to energy depletion. This balanced view aligns with the facts and is likely more accurate than either extreme theory.

Darwin in his classic work, "The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals," has thrown a great light on the subject of the expression of emotion in physical motions. The Florentine scientist, Paolo Mantegazza, added to Darwin's work with ideas of his own and countless examples drawn from his own experience and observation. The work of François Delsarte, the founder of the school of expression which bears his name, is also a most valuable addition to the thought on this subject. The subject of the relation and reaction between emotional feeling and physical expression is a most fascinating one, and one in which we may expect[Pg 83] interesting and valuable discoveries during the next twenty years.

Darwin, in his classic work "The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals," shed significant light on how emotions are expressed through physical movements. The Florentine scientist, Paolo Mantegazza, expanded on Darwin's ideas with his own insights and numerous examples based on his experiences and observations. François Delsarte's work, the founder of the school of expression named after him, is also an important contribution to this topic. The relationship and interaction between emotional feelings and physical expression is a captivating subject, and we can expect[Pg 83] fascinating and valuable discoveries in the next twenty years.

The relation and reaction above mentioned are interesting not only from the viewpoint of theory but also because of their practicable application in emotional development and training. It is an established truth of psychology that each physical expression of an emotional state serves to intensify the latter; it is pouring oil on the fire. Likewise, it is equally true that the repression of the physical expression of an emotion tends to restrain and inhibit the emotion itself.

The relationship and response mentioned above are interesting not just from a theoretical perspective but also because of their practical application in emotional development and training. It’s a well-known fact in psychology that every physical expression of an emotional state makes that emotion stronger; it's like pouring oil on a fire. Similarly, it's also true that holding back the physical expression of an emotion tends to suppress and limit the emotion itself.

Halleck says: "If we watch a person growing angry, we shall see the emotion increase as he talks loud, frowns deeply, clinches his fist, and gesticulates wildly. Each expression of his passion is reflected back upon the original anger and adds fuel to the fire. If he resolutely inhibits the muscular expressions of his anger, it will not attain great intensity, and it will soon die a quiet death. * * * Not without reason are those persons called cold blooded who habitually restrain as far as possible the expression of their emotion; who never frown or throw any feeling into their tones, even when a wrong inflicted upon some one demands aggressive measures. There is here no wave of bodily expression to flow back and augment the emotional state."

Halleck says: "If we observe someone getting angry, we’ll notice the emotion intensifying as they raise their voice, frown deeply, clench their fists, and gesture wildly. Each display of their anger reflects back on the initial emotion and fuels it further. If they consciously hold back their physical expressions of anger, it won't become very intense and will quickly fade away. * * * It’s not without reason that people who consistently suppress their emotional expressions are called cold-blooded; they never frown or infuse emotion into their voice, even when a wrong done to someone calls for a strong reaction. There’s no physical expression to amplify their emotional state."

In this connection we call your attention to the[Pg 84] familiar and oft-quoted passage from the works of Prof. William James: "Refuse to express a passion and it dies. Count ten before venting your anger and its occasion seems ridiculous. Whistling to keep up courage is no mere figure of speech. On the other hand, sit all day in a moping posture, sigh and reply to everything with a dismal voice, and your melancholy lingers. There is no more valuable precept in moral education than this, as all who have experience know: If we wish to conquer undesirable emotional tendencies in ourselves, we must assiduously, and in the first instance cold-bloodedly, go through the outward movements of those contrary dispositions which we prefer to cultivate. Smooth the brow, brighten the eye, contract the dorsal rather than the ventral aspect of the frame, and speak in a major key, and your heart must be frigid indeed if it does not gradually thaw."

In this connection, we would like to draw your attention to the[Pg 84] well-known and often-referenced quote from Prof. William James: "If you refuse to express a feeling, it fades away. Count to ten before showing your anger, and the reason for it starts to seem silly. Whistling to boost your courage isn’t just a saying. On the flip side, if you sit around all day slumped over, sighing and answering everything in a gloomy tone, your sadness will stick around. There’s no better advice in moral education than this: As everyone with experience knows, if we want to overcome unwanted emotional patterns in ourselves, we must diligently—and at first, somewhat mechanically—go through the outward actions of the positive emotions we want to cultivate. Smooth your forehead, brighten your eyes, hold your body upright rather than slumped, and speak in an upbeat tone; your heart has to be pretty cold if it doesn’t eventually warm up."

Along the same lines Halleck says: "Actors have frequently testified to the fact that emotion will arise if they go through the appropriate muscular movements. In talking to a character on the stage, if they clinch the fists and frown, they often find themselves becoming really angry; if they start with counterfeit laughter, they find themselves growing cheerful. A German professor says that he cannot walk with a schoolgirl's mincing step and air without feeling frivolous."[Pg 85]

Along the same lines, Halleck states: "Actors often mention that emotions can emerge if they perform the right physical movements. When portraying a character on stage, if they clench their fists and frown, they often actually start to feel angry; if they begin with fake laughter, they find themselves becoming genuinely happy. A German professor notes that he can’t walk with a schoolgirl's dainty step and demeanor without feeling silly."[Pg 85]

The wise student will acquire a great control over his emotional nature if he will re-read and study the above statements and quotations until he has grasped their spirit and essence. In those few lines he is given a philosophy of self-control and self-mastery that will be worth much to him if he will but apply it in practice. Patience, perseverance, practice, and will are required, but the reward is great. Even to those who have not the persistency to apply this truth fully, there will be a partial reward if they will use it to the extent of restraining so far as possible any undue physical expression of undesirable emotional excitement.

The wise student will gain significant control over his emotional nature if he re-reads and studies the above statements and quotes until he understands their spirit and essence. In those few lines, he receives a philosophy of self-control and self-mastery that will be very valuable to him if he applies it in practice. Patience, perseverance, practice, and willpower are necessary, but the rewards are substantial. Even for those who may not persist in applying this truth fully, there will be some reward if they use it to the extent of minimizing any excessive physical expression of unwanted emotional excitement.

Some writers seem to regard capacity for great emotional excitement and expression as a mark of a rich and full character or noble soul. This is far from being true. While it is a fact that the cultivation of certain emotions tends to create a noble character and a full life, it is equally true that the tendency to "gush" and indulge in hysterical or sentimental excesses is a mark of an ill-controlled nature and a weak, rather than strong, character. Moreover, it is a fact that excess in emotional excitement and expression tends toward the dissipation of the finer and nobler feelings which otherwise would seek an outlet in actual doing and practical action. In the language of the old Scotch engineer in the story, they are like the old locomotive which[Pg 86] "spends sae much steam at the whustle that she hae nane left to gae by."

Some writers seem to see the ability to feel and express strong emotions as a sign of a rich, full character or a noble soul. This isn't true. While it's a fact that nurturing certain emotions can lead to a noble character and a fulfilling life, it's also true that the tendency to "gush" and indulge in hysterical or overly sentimental displays indicates a lack of self-control and a weak, rather than strong, character. Furthermore, excessive emotional excitement and expression often drain the finer and nobler feelings that would otherwise find expression through real actions and practical endeavors. In the words of the old Scottish engineer in the story, they are like the old locomotive which[Pg 86] "spends so much steam on the whistle that it has none left to go by."

Emotional excitement and expression are largely dependent upon habit and indulgence, although there is a great difference, of course, in the emotional nature and tendencies of various persons. Emotions, like physical actions or intellectual processes, become habitual by repetition. And habit renders all physical or mental actions easy of repetition. Each time one manifests anger, the deeper the mental path is made, and the easier it is to travel that path the next time. In the same way each time that anger is conquered and inhibited, the easier will it be to restrain it the next time. In the same way desirable habits of emotion and expression may be formed.

Emotional excitement and expression mainly depend on habits and indulgence, although there's a significant difference in the emotional nature and tendencies of different people. Emotions, like physical actions or intellectual processes, become habitual through repetition. And habit makes all physical or mental actions easier to repeat. Each time someone shows anger, it carves a deeper mental path, making it easier to go down that path the next time. Similarly, each time anger is controlled and suppressed, it will be easier to manage it the next time. In the same way, positive emotional habits and expressions can be developed.

Another point in the cultivation, training, and restraint of the emotions is that which has to do with the control of the ideas which we allow to come into the mind. Ideative habits may be formed—are formed, in fact, by the majority of persons. We may cultivate the habit of looking on the bright side of things; of looking for the best in those we meet; of expecting the best things instead of the worst. By resolutely refusing to give welcome to ideas calculated to arouse certain emotions, feelings, passions, desires, sentiments, or similar mental states, we may do much to prevent the arousing[Pg 87] of the emotion itself. Emotions usually are called forth by some idea, and if we shut out the idea we may prevent the emotional feeling from appearing. In this connection the universal rule of psychology may be applied: A mental state may be inhibited or restrained by turning the attention to the opposite mental state.

Another aspect of developing, training, and managing our emotions is controlling the thoughts we let into our minds. Most people actually develop certain thought patterns. We can train ourselves to see the positive side of things, look for the best in others, and expect good outcomes instead of bad ones. By firmly deciding not to entertain thoughts that stir up specific emotions, feelings, desires, or similar mental states, we can significantly reduce the chances of those emotions emerging. Emotions are generally triggered by certain thoughts, so if we block those thoughts, we may stop the emotional response from happening. In this regard, a fundamental principle of psychology applies: A mental state can be inhibited or controlled by focusing on the opposite mental state.

The control of the attention is really the control of every mental state.

The control of attention is really the control of every mental state.

We may use the will in the direction of the control of the attention—the development and direction of voluntary attention—and thus actually control every phase of mental activity. The will is nearest to the ego, or central being of man, and the attention is the chief tool and instrument of the will. This fact cannot be repeated too often. If it is impressed upon the mind it will prove to be useful and valuable in many emergencies of mental life. He who controls his attention controls his mind, and in controlling his mind controls himself.[Pg 88]

We can use our will to direct our focus—the growth and guidance of our voluntary attention—and in doing so, actually manage every aspect of our mental activity. The will is closest to the self, or the core essence of a person, and attention is the main tool and instrument of the will. This point can’t be emphasized enough. If it’s ingrained in our minds, it will be helpful and valuable in many situations in mental life. Those who control their attention control their minds, and by controlling their minds, they control themselves.[Pg 88]


CHAPTER XII.
The Instinctive Emotions.

MANY attempts to classify the emotions have been made by the psychologists, but the best authorities hold that beyond the purpose of ordinary convenience in considering the subject any classification is scientifically useless by reason of its incompleteness. As James cleverly puts it: "Any classification of the emotions is seen to be as true and as natural as any other, if it only serves some purpose." The difficulty attending the attempted classification arises from the fact that every emotion is more or less complex, and is made up of various feelings and shades of emotional excitement. Each emotion blends into others. Just as a few elements of matter may be grouped into hundreds of thousands of combinations, so the elements of feeling may be grouped into thousands of shades of emotion. It is said that the two elements of carbon and hydrogen form combinations resulting in five thousand varieties of material substance, "from anthracite to marsh gas, from black coke to colorless naphtha." The same thing may be said of the emotional combinations formed from two principal[Pg 89] elements of feeling. Moreover, the close distinction between sensation and feeling on the one hand, and between feeling and emotion on the other, serves to further complicate the task.

Many efforts to categorize emotions have been made by psychologists, but the leading experts believe that any classification, beyond being useful for basic understanding, is scientifically inadequate because it lacks completeness. As James cleverly puts it: "Any classification of the emotions is seen to be as true and as natural as any other, if it only serves some purpose." The challenge in attempting to classify emotions comes from the fact that every emotion is somewhat complex, made up of various feelings and shades of emotional intensity. Each emotion merges into others. Just as a few elements of matter can create hundreds of thousands of combinations, the elements of feeling can combine into thousands of shades of emotion. It's said that the two elements of carbon and hydrogen form combinations resulting in five thousand varieties of material substance, "from anthracite to marsh gas, from black coke to colorless naphtha." The same can be said of the emotional combinations formed from two main elements of feeling. Furthermore, the subtle differences between sensation and feeling, as well as between feeling and emotion, make the task even more complicated.

For the purposes of our consideration, let us divide the emotions into five general classes, as follows: (1) Instinctive emotions, (2) social emotions, (3) religious emotions, (4) æsthetic emotions, (5) intellectual emotions. We shall now consider each of the above five classes in turn.

For our discussion, let's break down emotions into five main categories: (1) instinctive emotions, (2) social emotions, (3) religious emotions, (4) aesthetic emotions, and (5) intellectual emotions. We'll now look at each of these five categories one by one.

The Natural Emotions.

Instinct is defined as "unconscious, involuntary, or unreasoning prompting to any action," or "the natural unreasoning impulse by which an animal is guided to the performance of any action, without thought of improving the method." An authority says: "Instinct is a natural impulse leading animals, even prior to all experience, to perform certain actions tending to the welfare of the individual or the perpetuation of the species, apparently without understanding the object at which they may be supposed to aim, or deliberating as to the best methods to employ. In many cases, as in the construction of the cells of the bee, there is a perfection about the result which reasoning man could not have equaled, except by an application of the higher[Pg 90] mathematics to direct the operations carried out. Mr. Darwin considers that animals, in time past as now, have varied in their mental qualities, and that those variations are inherited. Instincts also vary slightly in a state of nature. This being so, natural selection can ultimately bring them to a high degree of perfection."

Instinct is defined as "an unconscious, involuntary, or unreasoned urge to take action," or "the natural unreasoned impulse that guides an animal to act without any thought of improving how it's done." One expert states: "Instinct is a natural impulse that drives animals, even before they have any experience, to perform certain actions that contribute to the individual's well-being or the survival of the species, seemingly without any understanding of the goals they might be aiming for or considering the best ways to achieve them. In many cases, like when bees build their cells, the perfection of the outcome is something reasoning humans could not match without using advanced mathematics to guide the processes involved. Mr. Darwin believes that animals, both in the past and present, have shown variations in their mental abilities, and that these variations are passed down through generations. Instincts also change slightly in nature. If this is true, natural selection can eventually perfect them to a high degree of efficiency."

It was formerly the fashion to ascribe instinct in the lower animals, and in man, to something akin to "innate ideas" implanted in each species and thereafter continued by inheritance. But the application of the idea of evolution to the science of psychology has resulted in brushing away these old ideas. To-day it holds that that which we call "instinct" is the result of gradual development in the course of evolution, the accumulated experience of the race being stored away in the race memory, each individual adding a little thereto by his acquired habits and experiences. Psychologists now hold that the lower forms of these race tendencies are closely akin to purely reflex actions, and the higher forms, which are known as "instinctive emotions," are phenomena of the subconscious mind resulting from race memory and race experience.

It used to be common to explain instinct in lower animals and humans as something similar to "innate ideas" that were given to each species and passed down through inheritance. However, applying the idea of evolution to psychology has led to a shift away from these outdated concepts. Today, it is believed that what we call "instinct" is the outcome of gradual development throughout evolution, with the collective experiences of the species being stored in genetic memory, and each individual contributing to it through their learned habits and experiences. Psychologists now consider that the simpler forms of these inherited tendencies are closely related to basic reflex actions, while the more complex forms, known as "instinctive emotions," are expressions of the subconscious mind influenced by genetic memory and species experience.

Clodd says: "Instinct is the higher form of reflex action. The salmon migrates from sea to river; the bird makes its nest or migrates from one zone to another by an unvarying route, even leaving its young[Pg 91] behind to perish; the bee builds its six-sided cell; the spider spins its web; the chick breaks its way through the shell, balances itself, and picks up grains of corn; the newborn babe sucks its mother's breast—all in virtue of like acts on the part of their ancestors, which, arising in the needs of the creature, and gradually becoming automatic, have not varied during long ages, the tendency to repeat them being transmitted within the germ from which insect, fish, bird, and man have severally sprung."

Clodd says: "Instinct is a more advanced form of reflex action. The salmon travels from the sea to the river; the bird builds its nest or migrates from one region to another along a set route, even leaving its young behind to die; the bee constructs its hexagonal cell; the spider weaves its web; the chick breaks free from the shell, steadies itself, and picks up grains of corn; the newborn baby suckles at its mother's breast—all because of similar behaviors from their ancestors, which, born from the needs of the creature, have gradually become automatic and have remained unchanged over countless generations, the tendency to repeat them being passed down within the genetic material from which insects, fish, birds, and humans have evolved."

Schneider says: "It is a fact that men, especially in childhood, fear to go into a dark cavern, or a gloomy wood. This feeling of fear arises, to be sure, partly from the fact that we easily suspect that dangerous beasts may lurk in these localities—a suspicion due to stories we have heard and read. But, on the other hand, it is quite sure that this fear at a certain perception is also directly inherited. Children who have been carefully guarded from all ghost stories are nevertheless terrified and cry if led into a dark place, especially if sounds are made there. Even an adult can easily observe that an uncomfortable timidity steals over him in a lonely wood at night, although he may have the fixed conviction that not the slightest danger is near. This feeling of fear occurs in many men even in their own houses after dark, although it is much[Pg 92] stronger in a dark cavern or forest. The fact of such instinctive fear is easily explicable when we consider that our savage ancestors through immemorable generations were accustomed to meet with dangerous beasts in caverns, especially bears, and were for the most part attacked by such beasts during the night and in the woods, and that thus an inseparable association between the perceptions of darkness, caverns, woods, and fear took place, and was inherited."

Schneider says: "It's a fact that men, especially as children, are afraid to go into a dark cave or a gloomy forest. This fear comes, of course, partly from the suspicion that dangerous animals might be hiding in these places—a fear we've developed from stories we've heard and read. However, it's also clear that this fear is directly inherited from our ancestors. Even children who have been carefully protected from ghost stories will still be scared and cry if taken into a dark space, especially if there are strange sounds. An adult can easily notice that an uncomfortable nervousness sets in when alone in a dark forest at night, even if they absolutely believe there's no danger around. Many men feel this way even in their own homes after dark, although it's much stronger in a dark cave or forest. This instinctive fear is easy to explain when we remember that our primitive ancestors faced dangerous beasts in caves, especially bears, and often encountered these threats at night and in the woods. As a result, a strong association between darkness, caves, forests, and fear was established, and that association has been passed down."

James says: "Nothing is commoner than the remark that man differs from lower creatures by the almost total absence of instincts, and the assumption of their work in him by reason. * * * We may confidently say that however uncertain man's reactions upon his environment may sometimes seem in comparison with those of the lower mammals, the uncertainty is probably not due to their possession of any principles of action which he lacks. On the contrary, man possesses all the impulses that they have, and a great many more besides. * * * High places cause fear of a peculiarly sickening sort, though here again individuals differ. The utterly blind instinctive character of the motor impulses here is shown by the fact that they are almost always entirely unreasonable, but that reason is powerless to suppress them. * * * Certain ideas of supernatural agency, associated with real circumstances,[Pg 93] produce a peculiar kind of horror. This horror is probably explicable as the result of a combination of simple horrors. To bring the ghostly terror to its maximum, many unusual elements of the dreadful must combine, such as loneliness, darkness, inexplicable sounds, especially of a dismal character, moving pictures half discerned (or, if discerned, of dreadful aspect), and a vertiginous baffling of the expectation. * * * In view of the fact that cadaveric, reptilian, and underground horrors play so specific and constant a part in many nightmares and forms of delirium, it seems not altogether unwise to ask whether these forms of dreadful circumstance may not at a former period have been more normal objects of the environment than now. The evolutionist ought to have no difficulty in explaining these terrors, and the scenery that provokes them, as relapses into the consciousness of the cave men, a consciousness usually overlaid in us by experiences of a more recent date."

James says: "Nothing is more common than the comment that humans differ from lower creatures by having almost no instincts, with reason taking over their roles. * * * We can confidently say that, although human reactions to their environment might sometimes seem uncertain compared to those of lower mammals, this uncertainty is probably not because they have any principles of action that humans lack. On the contrary, humans have all the impulses they possess, plus many more. * * * High places induce a uniquely nauseating fear, though individuals react differently. The completely blind instinctive nature of these motor impulses is evident since they are almost always entirely unreasonable, and reason can't suppress them. * * * Certain ideas of supernatural forces connected to real situations,[Pg 93] create a specific kind of horror. This horror may be explained as a mix of simpler fears. To maximize ghostly terror, many unusual elements of dread must come together, like isolation, darkness, strange sounds—especially dismal ones—vague moving shapes (or if seen, of a terrifying nature), and a confusing negation of expectations. * * * Considering that cadaveric, reptilian, and underground horrors play such a distinct and ongoing role in many nightmares and forms of delirium, it seems prudent to question whether these terrifying circumstances might have been more common for our ancestors than they are now. Evolutionists should have no trouble explaining these fears, along with the scenery that triggers them, as throwbacks to the consciousness of cave dwellers, a mindset usually covered in us by more recent experiences."

Instinctive emotion manifests as an impulse arising from the dim recesses of the feeling or emotional nature—an incentive toward a dimly conscious end. It differs from the almost purely automatic nature of certain forms of reflex process, for its beginning is a feeling arising from the subconscious regions, which strives to excite an activity of conscious volition. The[Pg 94] feeling is from the subconscious, but the activity is conscious. The end may not be perceived in consciousness, or at least is but dimly perceived, but the action leading to the end is in full consciousness. Instinct is seen to have its origin in the past experiences of the race, transmitted by heredity and preserved in the race memory. It has for its object the preservation of the individual and of the species. Its end is often something far removed in time from the moment, or the welfare of the species rather than that of the individual; for instance, the caterpillar providing for its future states, or the bird building its nest, or the bees building cells and providing honey for their successors, for very few bees live to partake of the honey which they have gathered and stored—they are animated by "the spirit of the hive."

Instinctive emotion appears as an impulse that comes from the deeper aspects of our feelings or emotions—it's a push toward a vaguely understood goal. It differs from purely automatic reflex actions because it starts with a feeling from our subconscious that seeks to trigger conscious action. The feeling originates from the subconscious, but the resulting activity is conscious. The goal may not be completely clear in our minds, or at least only dimly recognized, but the actions taken to reach that goal are fully conscious. Instinct is rooted in the past experiences of our species, passed down through heredity and stored in our collective memory. Its purpose is to ensure the survival of both the individual and the species. Often, the goal is something distant in time or is more about the welfare of the species rather than the individual; for example, the caterpillar planning for its future, the bird building its nest, or the bees constructing cells and gathering honey for their successors, as very few bees live to enjoy the honey they've collected—they act out of "the spirit of the hive."

The most elementary forms of the instinctive emotions are those which have to do with the preservation of the individual, his comfort, and personal physical welfare. This class of emotions comprises what are generally known as purely "selfish" feelings, having little or no concern for the welfare of others. In this class we find the emotional feelings which have to do with the satisfaction of hunger and thirst, the securing of comfortable quarters and warm clothing, and the spirit of combat and strife arising from the desire to[Pg 95] obtain these. These elemental feelings had their birth early in the history of life, and indeed life itself depended very materially upon them for its preservation and continuance. It was necessary for the primitive living thing to be "selfish." When man appeared, only those survived who manifested these feelings strongly; the others were pushed to the wall and perished. Even in our civilization the man below the average in this class of feelings will find it difficult to survive.[Pg 96]

The most basic forms of instinctive emotions are those related to the individual's survival, comfort, and physical well-being. This group of emotions includes what are commonly referred to as purely "selfish" feelings, which show little or no concern for the well-being of others. In this category, we find emotions tied to satisfying hunger and thirst, securing comfortable living conditions and warm clothing, and the competitive spirit that arises from the desire to obtain these things. These fundamental feelings emerged early in the history of life, and indeed, survival and continuity of life depended significantly on them. It was essential for primitive organisms to be "selfish." When humans emerged, only those who strongly exhibited these feelings survived; the others were left behind and didn’t make it. Even in our modern society, a person who lacks these basic feelings will struggle to survive.[Pg 96]


CHAPTER XIII.
The Passions.

ARISING from the most elemental instinctive emotions, we find what may be termed "the passions." By the term "passion" is meant those strong feelings in which the elemental selfish instincts are manifested in relation to other persons, either in the phase of attraction or repulsion. In this class we find the elementary phases of love, and the feelings of hate, anger, jealousy, revenge, etc. This class of emotions usually manifests violently, as compared with the other emotions. The passions generally arise from self-preservation, race preservation and reproduction, self-interest, self-aggrandizement, etc., and may be regarded as a more complex phase of the elemental instinctive emotions. The elemental instinctive emotions of self-preservation and self-comfort cause the individual to experience and manifest the passional emotions of desire for combat, anger, hate, revenge, etc., while the instinctive emotions leading to reproduction and continuance of the race give rise to the passional emotions of sexual love, jealousy, etc. The desire to attract the other sex increases ambition, vanity, love of display, and other feelings.[Pg 97]

Coming from our most basic instinctive emotions, we find what can be called "the passions." The term "passion" refers to those intense feelings where our basic selfish instincts show up in relation to others, whether in attraction or repulsion. In this category, we see the basic forms of love, along with feelings like hate, anger, jealousy, revenge, and more. These emotions typically express themselves more violently than other emotions. Passions usually stem from self-preservation, race survival, reproduction, self-interest, and self-promotion, and can be viewed as a more complicated version of basic instinctive emotions. The instinctive emotions related to self-preservation and comfort drive individuals to experience and show passional emotions such as a desire for conflict, anger, hate, revenge, and so on, while the instinctive emotions tied to reproduction and the continuation of the species lead to passional feelings like sexual love and jealousy. The urge to attract the opposite sex boosts ambition, vanity, a love for attention, and other emotions.[Pg 97]

It is only when this class of emotions blends with the higher emotions that the passions become purified and refined. But it must not be forgotten that these emotions were very necessary for the welfare of the race in the early stage of its evolution, and that they still play an active part in human life, under the greater or less restraint imposed by civilized society. Nor should it be forgotten that from these emotions have evolved the highest love of one human being for another. From instinctive sexual love and the "racial instinct" have developed the higher affection of man for woman, and woman for man, in all their beautiful manifestations—and the love of the parent for the child, and the love of the child for the parent. The first manifestation of altruism arises in the love of the living creature for its mate, and in the love of the parents for their offspring. In certain forms of life where the association of the sexes is merely for the moment, and is not followed by protection, mutual aid, and companionship, there is found an absence of mutual affection of any kind, the only feeling being an elemental reproductive instinct bringing the male and female together for the moment—an almost purely reflex activity. In the same way, in the cases of certain animals (the rattlesnake, for instance) in which the young are able to protect themselves from birth, there is seen a total absence of[Pg 98] parental affection or the return thereof. Human love between the sexes, in its higher and lower degrees, is a natural evolution from passional emotion of a low order, due to the growth of social, ethical, moral, and æsthetic emotion arising from the necessities of the increasing complexity and development of human life.

It’s only when these basic emotions mix with the more elevated ones that passions become pure and refined. However, we shouldn’t forget that these emotions were essential for the survival of our species in its early evolution and that they still actively influence human life today, albeit with varying degrees of restraint imposed by civilization. It's also important to recognize that the highest expressions of love between individuals have emerged from these emotions. From instinctual sexual attraction and the “racial instinct” have come the deeper affections between men and women, as well as the love between parents and their children, and vice versa. The first signs of altruism appear in the love that living beings have for their mates and in the love that parents have for their offspring. In certain life forms where sexual unions are temporary and aren’t followed by protection, support, and companionship, there’s often a lack of mutual affection; the only feeling present is a basic reproductive instinct that brings males and females together just for a moment—almost a reflexive action. Similarly, in some animals (like rattlesnakes, for example) where the young can fend for themselves from birth, there is a complete absence of parental love or any reciprocation of it. Human love between the sexes, in both its higher and lower forms, is a natural evolution from these lower emotional passions, driven by the development of social, ethical, moral, and aesthetic emotions that arise from the growing complexity of human life.

The simpler forms of passional emotion are almost entirely instinctive in their manifestation. Indeed, in many cases, there appears to be but little more than a high form of reflex nervous action. The following words of William James give us an interesting view of this fact of life: "The cat runs after the mouse, runs or shows fight before the dog, avoids falling from walls and trees, shuns fire and water, not because he has any notion either of life or of death or of self-preservation. He acts in each case separately and simply because he cannot help it; being so framed that when that particular running thing called a mouse appears in his field of vision, he must pursue; that when that particular barking and obstreperous thing called a dog appears there, he must retire if at a distance, and scratch if close by; that he must withdraw his feet from water, and his face from flame, etc. * * * Now, why do the various animals do what seem to us such strange things in the presence of such outlandish stimuli? Why does the hen, for instance, submit herself to the tedium of[Pg 99] incubating such a fearfully uninteresting set of objects as a nestful of eggs, unless she have some sort of prophetic inkling of the result? The only answer is ad hominem. We can only interpret the instinct of brutes by what we know of instincts in ourselves. Why do men always lie down, when they can, on soft beds rather than on soft floors? Why do they sit around a stove on a cold day? Why, in a room, do they place themselves, ninety-nine times out of a hundred, with their faces toward its middle rather than to the wall? Why does the maiden interest the youth so much that everything about her seems more important and significant than anything else in the world? Nothing more can be said than that these are human ways, and that every creature likes its own ways, and takes to following them as a matter of course. Science may come and consider these ways, and find that most of them are useful. But it is not for the sake of their utility that they are followed, but because at the moment of following them we feel that it is the only appropriate and natural thing to do. Not one man in a million, when taking his dinner, ever thinks of its utility. He eats because the food tastes good, and makes him want more. If you should ask him why he wants to eat more of what tastes like that, instead of revering you as a philosopher he will probably laugh at you for a fool."[Pg 100]

The simpler forms of emotional responses are almost entirely instinctive in how they show up. In many instances, it seems like there's no more than a complex kind of reflexive action involved. The following words from William James give us an insightful take on this reality: "The cat chases the mouse, reacts or fights against the dog, avoids falling from walls and trees, steers clear of fire and water, not because it understands anything about life or death or self-preservation. It responds in each situation separately and simply because it can't help itself; it's made in such a way that when that particular little creature called a mouse pops up in its sight, it must chase it; when that particular loud and aggressive creature called a dog shows up, it must retreat if it's far away, and scratch if it’s close by; it must pull its feet out of water and its face away from flames, etc. * * * Now, why do various animals do what seems strange to us when faced with such unusual stimuli? Why does the hen, for example, subject herself to the boredom of[Pg 99] sitting on such a dreadfully uninteresting collection of objects as a nest full of eggs, unless she has some kind of intuitive understanding of the outcome? The only answer is ad hominem. We can only interpret animal instincts through what we know about our own instincts. Why do people always lie down, when they can, on soft beds instead of soft floors? Why do they gather around a stove on a cold day? Why, in a room, do they usually position themselves, ninety-nine times out of a hundred, facing the center rather than the wall? Why does the young woman captivate the young man so much that everything about her seems more important and significant than anything else in the world? There's really nothing more to say than that these are human behaviors, and every creature enjoys its own habits and tends to follow them naturally. Science may come along and examine these behaviors, finding that most of them are advantageous. But it's not out of their usefulness that they are pursued; it’s because, in the moment of doing them, we feel that it’s the only fitting and natural choice. Not one person in a million, when having dinner, ever thinks about its practicality. They eat because the food tastes good, which makes them want more. If you were to ask them why they crave more of what tastes like that, instead of admiring you as a philosopher, they would probably laugh at you for being foolish."[Pg 100]

James continues: "It takes, in short, what Berkeley called a mind debauched by learning to carry the process of making the natural seem strange, so far as to ask the why of any instinctive human act. To the metaphysician alone can such questions arise as: Why do we smile when pleased and not scowl? Why are we unable to talk to a crowd as to a single friend? Why does a particular maiden turn our wits upside down? The common man can only say, 'Of course we smile, of course our heart palpitates at the sight of the crowd, of course we love the maiden—that beautiful soul clad in that perfect form, so palpably and flagrantly made from all eternity to be loved!' And so, probably, does each animal feel about the particular things it tends to do in the presence of particular objects. They, too, are a priori syntheses. To the lion it is the lioness which is made to be loved; to the bear, the she bear. To the broody hen the notion would seem monstrous that there should be a creature in the world to whom a nestful of eggs was not the utterly fascinating, precious, and never-to-be-too-much-sat-upon object which it is to her. Thus we may be sure that however mysterious some animals' instincts may appear to us, our instincts will appear no less mysterious to them. And we may conclude that, to the animal which obeys it, every impulse and every step of that instinct shines with its own[Pg 101] sufficient light, and seems at the moment the only externally right and proper thing to do. It may be done for its own sake exclusively."

James continues: "In short, it takes what Berkeley called a mind corrupted by learning to make the natural seem strange enough to ask the why of any instinctive human action. Only a metaphysician would ponder questions like: Why do we smile when we’re happy instead of frowning? Why can’t we speak to a crowd like we do with a close friend? Why does a specific woman turn our thoughts upside down? The average person can only say, 'Of course we smile, of course our heart races when we see a crowd, of course we love the maiden—that beautiful soul in that perfect form, clearly made from all eternity to be loved!' And likely, that's how each animal feels about the specific things they do in the presence of certain objects. They, too, have a priori connections. To the lion, it’s the lioness that’s meant to be loved; to the bear, it’s the she-bear. To a broody hen, it would seem outrageous to think there could be a creature in the world for whom a nest full of eggs isn’t the utterly captivating, precious, and invaluable thing it is to her. Thus, we can be sure that no matter how mysterious some animals' instincts may seem to us, our instincts will appear equally baffling to them. We can conclude that, for the animal following its instinct, every impulse and action shines with its own[Pg 101] clear light, making it seem to them in that moment like the only right and proper thing to do. It may be done strictly for its own sake."

One has very little need, as a rule, to develop the passional emotions. Instinct has taken pretty good care that we shall have our share of this class of feelings. But there is a need to train, restrain, govern, and control these emotions, for the conditions which brought about their original being have changed. Our social conventions require that we should subordinate these passional feelings, to some extent at least. Society insists that we must restrict our love impulses to certain limits and to certain quarters, and that we subdue our anger and hate, except toward the enemies of our land, the disturbers of public peace, and the menacers of the social conventions of our time and land. The public welfare requires that we inhibit our fighting impulses, except in cases of self-defense or war. Public policy requires that we keep our ambitions within reasonable limits, which limits change from time to time, of course. In short, society has stepped in and insisted that man, as a social being, must not only acquire a social conscience but must also develop sociable emotions and inhibit his unsociable ones. The evolution of man's nature has caused him unconsciously to modify his elemental, instinctive, passional emotions, and sub[Pg 102]ordinate them to the dictates of social, ethical, moral, and æsthetic feelings and ideals, and to intellectual considerations. Even the original elemental instincts of the lower animals have been modified by reason of the social requirements of the pack, herd, or drove, until the modified instinct is now the ruling force.

One generally doesn't need to develop passionate emotions. Instinct has done a pretty good job ensuring we experience these feelings. However, we do need to train, restrain, manage, and control these emotions because the circumstances that caused them to arise have changed. Our social norms require us to subordinate these passionate feelings to some extent. Society insists that we must limit our love impulses to certain boundaries and specific individuals, and that we should suppress our anger and hate, except towards our national enemies, those who disrupt public peace, and those who threaten our current social norms. Public welfare demands that we hold back our fighting impulses, except in cases of self-defense or war. Public policy requires that we keep our ambitions within reasonable limits, which can vary over time, of course. In short, society has intervened and insisted that humans, as social beings, must not only develop a social conscience but also cultivate sociable emotions and suppress unsociable ones. The evolution of human nature has caused us to unconsciously alter our basic, instinctive, passionate emotions, and to subordinate them to social, ethical, moral, and aesthetic feelings and ideals, as well as intellectual considerations. Even the basic instincts of lower animals have been modified due to the social needs of the pack, herd, or group, leading to the modified instinct now being the dominant force.

The general principles of emotional control, restraint, and mastery, as given in a preceding chapter, are applicable to the particular class of emotions now under consideration here.

The basic principles of emotional control, restraint, and mastery, as outlined in the previous chapter, apply to the specific type of emotions we are discussing here.

(1) By refraining from the physical expression, one may at least partially inhibit the emotion.

(1) By holding back from showing it physically, you can have some control over the emotion.

(2) By refusing to create the habit, one may more easily manifest control.

(2) By not developing the habit, it's easier to keep control.

(3) By refusing to dwell upon the idea or mental picture of the exciting object, one may lessen the stimulus.

(3) By not concentrating on the idea or image of the exciting object, you can lessen the urge.

(4) By cultivating the opposite class of emotions, one may inhibit any class of feeling.

(4) By fostering the opposite emotions, you can block any feelings.

(5) And, finally, by acquiring a control of the attention, by means of the will, one has the reins firmly in hand, and may drive or hold back the steeds of passion as he wills.

(5) Lastly, by exercising willpower to control your focus, you have a firm handle on the reins and can either guide or restrain the horses of passion as you wish.

The passions are like fiery horses, useful if well under control, but most dangerous if the control is lost. The ego is the driver, the will his hands, attention the reins, habit the bit, and the passions the horses. To drive the chariot of life under social conditions, the ego must have strong hands (will) to tighten or loosen the reins of attention. He must also employ a well designed and shaped bit of habit. Without strong hands, good reins, and well-adjusted bit, the fiery steeds of passion may gain control and, running away, dash the chariot and its driver over the precipice and on to the jagged rocks below.[Pg 104]

Passions are like wild horses—great if you can manage them, but really dangerous if you lose control. The ego is the driver, the will is his hands, attention is the reins, habit is the bit, and the passions are the horses. To steer through life in a social setting, the ego needs strong hands (will) to adjust the reins of attention. It also needs a well-designed and shaped bit of habit. Without strong hands, good reins, and a properly adjusted bit, the wild horses of passion might take over, and if they do, they could send the chariot and its driver tumbling over a cliff onto the sharp rocks below.[Pg 104]


CHAPTER XIV.
The Social Emotions.

AS man became a social animal he developed new traits of character, new habits of action, new ideals, new customs, and consequently new emotions. Emotions long entertained and long manifested by the race become more or less instinctive, and are passed along in the form of either (a) inherited stimulus akin to, but lesser in degree and force than, the more elemental emotions; or (b) of inherited tendency to manifest the acquired emotional feeling upon the presentation of sufficiently strong stimuli. Hence arises that which we have called "the social emotions."

As humans became social beings, they developed new personality traits, new behaviors, new ideals, new customs, and as a result, new emotions. Emotions that have been felt and expressed by humanity for a long time become somewhat instinctive and are passed down in the form of either (a) inherited responses similar to, but not as strong as, the more basic emotions; or (b) inherited tendencies to express the learned emotional responses when faced with strong enough stimuli. This leads to what we refer to as "the social emotions."

Under the classification of "the social emotions" are those acquired tendencies of action and feeling of the race which are more or less altruistic, and are concerned with the welfare of others and one's duties and obligations toward society and our fellow men. In this class are found the emotions which impel us to perform what we consider or feel to be our duty toward our neighbors, and our obligations and duty toward the state, as expressed in its laws, the customs of men of our country, or the ideals of the community. In an[Pg 105]other phase it manifests as sympathy, fellow feeling, and "kindness" in general. In its first phase we find civic virtue, law-abiding inclination, honesty, "square dealing," and patriotism; in its second phase we find sympathy for others, charity, mutual aid, the alleviation of poverty and suffering, the erection of asylums for orphans and the aged, hospitals for the sick, and the formation of societies for general charitable work.

Under the category of "social emotions" are the learned tendencies of action and feelings that are largely altruistic, focusing on the well-being of others and our responsibilities towards society and our fellow human beings. This includes the emotions that drive us to fulfill what we perceive as our duty to our neighbors and our obligations to the state, as outlined by its laws, the customs of people in our country, or the ideals of the community. One aspect of this manifests as sympathy, empathy, and general "kindness." In its initial aspect, we see civic virtue, a tendency to obey the law, honesty, fair dealings, and patriotism; in its second aspect, we see empathy for others, charity, mutual support, efforts to reduce poverty and suffering, the establishment of shelters for orphans and the elderly, hospitals for the sick, and the creation of organizations for various charitable activities.

In many cases we find the social, ethical, and moral emotions closely allied with religious emotion, and by many these are supposed to be practically identical, but there is a vast difference in spite of their frequent association. For instance, we find many persons of high civic virtue, of exalted moral ideals, and manifesting ethical qualities of the most advanced type, who are lacking in the ordinary religious feelings. On the other hand, we too frequently find persons professing great religious zeal, and apparently experiencing the most intense religious emotional feeling, who are deficient in social, civic, ethical, and moral qualities, in the best sense of these terms. The aim of all religion worthy of the name, however, is to encourage ethical and moral as well as religious emotions.

In many cases, we see that social, ethical, and moral emotions are closely connected to religious feelings, and many people consider them to be almost the same. However, there is a significant difference despite their frequent association. For example, we find many individuals with strong civic virtues, high moral ideals, and advanced ethical qualities who lack typical religious feelings. Conversely, we often encounter people who show great religious enthusiasm and seem to experience intense religious emotions, yet they are lacking in social, civic, ethical, and moral qualities in the best sense of those terms. The goal of any religion that truly deserves the name is to promote ethical and moral emotions along with religious ones.

We must here make the distinction between those manifesting the actions termed ethical and moral because they feel that way, and those who merely comply[Pg 106] with the conventional requirements because they fear the consequences of their violation. The first class have the true social, ethical, and moral feelings, tastes, ideals, and inclinations; while the second manifest merely the elementary feelings of self-preservation and selfish prudence. The first class are "good" because they feel that way and find it natural to be so; while the others are "good" merely because they have to be or be punished by legal penalty or public opinion, loss of prestige, loss of financial support, etc.

We should distinguish between those who act ethically and morally because it feels right and those who follow the rules because they're afraid of the consequences if they don't. The first group genuinely possesses social, ethical, and moral feelings, tastes, ideals, and inclinations, while the second group only demonstrates basic instincts of self-preservation and selfish caution. The first group is considered "good" because they genuinely feel that way and it comes naturally to them; the others are "good" only because they have to be, or else they risk legal penalties, public disapproval, loss of reputation, loss of financial support, and so on. [Pg 106]

The social, moral, and ethical emotions are believed to have arisen in the race by reason of the association of individuals in communities and the rise of the necessity for mutual aid and forbearance. Even many of the species of the lower animals have social, moral, or ethical codes of their own, based on the experience of the species or family, infractions of which they punish severely. In the same way sympathy and the altruistic feelings are supposed to have arisen. The community of interest and understanding in the tribe, family, or clan brought not only the feeling of natural defense and protection but also the finer, inner sympathetic feeling of the pains and sufferings of their associates. This, in the progress of the race, has developed into broader and more complex ideals and feelings.

The social, moral, and ethical feelings are thought to have developed in humans because of the way individuals came together in communities, creating a need for mutual support and tolerance. Even some lower animal species have their own social, moral, or ethical codes, shaped by their experiences as a group, which they enforce strictly. Similarly, feelings of compassion and altruism are believed to have emerged. The shared interests and understanding within a tribe, family, or clan not only foster a sense of natural defense and safety but also a deeper empathetic awareness of the pain and suffering experienced by others. Over time, these feelings have evolved into more expansive and intricate ideals.

Theology explains the moral feelings as resulting[Pg 107] from conscience, which it holds to be a special faculty of the mind, or soul, divinely given. Science, while admitting the existence of the state of feelings which we call "conscience," denies its supernatural origin, and ascribes it to the result of evolution, heredity, experience, education, and suggestion. Conscience, according to science, is a compound of intellectual and emotional states. Conscience is not an invariable or infallible guide, but depends entirely upon the heredity, education, experience, and environment of the individual. It accompanies the moral and ethical codes of the race, which vary with time and with country. Actions which were thought right a century ago are condemned now; likewise, things condemned a century ago are thought right now. What is commended in Turkey is condemned in England, and vice versa. Moral tastes and ideals, like æsthetic ones, vary with time and country. There is no absolute code which has been always true, in all places. There is an evolution in the ideals of morals and ethics as in everything else, and "conscience" and the moral and ethical emotions accompany the changing ideals.

Theology describes moral feelings as stemming[Pg 107] from conscience, which it views as a unique faculty of the mind or soul that is given by God. Science, on the other hand, acknowledges the presence of what we call "conscience" but rejects its supernatural origins, attributing it instead to evolution, heredity, experiences, education, and influence. According to science, conscience is a mix of intellectual and emotional states. It is not a constant or foolproof guide; rather, it depends entirely on the heredity, education, experience, and environment of the individual. It aligns with the moral and ethical codes of society, which change over time and differ from one country to another. Actions that were considered acceptable a century ago may now be condemned, and vice versa. What is praised in Turkey might be denounced in England, and the opposite can also be true. Moral sensibilities and ideals, much like aesthetic preferences, vary across time and cultures. There is no absolute code that has always been valid everywhere. Just like everything else, there’s an evolution in moral and ethical ideals, with "conscience" and the associated emotions evolving alongside these changing standards.

Many of the moral and ethical principles originally arose from necessity or utility, but have since developed into natural, spontaneous feeling on the part of the race. It is held that the race is rapidly developing a[Pg 108] "social conscience" which will cause the wiping out of many social conditions which are now the disgrace of civilization. It is predicted that in time the race will look back upon the existence of poverty in our civilization as our generation now looks back upon the existence of slavery, imprisonment for debt, capital punishment for the theft of a loaf of bread, the killing of prisoners of war, etc. It is thought that, in time, wars of conquest will be deemed as utterly immoral as to-day is regarded the murder of a body of men by a band of pirates or bandits. In the same way the economic slavery of to-day will be seen as immoral as now seems the physical slavery of the past. In not far distant time it will seem incredible that society could have ever allowed one of its members to die of hunger in the streets, or of poverty and inattention in the sick room of the hovel. Not only will the ideals and feelings of ethical and moral responsibility change and evolve, but the feelings of personal sympathy will evolve in accordance therewith. At least such is the dream and prophecy of some of the world's greatest thinkers.

Many of the moral and ethical principles originally came from necessity or usefulness, but have since grown into a natural, spontaneous feeling shared by humanity. It's believed that humanity is quickly developing a[Pg 108] "social conscience" that will lead to the elimination of many social issues that currently shame civilization. It’s predicted that in the future, humanity will look back at the existence of poverty in our society the way we now look back at the existence of slavery, debtor's prisons, capital punishment for stealing a loaf of bread, the execution of prisoners of war, and so on. It’s thought that, over time, wars of conquest will be viewed as utterly immoral, just like today we view the murder of a group of people by pirates or bandits. Similarly, today’s economic slavery will be seen as immoral, just as the physical slavery of the past is viewed now. In the near future, it will seem unbelievable that society could have ever allowed one of its members to die of hunger in the streets, or from poverty and neglect in a sickroom of a run-down home. Not only will our ideals and feelings of ethical and moral responsibility change and evolve, but our feelings of personal sympathy will evolve alongside them. At least, that is the dream and prediction of some of the world's greatest thinkers.

The social, ethical, and moral emotions may be developed by a study of the evolution and meaning of society on the one hand, and the perception of the condition of the lives of less fortunate individuals on the other. The first will awaken new ideas of the history and real[Pg 109] meaning of social association and mutual intercourse, and will develop a new sense of responsibility, duty, and civic and social pride. The second will awaken understanding and sympathy, and a desire to do what one can to help those who are "the under dog," and also to bring about a better state of affairs in general. The study of history and civilization, of sociology and civics, will do much in the first direction. The study of human-kind, and its life problems and condition, will do the same in the second case. In both cases there will be awakened a new sense of "right and wrong"—a new conception of "ought and ought not"—regarding one's relations to the race, society, and his fellow beings.

The social, ethical, and moral emotions can be developed by studying the evolution and meaning of society on one hand and understanding the lives of less fortunate individuals on the other. The first will inspire new ideas about the history and true meaning of social connections and interactions, fostering a fresh sense of responsibility, duty, and civic pride. The second will cultivate understanding and empathy, as well as a desire to help those who are "the underdog," and to improve general conditions. Exploring history and civilization, sociology, and civics will greatly contribute to the first aspect. Studying humanity, along with its challenges and circumstances, will do the same for the second. In both cases, there will be a newly awakened sense of "right and wrong"—a new understanding of "what one should and shouldn’t do"—in relation to the race, society, and fellow beings.

Let no one deceive himself or herself by the smug assumption that the race has entirely emerged from barbarism and is now on the top wave of civilization. The truth, as known to all careful and conscientious thinkers, is that we are but half civilized, if, indeed, that much. Many of our customs and conventions are those of a half-barbarous people. Our ideals are low, our customs often vile. We lack not only high ideals but in many cases we show a lack of sanity in our social conventions. But evolution is moving us slowly ahead. A better day is dawning. The signs are in the air, to be seen by all thoughtful men. Civilization is[Pg 110] climbing the ladder, aided by the evolution of the social, ethical, and moral emotions and the development of the intellect.

Let no one fool themselves with the comfortable belief that humanity has fully moved past barbarism and is now at the peak of civilization. The reality, as understood by all thoughtful and responsible people, is that we are only half civilized, if that. Many of our customs and traditions come from a partially barbaric society. Our ideals are low, and our customs are often terrible. We not only lack high ideals but also, in many cases, show a lack of common sense in our social practices. However, evolution is gradually pushing us forward. A brighter future is on the horizon. The signs are clear for all thoughtful individuals to see. Civilization is[Pg 110] climbing the ladder, supported by the evolution of our social, ethical, and moral emotions and the advancement of our intellect.

In connection with this phase of the emotions, we invite the student to consider the following excellent words of Professor Davidson in his "History of Greek Education": "It is not enough for a man to understand the conditions of rational life in his own time. He must likewise love these conditions and hate whatever leads to life of an opposite kind. This is only another way of saying that he must love the good and hate the evil; for the good is simply what conduces to rational or moral life, and the evil simply what leads away from it. It is perfectly obvious, as soon as it is pointed out, that all immoral life is due to a false distribution of affection, which again is often, though by no means always, due to a want of intellectual cultivation. He that attributes to anything a value greater or less than it really possesses, in the order of things, has already placed himself in a false relation to it, and will certainly, when he comes to act with reference to it, act immorally."[Pg 111]

In relation to this aspect of emotions, we invite the student to reflect on these insightful words from Professor Davidson in his "History of Greek Education": "It's not enough for a person to understand the conditions of rational life in their own time. They must also love these conditions and hate anything that leads to a life that's contrary. This is just another way of saying that one must love the good and hate the evil; the good is simply what supports rational or moral life, while the evil is what leads away from it. It becomes clear, once it's pointed out, that all immoral behavior stems from a misallocation of affection, which is often, though not exclusively, due to a lack of intellectual growth. Anyone who assigns a value to something that is greater or lesser than its true worth in the grand scheme has already put themselves in a misguided relationship with it, and will definitely act immorally when it comes to dealing with it." [Pg 111]


CHAPTER XV.
The Religious Emotions.

BY "the religious emotions" is meant that class of emotional feeling arising from the faith and belief in, or consciousness of the presence of, supernatural beings, powers, entities, or forces. This form of emotion is regarded as distinct from the ethical and moral emotions, although frequently found in connection therewith. Likewise, it is independent of any special form of intellectual belief, for it is far more fundamental and often exists without creed, philosophy, or stated belief, the only manifestation in such cases being a "feeling" of the existence of supernatural beings, forces, and powers to which man has a relation and to which he owes obedience. To those who may think that this is too narrow a conception of religious emotion we refer the following definition of "religion" from the dictionaries: "The acts or feelings which result from the belief of a god, or gods, having superior control over matter, life, or destiny. Religion is subjective, designating the feelings and acts of men which relate to God; theology is objective, denoting the science which investigates the existence, laws, and attributes[Pg 112] of God;" or (objectively) "the outer form and embodiment which the inward spirit of a true or a false devotion assumes," (subjectively) "the feeling of veneration with which the worshiper regards the Being he adores."

BY "the religious emotions" we mean the type of emotional feelings that arise from faith and belief in, or awareness of, the presence of supernatural beings, powers, entities, or forces. This kind of emotion is considered separate from ethical and moral emotions, although it often occurs alongside them. Additionally, it doesn't rely on any specific form of intellectual belief, as it is much more fundamental and can exist without a creed, philosophy, or clearly stated belief—often just manifesting as a "feeling" of the existence of supernatural beings, forces, and powers to which humans have a relationship and to which they owe obedience. For those who believe this definition is too limited, we point to the following definition of "religion" from various dictionaries: "The acts or feelings that result from the belief in a god, or gods, having superior control over matter, life, or destiny. Religion is subjective, referring to the feelings and actions of people regarding God; theology is objective, referring to the science that investigates the existence, laws, and attributes[Pg 112] of God;" or (objectively) "the outer form and embodiment of the inward spirit of either true or false devotion," (subjectively) "the feeling of reverence with which the worshiper regards the Being he or she adores."

Darwin, in his "Descent of Man," says that the feeling of religious devotion is a highly complex one, consisting of love, complete submission to an exalted and mysterious superior, a strong sense of dependence, fear, reverence, gratitude, hope for the future, and perhaps other elements. He is of the opinion that no man can experience so complex an emotion until advanced in his intellectual and moral faculties to at least a moderately high level. The authorities generally agree with Darwin, although the more recent study of the history of religion has shown that religious feeling has a far more primitive origin than that indicated by Darwin.

Darwin, in his "Descent of Man," states that the feeling of religious devotion is quite complex, made up of love, complete submission to a higher and mysterious power, a strong sense of dependence, fear, reverence, gratitude, hope for the future, and possibly other factors. He believes that no one can feel such a complex emotion until they have developed their intellectual and moral abilities to at least a moderately high level. Experts generally agree with Darwin, although recent studies on the history of religion have revealed that religious feelings have a much more primitive origin than what Darwin suggested.

It is true that the lower animals are not deemed capable of anything approaching religious feeling, unless there is a feeling approaching it in the attitude of the dog and horse and other domestic animals toward their masters. But man, as soon as he is able to attribute natural phenomena to a supernatural cause and power, manifests a crude religious feeling and emotion. He begins by believing in, fearing, and worshiping natural forces and objects, such as the sun, the[Pg 113] moon, the wind, thunder and lightning, the ocean, rivers, mountains, etc. It is claimed that there is no natural object that has not been deified and worshiped by some people at some time in the history of the race. Later, man acquired the anthropomorphic conception of deities and created many gods in his own image, endowing them with his own attributes, qualities, and characteristics. The mental characteristics and morals of a people can always be ascertained by a knowledge of the average conception of deity held by them. Polytheism, or the belief in many gods, was succeeded by monotheism, or belief in one god.

It’s true that lower animals aren’t considered capable of any kind of religious feeling, except maybe in how dogs, horses, and other pets show feelings toward their owners. But as soon as humans can link natural events to a supernatural cause or power, they start to express a basic sense of religious feeling and emotion. They begin by believing in, fearing, and worshiping natural forces and objects like the sun, the[Pg 113] moon, the wind, thunder and lightning, the ocean, rivers, mountains, and so on. It’s said there isn’t a natural object that hasn’t been worshiped or deified by some group of people at some point in history. Eventually, humans developed the idea of gods with human-like qualities, creating many gods in their own image and giving them human attributes, traits, and characteristics. You can usually understand a society’s mental traits and morals by looking at their typical concept of a deity. Polytheism, or the belief in multiple gods, was followed by monotheism, or the belief in one god.

Monotheism ranges from the crudest conception of a manlike god to the highest conception of a spiritual Being transcending all human qualities, attributes, or characteristics. Man began by believing in many god things, then in many god persons, then in a one god-person, then in one God who is a spirit, then in One Universal Spirit which is God. It is a far cry from the savage, manlike god of old to the conception of the Universal Spirit of the "God-drunken philosopher," Spinoza. The extreme of religious belief is that which holds that "there is nothing but God—all else is illusion," of pantheistic idealism. Buddhism (at least in its original form) discarded the idea of a Supreme Being, and held that Ultimate Reality is but Universal[Pg 114] Law; hence the accusation that Buddhism is an "atheistic religion," although it is one of the world's greatest religions, having over 400,000,000 followers.

Monotheism varies from the simplest idea of a human-like god to the most profound understanding of a spiritual Being that goes beyond all human traits and characteristics. Humans started by believing in many god things, then in many god persons, then in one god-person, then in one God who is a spirit, and finally in One Universal Spirit that is God. It's a significant leap from the primitive, human-like god of the past to the concept of the Universal Spirit of the "God-drunk philosopher," Spinoza. The extreme of religious belief claims that "there is nothing but God—all else is illusion," representing pantheistic idealism. Buddhism (at least in its original form) rejected the notion of a Supreme Being and held that Ultimate Reality is just Universal [Pg 114] Law; hence the label that Buddhism is an "atheistic religion," despite being one of the world's great religions, with over 400 million followers.

But the beliefs of the religious person may be considered as resulting from intellectual processes; his religious feelings and emotions arise from another part of his mental being. It is the testimony of the authorities of all religions that religious conviction is an inner experience rather than an intellectual conception. The emotional element is always active in religious manifestations everywhere. The purely intellectual religion is naught but a philosophy. Religion without feeling and emotion is an anomaly. In all true religion there exists a feeling of inner assurance and faith, love, awe, dependence, submission, reverence, gratitude, hope, and perhaps fear. The emotional element must always be present, not necessarily in the form of emotional excess, as in the case of revival hysteria or the dance of the whirling dervishes, but at least in the form of the calm, fervent feeling of "that peace which passeth understanding." When religion departs from the emotional phase it becomes merely a "school of philosophy," or an "ethical culture society."

But the beliefs of a religious person can be seen as stemming from intellectual processes; their religious feelings and emotions come from another aspect of their mind. Authorities from all religions agree that religious conviction is more about inner experience than intellectual understanding. The emotional aspect is always present in religious expressions everywhere. A purely intellectual approach to religion is just a philosophy. Religion without feeling and emotion is unusual. In all genuine religions, there’s a sense of inner certainty and faith, love, awe, dependence, submission, reverence, gratitude, hope, and possibly fear. The emotional element must always be there, not necessarily as emotional extremes, like revival hysteria or the dance of the whirling dervishes, but at least as the calm, sincere feeling of "that peace which surpasses understanding." When religion loses its emotional aspect, it turns into merely a "school of philosophy" or an "ethical culture society."

The student must not lose sight of the uplifting influence of true religious emotion by reason of his knowledge of its lowly origin. Like the lotus, which[Pg 115] has its roots in the slimy, filthy mud of the river, and its stem in the muddy, stagnant, and foul waters thereof, but its beautiful flower unfolded in the clear air and facing the sun, so is religious feeling responsible for some of the most beautiful and uplifting ideals and actions of the race. If its origin and history contain much that is not consistent with the highest ideals of the race to-day, it is not the fault of religion but of the race itself. Religion, like all else in the universal manifestation, is under the laws of evolution, growth, and development. What the religion of the future may be, we know not. But the prophets of the race are dreaming visions of a religion as much higher than that of to-day as the latter is higher than the crude fetichism of the savage.

The student shouldn't overlook the inspiring impact of genuine religious feelings just because of its humble beginnings. Like the lotus, which[Pg 115] grows from the muddy depths of a river and has its stem in murky, stagnant waters, yet blooms beautifully in the clear air under the sun, religious feelings lead to some of the most beautiful and uplifting ideals and actions of humanity. Even if its origins and history include elements that don't align with today's highest ideals, that's not the religion's fault, but rather the fault of humanity itself. Religion, like everything else in the universe, follows the laws of evolution, growth, and development. We don’t know what the religion of the future will look like, but the visionaries among us are imagining a religion that is far more elevated than today's, just as today's religion is a significant step up from the crude fetishism of early humans.

The following quotation from John Fiske's "Through Nature to God" is appropriate in this place. Fiske says: "My aim is to show that 'that other influence,' that inward conviction, the craving for a final cause, the theistic assumption, is itself one of the master facts of the universe, and as much entitled to respect as any fact in physical nature can possibly be. The argument flashed upon me about ten years ago while reading Herbert Spencer's controversy with Frederic Harrison concerning the nature and reality of religion. Because Spencer derived historically the greater part of modern[Pg 116] belief in an Unseen World from the savage's primeval world of dreams and ghosts, some of his critics maintained that logical consistency required him to dismiss the modern belief as utterly false; otherwise he would be guilty of seeking to evolve truth from falsehood. 'By no means,' replied Spencer. 'Contrariwise, the ultimate form of the religious consciousness is the final development of a consciousness which at the outset contained a germ of truth obscured by multitudinous errors.'" Fiske, in this connection, quotes the Tennysonian question:—

The following quote from John Fiske's "Through Nature to God" fits well here. Fiske says: "My goal is to show that 'that other influence,' that inner conviction, the desire for a final reason, the assumption of theism, is itself one of the key facts of the universe, and deserves as much respect as any fact in the physical world can. The idea struck me about ten years ago while I was reading Herbert Spencer's debate with Frederic Harrison about the nature and reality of religion. Because Spencer traced much of modern belief in an Unseen World back to the early dreams and ghosts of primitive people, some of his critics argued that he had to logically reject modern belief as completely false; otherwise, he would be accused of trying to derive truth from falsehood. 'Not at all,' Spencer responded. 'On the contrary, the ultimate form of religious consciousness is the final evolution of a consciousness that initially held a seed of truth obscured by countless errors.'" Fiske, in this context, quotes the Tennysonian question:—

"'Who forged that other influence,
That heat of inward evidence,
By which he doubts against the sense?'"

The religious emotions may be developed by allowing the mind to dwell upon the Power underlying the universe of fleeting, changing forms; by reading prose and poetry in which an appeal is made to the religious instinct; by listening to music which awakens the emotion of reverence and awe; and, finally, by meditating upon the inner spirit immanent in every living being. As an old Hindu sage once said: "There are many paths by which men arrive at a knowledge of the presence of God, but there is but one goal and destination."[Pg 117]

The religious feelings can grow by letting the mind focus on the powerful force behind the ever-changing universe; by reading prose and poetry that appeal to our spiritual instincts; by listening to music that evokes feelings of respect and wonder; and finally, by reflecting on the inner spirit that exists in every living being. As an old Hindu sage once said, "There are many paths by which people come to know the presence of God, but there is only one goal and destination."[Pg 117]


CHAPTER XVI.
The Aesthetic Emotions.

BY "the æsthetic emotions" is meant those emotional feelings which are concerned with the perception of beauty or taste, and by reason of which we "like" or "dislike" certain perceptions of sensory impressions. In order to get a clearer idea, let us consider what is meant by "beauty" and "taste."

BY "the aesthetic emotions" we mean those emotional feelings that relate to our perception of beauty or taste, which is why we "like" or "dislike" certain sensory impressions. To understand this better, let's examine what we mean by "beauty" and "taste."

"Beauty" is defined as "that quality or assemblage of qualities in an object which gives the eye or the ear intense pleasure; or that characteristic in an object which gratifies the intellect or moral feeling." "Taste" (in this sense of the term) is defined as "nice perception, or the power of perceiving and relishing excellence in human performances; the power of appreciating the finer qualities of art; the faculty of discerning beauty, order, congruity, proportion, symmetry, or whatever constitutes excellence, particularly in the fine arts or literature; the faculty of the mind by which we both perceive and enjoy whatever is beautiful or sublime in the works of nature and art. The possession of taste insures grace and beauty in the works of an artist, and the avoidance of all that is low or mean. It is as[Pg 118] often the result of an innate sense of beauty or propriety as of art education, and no genius can compensate for the want of it. * * * Tastes differ so much among individuals, nations, or in different ages and conditions of civilization that it is utterly impossible to set up a standard of taste applicable to all men and to all stages in the evolution of society."

"Beauty" is described as "that quality or collection of qualities in an object that gives intense pleasure to the eye or the ear; or that characteristic in an object that satisfies the intellect or moral feelings." "Taste" (in this context) is defined as "the ability to perceive and enjoy excellence in human performances; the ability to appreciate the finer qualities of art; the faculty to recognize beauty, order, harmony, proportion, symmetry, or whatever constitutes excellence, especially in the fine arts or literature; the mental ability that allows us to perceive and enjoy whatever is beautiful or sublime in nature and art. Having taste ensures grace and beauty in an artist's work and helps avoid anything that is low or trivial. It often stems from an innate sense of beauty or propriety as much as from art education, and no talent can make up for its absence. * * * Tastes vary so widely among individuals, nations, or across different ages and conditions of civilization that it is completely impossible to establish a standard of taste that applies to all people and all stages in the development of society."

The æsthetic sense, feeling, and emotion are products of the later stages of the evolution of the mind of man. Their roots, however, may be seen in the crude attempts at decoration and adornment in the savage, and still further back in the tendency of certain birds to adorn their nests or "bowers." Moreover, some sense of beauty must exist in the lower animals, which are influenced thereby in the selection of their mates, the bright plumage of the birds, and the coloring of the insects and higher animals evidencing the existence of at least a primitive æsthetic sense. Herbert Spencer says that one characteristic of the æsthetic feelings is that they are separated from the functions vitally requisite and necessary to sustain life, and it is not until the latter are reasonably well satisfied that the former begin to manifest in force.

The aesthetic sense, feelings, and emotions are products of the later stages in the evolution of the human mind. However, their roots can be traced back to the basic attempts at decoration and embellishment in primitive people, and even further back to certain birds that decorate their nests or "bowers." Additionally, some sense of beauty must exist in lower animals, which affects their mate selection; the bright colors of birds and the coloring of insects and higher animals show evidence of at least a primitive aesthetic sense. Herbert Spencer notes that one characteristic of aesthetic feelings is that they are separate from the vital functions necessary for survival, and it isn’t until those basic needs are reasonably met that aesthetic feelings start to emerge strongly.

The authorities hold that the basic element concerned in the manifestation of the æsthetic emotional feeling is the sensory element, which consists of the pleasure[Pg 119] arising from the perception of objects of vision or hearing which are deemed beautiful. There is a certain nervous satisfaction which arises from the perception of the sensation of the sight of a beautiful thing, or of the hearing of beautiful sound. Just why certain sights prove agreeable and others disagreeable, or certain sounds pleasant and others unpleasant, is very difficult to determine. Association and habit may have something to do with the beauty of sight object, and there may be natural harmony of vibration in colors as there is in sound. In the case of sounds there is undoubtedly a natural harmony between the vibrations of certain notes of the scale and inharmony between others. Some have held that the secret of the enjoyment of music is found in the natural appreciation of rhythm, as rhythm is a cosmic manifestation evident in everything from great to small. But these theories do not account for the differences existing in the tastes regarding color and music manifested by different individuals, races, and classes of people.

The authorities believe that the key factor in experiencing aesthetic emotions is the sensory aspect, which involves the pleasure[Pg 119] that comes from perceiving visually or audibly beautiful objects. There’s a certain nervous satisfaction that comes from seeing something beautiful or hearing a beautiful sound. However, it’s quite challenging to understand why some sights are pleasing while others are not, or why some sounds are enjoyable and others are not. Factors like association and habit might influence what we consider beautiful in terms of visuals, and there could be a natural harmony in colors similar to that in sounds. When it comes to sounds, there is definitely a natural harmony among certain notes on the scale and dissonance among others. Some believe that the enjoyment of music stems from an inherent appreciation of rhythm, which is a cosmic phenomenon observable in everything from the grand to the minute. Yet, these theories don’t explain the variations in color and music preferences among different individuals, cultures, and social classes.

Grant Allen says: "The vulgar are pleased with great masses of color, especially red, orange, and purple, which give their coarse, nervous organization the requisite stimulus. The refined, with nerves of less caliber, but greater discriminativeness, require delicate combinations of complementaries and prefer neutral tints[Pg 120] to the glare of the primary hues. Children and savages love to dress in all the colors of the rainbow." In the same way persons of certain types of taste are pleased with "rag time" and cheap, rollicking songs or dances, while others shudder at these and find delight in the classic productions of the great composers.

Grant Allen says: "People with simple tastes enjoy bold colors, especially red, orange, and purple, which stimulate their coarse, restless nature. Those with more refined sensibilities, who are more discerning, prefer subtle combinations of complementary colors and like neutral shades instead of the brightness of primary colors[Pg 120]. Kids and less civilized people love to wear every color of the rainbow." Similarly, some people are drawn to "ragtime" and fun, lively songs or dances, while others are put off by those and find joy in the classic works of great composers.

There is also the intellectual element to be reckoned with in the æsthetic emotions. The intellect must discover the beauty in certain objects before the emotion is aroused by the perception. Halleck says: "Every time the mind discerns unity amid variety, order, rhythm, proportion, or symmetry, an æsthetic emotion arises. * * * The traveler with a trained intellect will see far more beauty than an ignorant one. In looking at a cathedral, a large part of the æsthetic enjoyment comes from tracing out the symmetry, from comparing part with part. Not until this process is complete will the full beauty of the structure as a whole be perceived. If the traveler knows something of mediæval architecture before starting on his European trip, he will see far more beauty. The opposite of the æsthetic, which we call the ugly, is the unsymmetrical, the disorderly—that in which we can discover no rhythm, plan, or beauty."

There’s also the intellectual aspect to consider in aesthetic emotions. The intellect has to recognize the beauty in certain objects before emotions are triggered by perception. Halleck states: "Every time the mind sees unity among diversity, order, rhythm, proportion, or symmetry, an aesthetic emotion is created. * * * A traveler with a trained intellect will notice far more beauty than an uneducated one. When looking at a cathedral, much of the aesthetic enjoyment comes from observing the symmetry, from comparing parts with each other. Only after this process is complete will the full beauty of the structure as a whole be recognized. If the traveler knows something about medieval architecture before starting their European trip, they will perceive far more beauty. The opposite of the aesthetic, which we call the ugly, is the asymmetrical, the chaotic—things in which we find no rhythm, design, or beauty."

The element of associative suggestion also enters into the manifestation of æsthetic emotional feeling. The[Pg 121] mind accepts the suggestion of the beauty of certain styles of art, or the excellence of certain classes of music. There are fashions in art and music, as in clothes, and what is thought beautiful to-day may be deemed hideous to-morrow. This is not entirely due to the evolution of taste, for in many cases the old fashions are revived and again deemed beautiful. There is, moreover, the effect of the association of the object of emotion with certain events or persons. This association renders the thing popular, and therefore agreeable and beautiful for the time being. The suggestion in a story will often cause the beauty of a certain scene, or the harmony of a certain piece of music, to dawn upon thousands of persons. Some noted person sets the seal of approval upon a certain picture or musical composition and lo! the multitude calls it beautiful. It must not be supposed, however, that the crowd always counterfeits this sense of beauty and excellence which has been suggested to it. On the contrary, genuine æsthetic feeling often results from the discovery so made.

The concept of associative suggestion plays a role in how we experience aesthetic emotions. The[Pg 121] mind takes in the idea of beauty from certain art styles or the greatness of specific music genres. Just like fashion in clothing, trends in art and music can change, so what’s considered beautiful today might be seen as ugly tomorrow. This shift isn't solely because of changing tastes; often, old trends come back and are appreciated again. Additionally, how we feel about something can be influenced by its connection to specific events or people. This connection makes something popular, and thus enjoyable and beautiful for a period. A story can evoke the beauty of a particular scene, or a piece of music can resonate with many people all at once. When a prominent figure endorses a painting or musical piece, suddenly, everyone praises it as beautiful. However, it’s important to note that the audience doesn’t always fake this sense of beauty and quality they're presented with. In fact, true aesthetic appreciation can arise from these realizations.

There is style and fashion in the use of words, resulting from fashion, which gives rise to æsthetic feelings regarding them. These feelings do not arise from the consideration of the nature of the object expressed by the word; of two words designating the same thing, one causes disgust and the other at least passive tolerance.[Pg 122] For instance, in speaking of the sensible moisture which is emitted from the pores of the skin, we may use either of the respective terms "sweat" or "perspiration." Both mean the same thing, and have an equally respectable origin. But to many persons the word "sweat" causes unpleasant æsthetic emotion, while the word "perspiration" is accepted without remonstrance. Some persons abhor the term "victuals," while "viands" or "food" are accepted without protest. There is often an unpleasant, low, vulgar association connected with some words which accounts for the disfavor with which they are received, and which association is absent from the more "polite" terms employed to indicate the same thing. But in other cases there is nothing but the simple suggestion of fashion and style to account for the æsthetic acceptance or rejection.

There’s a certain style and fashion in word usage that creates aesthetic feelings about them. These feelings don’t stem from the actual nature of the thing the word refers to; for instance, of two words that describe the same thing, one can evoke disgust while the other might be mildly accepted.[Pg 122] For example, when talking about the moisture that comes from our skin, we can use either "sweat" or "perspiration." Both mean the same thing and have equally respectable origins. However, many people find the word "sweat" unpleasant, while "perspiration" is generally accepted without issue. Some people dislike the term "victuals," whereas "viands" or "food" are easily accepted. There are often negative, low, or vulgar connotations associated with certain words that explain why they are received unfavorably, a connection that is missing from the more "polite" terms used to describe the same concept. In other cases, it’s simply a matter of fashion and style that leads to the acceptance or rejection of certain words.

It is possible that some psychologist of the future will establish the truth of the theory now tentatively advanced by a few investigators, namely, that taste and the sense of beauty depend almost entirely upon the element of suggestion, manifested as association, influence of authority, habit, fashion, imitation, etc. It is known that the emotional nature is peculiarly liable to suggestion, and that tastes may be created or destroyed by repeated suggestion under the most favorable circumstances. It is thought likely that if we could trace[Pg 123] back to its roots every emotion of taste, we would find it arising from some associative, suggestive influence connected with another and more elemental class of emotions.

It’s possible that a future psychologist will prove the validity of the theory currently being explored by a few researchers, which suggests that taste and the sense of beauty rely almost entirely on suggestion, shown through association, authority influence, habit, fashion, imitation, and other factors. It's known that emotional responses are particularly susceptible to suggestion, and tastes can be formed or changed through repeated suggestions in ideal conditions. There's a good chance that if we could trace[Pg 123] back to their origins, we would find that every taste emotion stems from some associative, suggestive influence linked to another, more fundamental category of emotions.

Regarding the fact that there is no universal standard of taste or beauty, Halleck says: "It has been said that æsthetics cannot be treated in a scientific way because there is no standard of taste. 'De gustibus non est disputandum' ('there is no disputing about tastes') is an old proverb. Of two equally intelligent persons, the one may like a certain book, the other dislike it. * * * While it is true that the standard of taste is a varying one within certain limits, it is no more so than that of morals. As men's nervous systems, education, and associations differ, we may scientifically conclude that their tastes must differ. The greater the uniformity in the factors the less does the product vary. On the other hand, within certain limits, the standard of æsthetics is relatively uniform. It is fixed by the majority of intelligent people of any age and country. To estimate the standard by which to judge of the correctness of language or of the literary taste of any era, we examine the conversations of the best speakers, the works of the standard writers."

Regarding the fact that there is no universal standard of taste or beauty, Halleck says: "It has been said that aesthetics can’t be treated scientifically because there’s no standard of taste. 'De gustibus non est disputandum' ('there is no arguing about tastes') is an old saying. Of two equally intelligent people, one may enjoy a certain book while the other may not. * * * While it’s true that the standard of taste varies within certain limits, it’s no more variable than that of morals. As people’s nervous systems, education, and backgrounds differ, we can scientifically conclude that their tastes will differ. The more uniform the factors, the less the product varies. On the other hand, within certain limits, the standard of aesthetics is relatively consistent. It is determined by the majority of intelligent people in any age and country. To gauge the standard for judging the correctness of language or the literary taste of any period, we examine the conversations of the best speakers and the works of the standard writers."

The æsthetic emotions may be developed and cultivated by exercise and practice, and particularly by asso[Pg 124]ciation and familiarity with beautiful things, and with those who have "good taste." Appreciation of beauty is more or less contagious, up to a certain point of development, at least, and if one wishes to recognize, understand, and appreciate beauty, he should go where beauty is, and where its votaries are gathered. The study of standard works of art, or objects of nature, or the best productions of the composers of music, will do much to develop and unfold one's higher æsthetic feelings and understanding.

The aesthetic emotions can be developed and enhanced through practice and experience, especially by associating with and becoming familiar with beautiful things and those who have "good taste." Appreciating beauty is somewhat contagious, at least to a certain extent, and if someone wants to recognize, understand, and appreciate beauty, they should immerse themselves in places where beauty exists and where its admirers gather. Studying renowned works of art, natural objects, or the best compositions in music will significantly help cultivate and deepen one’s higher aesthetic feelings and understanding.

It is claimed by some of the best authorities that to develop the finer and higher æsthetic feelings and understanding we must learn to find beauty and excellence in things removed from ourselves or our selfish interests. The narrow, selfish emotions kill the æsthetic feelings—the two cannot exist together. The person whose thoughts are centered on himself or herself very rarely finds beauty or excellence in works of art or music. Grant Allen well sums up the subject in the following words: "Good taste is the progressive product of progressing fineness and discrimination in the nerves, educated attention, high and noble emotional constitution, and increasing intellectual faculties."[Pg 125]

It is said by some of the leading experts that to cultivate deeper and more refined aesthetic feelings and understanding, we need to look for beauty and excellence in things beyond ourselves or our own interests. Narrow, selfish emotions stifle aesthetic feelings—these two cannot coexist. A person who is focused on themselves rarely finds beauty or excellence in art or music. Grant Allen sums it up well with the following words: "Good taste is the progressive product of progressing fineness and discrimination in the nerves, educated attention, high and noble emotional constitution, and increasing intellectual faculties."[Pg 125]


CHAPTER XVII.
The Intellectual Emotions.

BY "the intellectual emotions" is meant that class of emotional feeling resulting from the presence of objects of intellectual interest. This class of emotions depends for its satisfaction upon the exercise of the intellectual faculties, from the most simple to the most complex, and including perception, memory, imagination, reason, judgment, and all the logical faculties. Those who are accustomed to employing the mind through voluntary attention, particularly in the direction of creative ideation or constructive imagination, experience these emotions to a greater or less degree.

BY "the intellectual emotions" we mean the type of emotional feelings that arise from engaging with objects of intellectual interest. This category of emotions relies on the use of our intellectual abilities, ranging from the simplest to the most complex, and includes perception, memory, imagination, reason, judgment, and all logical skills. People who regularly engage their minds through focused attention, especially in the realm of creative thinking or constructive imagination, experience these emotions to varying degrees.

The exercise of perception, if we are skilled therein, gives us a pleasurable feeling, and if we succeed in making an interesting or important discovery by reason thereof, we experience a strong degree of emotional satisfaction. Likewise, we experience agreeable feelings when we are able to remember distinctly something which might well have been forgotten, or when we succeed in recalling something which had escaped our memory for the moment. In the same way the exercise[Pg 126] of the imagination is a source of great pleasure in many cases in the direction of writing, planning, inventing, or other creative processes, or even in the building of air castles. The exercise of the logical faculties gives great pleasure to those in whom these faculties are well developed.

The act of perceiving, when we do it well, gives us a pleasurable feeling, and if we manage to make an interesting or important discovery because of it, we feel a strong sense of emotional satisfaction. Similarly, we enjoy pleasant feelings when we can clearly remember something that might have been forgotten or when we successfully recall something that had slipped our minds. In the same way, using our imagination can bring a lot of joy in various cases related to writing, planning, inventing, or other creative processes, or even in dreaming up fanciful ideas. Engaging our logical thinking also brings a lot of pleasure to those who have developed these skills well.

Halleck well says: "There was probably not a happier moment in Newton's life than when he had succeeded in demonstrating that the same power which caused the apple to fall held the moon and the planets in their orbits. When Watts discovered that steam might be harnessed like a horse, when an inventor succeeds in perfecting a labor-lightening device, whenever an obscurity is cleared away, the reason for a thing understood, and a baffling instance brought under a general law, intellectual emotion results."

Halleck rightly states: "There was probably no happier moment in Newton's life than when he proved that the same force that caused the apple to fall also kept the moon and the planets in their orbits. When Watts discovered that steam could be controlled like a horse, when an inventor manages to improve a tool that makes work easier, every time a mystery is solved, the reason for something is understood, and a confusing case is explained by a general law, it sparks intellectual excitement."

The pleasurable feelings we experience upon the reading of a good book, or the discovery of real poetry, are forms of intellectual emotion. The same class of emotional feeling is aroused when we witness a good play. Among other instances of this class we mention the perception of clever work of any kind, intricate machinery, ingenious devices, helpful improvements, or other works of man which indicate the existence of thought and inventive ability in the designer or builder. To appreciate mental work of this kind we must bring a[Pg 127] mind developed along the same or similar lines. It has well been said that before one can take away anything from a book he must bring something to it. It takes mentality to recognize and appreciate mentality or the work of mentality.

The enjoyable feelings we experience when reading a good book or discovering real poetry are forms of intellectual emotion. The same type of emotional response occurs when we watch a great play. Other examples of this emotional experience include recognizing clever work of any kind, intricate machinery, innovative devices, helpful improvements, or other human creations that show thought and creativity in the designer or builder. To appreciate this kind of mental work, we need to have a mind developed in similar ways. It's been rightly said that before you can take anything away from a book, you have to bring something to it. You need a certain level of intelligence to recognize and appreciate intelligence or the work of the mind.

The study of scientific subjects is a source of great pleasure to those who are inclined to such pursuits. To the scientific mind the study of the latest work on the favorite branch gives a joy which nothing else is capable of arousing. To the philosopher the works of other philosophers of the same school give intense satisfaction.

The study of science brings great pleasure to those who are drawn to it. For a scientific mind, exploring the latest research in their favorite area brings a joy that nothing else can match. For a philosopher, reading the works of fellow philosophers from the same school brings deep satisfaction.

It is claimed that the sense of humor and wit is an intellectual emotion, for it depends upon the detection of the ludicrous features of a happening. Certain psychologists have held that the distinctive element of humor is the feeling attendant upon the perception of incongruity; while that of wit is the feeling of superiority on the part of the witty person, and the corresponding chagrin of the object of his wit. It would seem, however, that the appreciation of wit must depend upon the intellectual perception of cleverness of expression and the pleasure resulting from the discovery thereof, and that the feeling of humor is aroused principally by reason of the incongruous element; the feeling of self-satisfaction as contrasted with the discomfiture of the[Pg 128] other person belongs to the more selfish emotions. An authority says: "Humor is a mental faculty which tends to discover incongruous resemblances between things which essentially differ, or essential differences between things put forth as the same, the result being internal mirth or an outburst of laughter. Wit does so likewise, but the two are different. Humor has deep human sympathy, and loves men while raising a laugh against their weaknesses. Wit is deficient in sympathy, and there is often a sting in its ridicule. Somewhat contemptuous of mankind, it has not the patience to study them thoroughly, but must content itself with noting superficial resemblances or differences. Humor is patient and keenly observant, and penetrates beneath the surface; while, therefore, the sallies of wit are often one-sided and unfair, those of humor are, as a rule, just and wise."

It’s said that humor and wit are intellectual emotions because they rely on recognizing the ridiculous aspects of a situation. Some psychologists argue that humor is marked by the feeling that comes from noticing incongruity, while wit involves a sense of superiority from the witty person and the accompanying embarrassment of the target. However, it seems that enjoying wit relies on understanding the cleverness of phrasing and the pleasure from uncovering it, while humor is mostly triggered by the incongruous aspects; the feeling of self-satisfaction, compared to the discomfort of the other person, is more self-serving. An expert states: "Humor is a mental ability that tends to find incongruous similarities between fundamentally different things, or essential differences between things presented as the same, resulting in internal joy or laughter. Wit does the same, but the two are different. Humor has deep human compassion and enjoys people while making fun of their flaws. Wit lacks that compassion, and its mockery often carries a bite. A bit disdainful of humanity, it doesn't have the patience to study people thoroughly but settles for noticing superficial similarities or differences. Humor is patient and observant, and looks deeper than the surface; while wit is often one-sided and unjust, humor is generally fair and wise."

The development and cultivation of the intellectual emotions depend, of course, upon education, training, exercise, and practice. The cultivation of the intellect (which has been referred to, in part, in the previous parts of this book, and which will be again considered in the chapters devoted to the intellect) results in the development and cultivation of the emotions accompanying intellectual effort. In a general way, however, it may be said that the reading of the best works of[Pg 129] fiction, science, and philosophy will bring out in time the best form of intellectual enjoyment and feeling. The highest gives the best—that is the rule. The present chapter should be read and studied in connection with those devoted to the intellect.

The development and nurturing of intellectual emotions rely on education, training, practice, and experience. Cultivating the intellect—which we've touched on in earlier sections of this book and will revisit in chapters focused on intellect—leads to the growth of emotions linked to intellectual effort. Generally speaking, reading the best works of[Pg 129] fiction, science, and philosophy will eventually enhance the highest forms of intellectual enjoyment and feeling. The best yields the best—that's the principle. This chapter should be read and studied alongside those dedicated to the intellect.

Mixed Feelings.

As we have said at the beginning of our consideration of the subject of the emotions, the majority of emotions are composed of several feelings, and tend to blend and combine emotional elements. For instance, the emotion of sexual love certainly has its origin in the instinctive feelings of the race, and its motive element is that of passion. But passion is far from being all there is in human sexual love. Above the plane of passion is found the social emotion of companionship, protection, and care; the desire for the welfare of the loved one; the mingling of the love of the parent with that of the mate. Human love manifests many of the altruistic emotions during its course. The welfare of the loved one becomes the chief concern of life, often stronger even than self-preservation. The joy of the loved one becomes the greatest joy, far surpassing the more selfish forms of happiness. Then come the æsthetic feelings, which find satisfaction in the two "liking the same things," sympathy and community of feeling being the[Pg 130] connecting link. The several ideals of the two combining, there is produced an idealistic union, which is often called "spiritual harmony." Finally, there is found the blending of the intellectual emotions, in which harmony there exists one of the highest forms of pleasure satisfaction between two persons of opposite sexes. It is said that the more things that a man and woman "like" in common, the closer will be their "liking" for each other. "I love you because you love the things I love," is no rare thought and expression.

As we mentioned at the start of our discussion about emotions, most emotions consist of several feelings and tend to mix and combine emotional elements. For example, the emotion of sexual love definitely comes from the instinctive feelings of our species, and its main driving force is passion. But passion is far from everything in human sexual love. Beyond passion lies the social emotion of companionship, protection, and care; the desire for the well-being of the loved one; and the blend of parental love with romantic love. Throughout its journey, human love shows many altruistic emotions. The well-being of the loved one becomes the top priority in life, often even stronger than self-preservation. The happiness of the loved one brings the greatest joy, far exceeding more selfish forms of happiness. Then there are the aesthetic feelings, which find fulfillment in both people "liking the same things," with sympathy and shared feelings being the[Pg 130] connecting link. With the various ideals of the two merging, an idealistic union is formed, often referred to as "spiritual harmony." Lastly, there’s a mix of intellectual emotions, in which harmony creates one of the highest forms of pleasurable satisfaction between two people of different genders. It’s said that the more things a man and woman have in common that they "like," the closer their "liking" for each other will be. "I love you because you love the things I love" is a common thought and expression.

So it is seen that though born in elemental instinct and passion, human sexual love is something far different in its flowering. And yet without its root it would not be, and cannot be. This is an excellent example of the complex nature of the most common emotions. It may be used as a typical illustration. What is true of it is also true, in a way and in a degree, of every other form of emotion. Therefore in studying a particular emotion, be not too quick to cry, "It is this; it is that!" but rather seek to say, "It is composed of this and that, of this and that!" Few, if any, emotions are simple; the majority are very complex. Hence the difficulty of satisfactory classification, and the danger of dogmatic definition.[Pg 131]

While human sexual love originates from basic instincts and desires, it evolves into something much more intricate. However, without that foundational drive, it wouldn't exist. This illustrates the complex nature of our deepest emotions. It's a typical example; what's true for this emotion also applies, in some way and to some extent, to every other emotion. So when examining a specific feeling, don't be quick to shout, "It's this, it's that!" Instead, aim to explain, "It's made up of this and that, and this and that!" Few, if any, emotions are straightforward; most are quite complicated. That's why it's hard to classify them satisfactorily and why rigid definitions can be misleading.[Pg 131]


CHAPTER XVIII.
The Role of the Emotions.

THE average person greatly underestimates the part played by the emotional nature in the mental activities of the individual. He is inclined to the opinion that, with the exception of the occasional manifestation of some strong emotional feeling, the majority of persons go through life using only the reasoning and reflective faculties in deciding the problems of life and guiding the mental course of action. There can be no greater mistake concerning the mental activities. So far from being subordinate to the intellect, the emotional nature in the majority of cases dominates the reasoning faculties. There are but very few persons who are able to detach themselves, even in a small degree, from the feelings, and to decide questions cold-bloodedly by pure reason or intellectual effort. Moreover, there are but few persons whose wills are guided by pure reason; the feelings supply the motive for the majority of acts of will. The intellect, even when used, is generally employed to better carry out the dictates of feeling and desire. Much of our reasoning is performed in order to justify our feelings,[Pg 132] or to find proofs for the position dictated by our desires, feelings, sympathies, prejudices, or sentiments. It has been said that "men seek not reasons but excuses for their actions."

THE average person greatly underestimates the role of emotions in an individual's mental activities. They tend to think that, aside from the occasional outburst of strong emotion, most people navigate life using only reasoning and reflection to solve problems and guide their actions. This could not be more wrong regarding mental activities. Far from being secondary to intellect, emotions often dominate reasoning in most cases. Very few people can detach themselves even slightly from their feelings and make decisions purely based on rational thought or intellectual effort. Furthermore, there are hardly any people whose wills are guided solely by reason; emotions provide the motivation for most willful actions. Even when we use intellect, it is generally to better execute the demands of our feelings and desires. Much of our reasoning is done to justify our feelings, or to find evidence for positions dictated by our desires, emotions, sympathies, prejudices, or sentiments. It has been said that "men seek not reasons but excuses for their actions."

Moreover, in the elementary processes of the intellect the emotions play an important part. We have seen that attention largely follows interest, and interest results from feeling. Therefore our attention, and that which arises from it, is dependent largely upon the feelings. Thus feeling asserts its power in guarding the very outer gate of knowledge, and determines largely what shall or shall not enter therein. It is one of the constantly-appearing paradoxes of psychology, that while feelings have originally arisen from attention, it is equally true that attention depends largely upon the interest resulting from the feelings. This is readily admitted in the case of involuntary attention, which always goes out toward objects of interest and feeling, but is likewise true of even voluntary attention, which we direct to something of greater or more nearly ultimate interest than the things of lesser or more immediate interest.

Moreover, in basic mental processes, emotions play a crucial role. We've seen that attention mostly follows interest, and interest stems from feelings. So our attention, along with what comes from it, largely relies on our emotions. Consequently, feelings have a strong influence in controlling what knowledge can enter our minds. It’s one of psychology's ongoing paradoxes that while feelings originally come from attention, attention is also largely influenced by the interest that results from these feelings. This is easily recognized in the case of involuntary attention, which always focuses on things that interest us or evoke feelings, but it’s also true for voluntary attention, which we direct toward something of greater or deeper interest compared to less immediate ones.

Sully says: "By an act of will I may resolve to turn my attention to something—say a passage in a book. But if, after the preliminary process of adjustment of the mental eye the object opens up no inter[Pg 133]esting phase, all the willing in the world will not produce a calm, settled state of concentration. The will introduces mind and object; it cannot force an attachment between them. No compulsion of attention ever succeeded in making a young child cordially embrace and appropriate, by an act of concentration, an unsuitable and therefore uninteresting object. We thus see that even voluntary interest is not removed from the sway of interest. What the will does is to determine the kind of interest that shall prevail at the moment."

Sully says: "Through an act of will, I can decide to focus on something—like a passage in a book. However, if, after adjusting my mental perspective, that passage doesn’t reveal any engaging aspect, no amount of willpower will create a calm, focused state of concentration. The will connects the mind and the object; it can't force a bond between them. No pressure to pay attention has ever successfully made a young child enthusiastically embrace and engage with an unsuitable and therefore uninteresting object through concentration. Thus, we see that even voluntary interest is still influenced by genuine interest. What the will does is determine the type of interest that will dominate at that moment."

Again, we may see that memory is largely dependent upon interest in recording and recalling its impressions. We remember and recall most easily that which most greatly interests us. In proportion to the lack of interest in a thing do we find difficulty in remembering or recalling it. This is equally true of the imagination, for it refuses to dwell upon that which is not interesting. Even in the reasoning processes we find the will balking at uninteresting subjects, but galloping along, pushing before it the rolling chair of interesting intellectual application.

Once again, we can see that memory relies heavily on our interest in recording and remembering experiences. We tend to remember and recall things that captivate us the most. The less interested we are in something, the harder it is to remember or bring it to mind. This is just as true for imagination, which avoids focusing on things that aren't interesting. Even in reasoning, we find that our will struggles with dull topics but races ahead, driving forward the rolling chair of engaging intellectual pursuits.

Our judgments are affected by our feelings. It is much easier to approve of the actions of some person we like, or whose views accord with our own, than of an individual whose personality and views are distasteful to us. It is very difficult to prevent prejudice, for or[Pg 134] against, from influencing our judgments. It is also true that we "find that for which we look" in things and persons, and that which we expect and look for is often dependent upon our feelings. If we dislike a person or thing we are usually able to perceive no end of undesirable things in him or it; while if we are favorably inclined we easily find many admirable qualities in the same person or thing. A little change in our feeling often results in the formation of an entirely new set of judgments regarding a person or thing.

Our judgments are influenced by our emotions. It's much easier to support the actions of someone we like or whose opinions match ours than to accept a person whose personality and views we find unappealing. It's very challenging to stop biases, for or against, from affecting our judgments. It's also true that we "see what we want to see" in people and things, and what we expect often depends on our feelings. If we dislike someone or something, we can usually perceive many undesirable traits in them; on the other hand, if we have a positive outlook, we easily notice numerous admirable qualities. A slight change in our feelings can lead to completely new judgments about someone or something.

Halleck well says: "On the one hand the emotions are favorable to intellectual action, since they supply the interest one feels in study. One may feel intensely concerning a certain subject and be all the better student. Hence the emotions are not, as was formerly thought, entirely hostile to intellectual action. Emotion often quickens the perception, burns things indelibly into the memory, and doubles the rapidity of thought. On the other hand strong feelings often vitiate every operation of the intellect. They cause us to see only what we wish to, to remember only what interests our narrow feeling at the time, and to reason from selfish data only. * * * Emotion puts the magnifying end of the telescope to our intellectual eyes where our own interests are concerned, the minimizing end when we are looking at the interest of others. * * * Thought[Pg 135] is deflected when it passes through an emotional medium, just as a sunbeam is when it strikes water."

Halleck rightly observes: "On one hand, emotions enhance intellectual engagement because they provide the interest that fuels our studies. You can feel deeply about a particular topic, making you a better student. So, emotions aren’t, as was once believed, completely opposed to intellectual action. Emotion often sharpens perception, engraves memories, and increases the speed of thought. On the other hand, strong emotions can distort our intellectual processes. They lead us to see only what we want to see, remember only what captures our immediate interests, and base our reasoning on selfish motivations. * * * Emotion amplifies our focus on our own concerns while minimizing our perspective on the interests of others. * * * Thought[Pg 135] is diverted when it goes through an emotional lens, just like a sunbeam is when it hits water."

As for the will, the best authorities hold that it is almost if not entirely dependent upon desire for its motive force. As desire is an outgrowth and development of feeling and emotion, it is seen that even the will depends upon feeling for its inciting motives and its direction. We shall consider this point at greater detail in the chapters devoted to the activities of the will.

As for the will, the best experts agree that it relies almost completely, if not entirely, on desire for its motivation. Since desire stems from feelings and emotions, it becomes clear that even the will depends on feelings for its driving forces and guidance. We will explore this topic in more detail in the chapters dedicated to the activities of the will.

We would remind you again, at this point, of the great triangle of the mind, the emotional, ideative, and volitional activities—feeling, thinking, and willing—and their constant reaction upon each other and absolute interdependence. We find that our feelings arise from previous willing and ideation, and are aroused by ideas and repressed by will; again we see that our ideas are largely dependent upon the interest supplied by our feelings, and that our judgments are influenced by the emotive side of our mental life, the will also having its part to play in the matter. We also see that the will is called into activity by the feelings, and often guided or restrained by our thoughts, the will, indeed, being considered as moved entirely by our feelings and ideas. Thus is the trinity of mental forces seen ever in mutual relation—constant action and reaction ever existing between them.[Pg 136]

We want to remind you once again about the crucial triangle of the mind: emotional, ideative, and volitional activities—feeling, thinking, and willing—and how they constantly affect each other and are completely interdependent. Our feelings come from previous acts of will and thought; they can be triggered by ideas and suppressed by will. We notice that our ideas mostly depend on the interest our feelings provide, and our judgments are shaped by the emotional aspect of our mental life, with will also playing a role. Additionally, we see that feelings often trigger our will, while our thoughts frequently guide or limit it. In fact, the will is often seen as being driven entirely by our feelings and ideas. Thus, the three mental forces are always related, with a continual cycle of action and reaction between them.[Pg 136]


CHAPTER XIX.
The Emotions and Happiness.

"HAPPINESS" has been defined by an authority as "the pleasurable emotion arising from the gratification of all desires; the enjoyment of pleasure without pain." Another has said that "happiness is the state in which all desires are satisfied." But these definitions have been attacked. It is held by many that a state of the absolute satisfaction of desire would not be happiness, for happiness consists largely in pleasurable anticipation and imaginings which disappear upon the realization of the desire. It is held that absolute satisfaction would be a negative state. Paley expressed a better idea when he said that "any condition may be denominated 'happy' in which the amount or aggregate of pleasure exceeds that of pain, and the degree of happiness depends upon the quantity of this excess."

"HAPPINESS" has been defined by an expert as "the enjoyable feeling that comes from fulfilling all desires; the experience of pleasure without any pain." Another person stated that "happiness is the state where all desires are fulfilled." However, these definitions have faced criticism. Many believe that a state of complete satisfaction of desire wouldn't be true happiness, because happiness is largely based on pleasurable expectations and fantasies that vanish once the desire is achieved. It's argued that complete satisfaction would be a negative state. Paley expressed a better idea when he said that "any condition can be called 'happy' in which the total amount of pleasure is greater than that of pain, and the level of happiness depends on how much greater this pleasure is."

Some have held that an existing contrast between pain and pleasure (the balance being in favor of the latter) is necessary to establish happiness. Be this as it may, it is admitted by all that one's happiness or unhappiness depends entirely upon one's emotional na[Pg 137]ture and the degree of the satisfaction thereof. And it is generally admitted that to be happy is the great aim and object of the life of the majority of persons,—if, indeed, not of every person,—the happiness, of course, depending upon the quality and degree of the emotions forming the person's emotional nature. Thus it is seen that we are dependent upon the emotional side of our mental life in this as in nearly everything else making life worth while.

Some people believe that there needs to be a balance between pain and pleasure (with pleasure being more prominent) to achieve happiness. Regardless, everyone agrees that a person's happiness or unhappiness relies entirely on their emotional makeup and how satisfied they feel. It's widely accepted that being happy is the main goal for most people—if not for everyone—since happiness depends on the quality and intensity of the emotions that shape an individual's emotional nature. Therefore, it's clear that we rely on the emotional aspect of our mental lives in this and almost everything else that makes life meaningful.

Theologians have often sought to point out that happiness is not the goal of life and living, but human nature has always insisted that happiness is the greatest end, and philosophy has generally supported it. But wisdom shows that happiness is not always dependent upon the pleasure of the moment, for the sacrifice of immediate pleasure frequently results in a much greater happiness in the future. In the same way an immediate disagreeable task often gains for us a greater satisfaction in the future. Likewise, it is frequently greater happiness to sacrifice a personal pleasure for the happiness of others than it would be to enjoy the pleasure of the moment at the expense of the pain of the other. There is often a far greater pleasure resulting from an altruistic action of self-sacrifice than in the performance of the selfish, egoistic act. But, as the subtle reasoner may insist, the result is the same[Pg 138]—the ultimate happiness and satisfaction of the self. This conclusion does not rob the altruistic act of its virtue, however, for the person who finds his greatest pleasure in giving pleasure to others is to be congratulated—as is the community which shelters him.

Theologians have often pointed out that happiness isn't the main goal of life, but human nature has always insisted that happiness is the ultimate aim, and philosophy has generally agreed with that. However, wisdom shows that happiness doesn't always depend on immediate pleasure because sacrificing instant gratification often leads to much greater happiness later on. Similarly, tackling an unpleasant task right now can lead to greater satisfaction in the future. It's also often more rewarding to give up a personal pleasure for the happiness of others than to indulge in a fleeting enjoyment at someone else's expense. There’s usually much greater joy that comes from an altruistic act of self-sacrifice than from a selfish, self-centered action. But, as a careful thinker might argue, the outcome is the same—ultimately, it’s about personal happiness and satisfaction. This conclusion doesn’t take away from the virtue of altruistic actions, though, because a person who finds joy in giving happiness to others deserves recognition—just like the community that supports them.

There is no virtue in pain, suffering, sacrifice, or unhappiness for its own sake. This illusion of asceticism is vanishing from the human mind. Sacrifice on the part of the individual is valuable and valid only when it results in higher present or future happiness for the individual or some one else. There is no virtue in pain, physical or mental, except as a step to a greater good for ourselves or others. Pain at the best is merely nature's alarm and warning of "not this way." It is also held that pain serves to bring out pleasure by contrast, and is therefore valuable in this way. Be this as it may, no normal individual deliberately seeks ultimate pain in preference to ultimate happiness; the greatest ultimate happiness to one's self and to those he loves is the normal and natural goal of the normal person. But the concept of "those he loves," in many cases, includes the race as well as the immediate family.

There’s no value in pain, suffering, sacrifice, or unhappiness just for the sake of it. This illusion of strict self-discipline is fading from our minds. Sacrifice by an individual is meaningful and worthwhile only if it leads to greater happiness now or in the future for themselves or others. Pain, whether physical or mental, has no value except as a means to achieve a greater good for ourselves or for others. At best, pain is simply nature's warning signal saying "not this way." Some say that pain highlights pleasure by contrast and is therefore valuable in that way. Regardless, no normal person actively chooses ultimate pain over ultimate happiness; the greatest happiness for oneself and for loved ones is the usual and natural goal for a normal person. However, the idea of "loved ones" often includes the broader community as well as immediate family.

Wisdom shows the individual that the greatest happiness comes to him who controls and restrains many of his feelings. Dissipation results in pain and unhappiness ultimately. The doctrine of thoughtless indulgence[Pg 139] is unphilosophical and is contradicted by the experience of the race. Moreover, wisdom shows that the highest happiness comes not from the indulgence of the physical feelings alone, or to excess, but rather from the cultivation, development, and manifestation of the higher feelings—the social, æsthetic, and intellectual emotions. The higher pleasures of life, literature, art, music, science, invention, constructive imagination, etc., yield a satisfaction and happiness keener and more enduring than can possibly the lower forms of feeling. But the human being must not despise any part of his emotional being. Everything has its uses, which are good; and its abuses, which are bad. Every part of one's being, mental and physical, is well to use; but no part is well used if it uses the individual instead of being itself used.

Wisdom teaches that true happiness comes from controlling and managing many of our feelings. Constant indulgence leads to pain and unhappiness in the end. The idea of thoughtless indulgence[Pg 139] is unphilosophical and goes against the collective experience of humanity. Additionally, wisdom reveals that the highest happiness doesn't come solely from indulging physical pleasures or going to extremes, but rather from nurturing, developing, and expressing higher feelings—the social, aesthetic, and intellectual emotions. The deeper pleasures of life—like literature, art, music, science, invention, and creative imagination—provide a satisfaction and happiness that are sharper and more lasting than what can be found in the lower forms of feeling. However, one must not dismiss any aspect of their emotional self. Everything has its beneficial uses and potential abuses. Every part of one's mental and physical being is valuable, but no part is truly well utilized if it ends up controlling the individual instead of being consciously directed.

A recent writer has held that the end and aim of life should not be the pursuit of happiness, but rather the building of character. The obvious answer is that the two are identical in spirit, for to the man who appreciates the value of character, its attainment is the greatest happiness; the wise teach that the greatest happiness comes to him who is possessed of a well-rounded, developed character. Another writer has said that "the aim of life should be self-improvement, with a due regard to the interest of others." This is but saying that the[Pg 140] greatest happiness to the wise man lies in this course. Any one who is wise enough, or great enough, to make these ends the aim and goal of life will find the greatest happiness therefrom. Arnold Bennett advances as a good working philosophy of life: "cheerfulness, kindliness, and rectitude." Can any one doubt that this course would bring great ultimate happiness?

A recent writer suggested that the purpose of life shouldn't be to chase happiness, but instead to build character. The obvious response is that the two are essentially the same, because for someone who understands the importance of character, achieving it is the greatest source of happiness. The wise say that the deepest happiness comes to those with a well-rounded, developed character. Another writer stated that "the aim of life should be self-improvement, while also considering the interests of others." This just means that the greatest happiness for a wise person lies in this path. Anyone who is wise or great enough to make these objectives the focus of their life will find the greatest happiness in doing so. Arnold Bennett proposes a solid philosophy for living: "cheerfulness, kindliness, and integrity." Is there anyone who doubts that this approach would lead to immense lasting happiness?

Happiness consists in that which "contents the spirit," and the latter depends entirely upon the character of the feelings and emotions entertained by one, as weighed in the balance of reason, and as passed upon by judgment and the sense of right action. The greatest degree of happiness, or at least the greatest ratio of pleasure over pain, is obtained by a careful and intelligent cultivation of the feeling side of one's being in connection with the cultivation of the intellect and the mastery of the will. To be able to bring the capacity for enjoyment to its highest; to be able to intelligently choose that which will bring the greatest ultimate happiness in accordance with right action; and, finally, to be able to use the will in the direction of holding fast to that which is good and rejecting that which is bad—this is the power of creating happiness. The feelings, the intellect, and the will—here, as ever—combine to manifest the result.

Happiness comes from what "satisfies the spirit," which entirely depends on the nature of the feelings and emotions we have, as judged by reason and a sense of right action. The highest level of happiness, or at least the best ratio of pleasure to pain, is achieved by thoughtfully and intelligently developing our emotional side while also nurturing our intellect and strengthening our will. It's about maximizing our ability to enjoy life, making informed choices that lead to the greatest long-term happiness in line with ethical actions, and ultimately using our will to cling to what is good and turn away from what is bad—this is the essence of creating happiness. Feelings, intellect, and willpower—these elements work together to produce the outcome.

Finally, it must be remembered that all human hap[Pg 141]piness consists in part of the ability to bear pain—to suffer. There must be the dash of Stoicism in the wise Epicurean. One must learn to pluck from pain, suffering, and unhappiness the secret drop of honey which lies at its heart, and which consists in the knowledge of the meaning and use of pain and the means whereby it may be transmuted into knowledge and experience, from which later happiness may be distilled. To profit by pain, to transmute suffering into joy, to transform present unhappiness into a future greater happiness—this is the privilege of the philosopher.

Finally, it's important to remember that all human happiness includes, in part, the ability to endure pain—to suffer. There needs to be a touch of Stoicism in the wise Epicurean. One must learn to extract from pain, suffering, and unhappiness the hidden sweetness that lies within, which comes from understanding the meaning and purpose of pain and how it can be turned into knowledge and experience, from which future happiness can be derived. To benefit from pain, to turn suffering into joy, and to change current unhappiness into greater happiness in the future—this is the privilege of the philosopher.


The mental states and activities known as "desire" are a direct development of the feeling and emotional phase of the mind and form the motive power of the will. Desire, in fact, may be said to be composed of feeling on one side and will on the other. But the influence of the intellect or reasoning faculties has a most important part to play in the evolution of feeling into desire, and in the consequent action of the will by the presentation and weighing of conflicting desires. Therefore, the logical place for the consideration of the activities of the intellect is at this point—between emotion and will. Accordingly, we shall leave the subject of feeling and emotion for the present, to be taken up[Pg 142] again in connection with the subject of desire, after we have considered the intellectual processes of the mind. But, as has been indicated, we shall see the presence and influence of the feelings and emotions even in the activities of the intellect.[Pg 143]

The mental states and activities known as "desire" are a direct result of the emotional aspect of the mind and serve as the driving force of the will. Desire can be thought of as a combination of feeling on one side and will on the other. However, the intellect or reasoning abilities play a crucial role in transforming feelings into desires and in the resulting actions of the will by presenting and weighing conflicting desires. Therefore, the most appropriate time to discuss the role of intellect is now—between emotion and will. Consequently, we will temporarily set aside the topic of feeling and emotion to revisit it[Pg 142] later alongside the topic of desire, once we have explored the intellectual processes of the mind. But, as noted, we will still observe the presence and influence of feelings and emotions even within intellectual activities.[Pg 143]


CHAPTER XX.
The Intellect.

THE class of mental states or processes grouped together under the name of "intellectual processes," forms the second great division of the mental states, the two others being "feeling" and "will," respectively.

THE class of mental states or processes grouped together under the name of "intellectual processes" forms the second major division of mental states, the other two being "feeling" and "will," respectively.

"Intellect" has been defined as follows: "The part or faculty of the human mind by which it knows, as distinguished from the power to feel and to will; the thinking faculty; the understanding;" also as "that faculty of the human mind by which it receives or comprehends the ideas communicated to it by the senses or the perception, or other means, as distinguished from the power to feel and to will; the power or faculty to perceive objects in their relations; the power to judge and comprehend; also the capacity for higher forms of knowledge, as distinguished from the power to perceive and imagine."

"Intellect" is defined as follows: "The part of the human mind that enables understanding, separate from the ability to feel and to will; the thinking ability; the understanding;" and also as "that aspect of the human mind that receives or understands ideas communicated through the senses or perception, or other means, as distinct from the ability to feel and to will; the ability to perceive objects in relation; the ability to judge and understand; as well as the capacity for more advanced forms of knowledge, distinct from the ability to perceive and imagine."

In the preceding chapters we have seen that the individual is able to experience sensations in consciousness, and that he is able to perceive them mentally, the latter being the first step in intellectual activity. We[Pg 144] have also seen that he is able to reproduce the perception by means of memory and imagination, and that by means of the latter he is able to re-combine and rearrange the objects of perception. We have also seen that he has what are known as "feelings," which depend upon his previous experience and that of his progenitors. So far the mind has been considered merely as a receiving and reproducing instrument, with the added attachment of the re-combining power of the imagination. Up to this point the mind may be compared to the phonographic cylinder, with an attachment capable of re-combining its recorded impressions. The impressions are received and perceived, are stored away, are reproduced, and by the use of the imagination are re-combined.

In the previous chapters, we've seen that a person can experience sensations in their consciousness and can mentally perceive them, which is the first step in thinking. We[Pg 144] have also noted that they can reproduce these perceptions through memory and imagination, allowing them to re-combine and rearrange the objects of their perception. Additionally, we've observed that they have what are called "feelings," which depend on their past experiences and those of their ancestors. So far, the mind has been viewed simply as a tool for receiving and reproducing information, with the extra ability to re-combine things using imagination. Up until this point, the mind can be compared to a phonograph cylinder, with an added feature that allows it to re-combine its recorded memories. The impressions are received and perceived, stored away, reproduced, and through imagination, re-combined.

Up to this point the mind is seen to be more or less of an automatic, instinctive faculty. It may be traced from the purely reflex activity of the lowest forms of life up through the lower animals, step by step, until a very high degree of mental power is perceived in animals like the horse, dog, or elephant. But there is something lacking. There is missing that peculiar power of thinking in symbols and abstract conceptions which distinguishes the human race and which is closely bound up with the faculty of language or expressing thoughts in words. The comparatively high mental[Pg 145] process of the lower animals is dwarfed by the human faculty of "thinking." And thinking is the manifestation of the intellect.

Up to this point, the mind is viewed as mostly an automatic, instinctive ability. It can be traced from the simple reflex actions of the lowest life forms, gradually progressing through lower animals, until we see a high level of mental capability in creatures like horses, dogs, or elephants. However, something is missing. There is that unique ability to think in symbols and abstract ideas, which sets humans apart and is closely tied to the ability to use language or express thoughts in words. The relatively advanced mental processes of lower animals are overshadowed by the human ability to "think." And thinking is the expression of the intellect.

What is it to think? Strange to say, very few persons can answer this question correctly at first. They find themselves inclined to answer the inquiry in the words of the child: "Why, to think is to think!" Let us see if we can make it plain. The dictionary definition is a little too technical to be of much use to the beginner, but here it is: "To employ any of the intellectual powers except that of simple perception through the senses." But what are the "intellectual powers" so employed, and how are they employed? Let us see.

What does it mean to think? It's surprisingly difficult for many people to answer this question correctly at first. They tend to respond like a child: "Thinking is just thinking!" Let's try to clarify it. The dictionary definition is a bit too technical to be helpful for beginners, but here it is: "To use any of the intellectual powers except for simple perception through the senses." But what exactly are these "intellectual powers" being used, and how are they used? Let’s find out.

Stating the matter plainly in common terms, we may say that "thinking" is the mental process of (1) comparing our perceptions of things with each other, noting the points of likeness and of difference; (2) classifying them according to the ascertained likeness or difference, and thus tying them up in mental bundles with each set of "things of a kind" in its own bundle; (3) forming the abstract, symbolic mental idea (concept) of each class of things, so grouped, which we may afterward use as we use figures in mathematical calculations; (4) using these concepts in order to form inferences, that is, to reason from the known to the unknown, and to form judgments regarding things; (5) comparing[Pg 146] these judgments and deducing higher judgments from them; and so on.

Putting it simply, we can say that "thinking" is the mental process of (1) comparing our perceptions of things with each other, noting the similarities and differences; (2) categorizing them based on the similarities or differences we observe, creating mental groups for each set of similar "things"; (3) forming an abstract, symbolic mental idea (concept) for each category, which we can later use like we use numbers in math; (4) using these concepts to make inferences, which means reasoning from what we know to what we don’t know, and making judgments about things; (5) comparing these judgments and drawing higher judgments from them; and so on.

Without thinking, man would be dependent upon each particular experience for his knowledge, except so far as memory and imagination could instinctively aid him. By thought processes he is enabled to infer that if certain things be true of one of a certain kind of things, the same thing may be expected from others of the same class. As he is able to note points of likeness or difference, he is able to form clearer and truer inferences. In addition, he is able to apply his constructive imagination to the rearrangement and recombination of things whose nature he has discovered, and thus progress along the line of material achievement as well as of knowledge. It must be remembered, however, that the intellect depends entirely for its material upon the perception, which in turn receives its raw material from the senses. The intellect merely groups together the material of perception, makes inferences, draws conclusions from, and forms conclusions regarding, them, and in the case of constructive imagination recombines them in effective forms and arrangement. The intellect is the last in order in the course of mental evolution. It appears last in order in the mind of the child, but it often persists in old age after the feelings have grown dim and the memory weak.[Pg 147]

Without thinking, a person would rely on each individual experience for their knowledge, except where memory and imagination could instinctively help them. Through thinking, they can infer that if certain things are true for one specific type of thing, the same can be expected for others in the same category. By recognizing similarities or differences, they can form clearer and more accurate conclusions. Additionally, they can use their creative imagination to rearrange and recombine things they’ve discovered, allowing them to make progress both materially and in terms of knowledge. It's important to remember, though, that intellect relies completely on perception, which gets its raw data from the senses. The intellect simply organizes this perceptual information, infers and draws conclusions from it, and in cases of creative imagination, recombines it in effective ways. The intellect comes last in the development of the mind. It shows up later in a child's mental development, but it often remains in old age even when emotions have faded and memory is weak.[Pg 147]

Ideas.

What is known as the "concept" is the first fruit of the elemental processes of thought. The various images of outside objects are sensed, then perceived, and then grouped according to their likenesses and differences, and the result is the production of concepts. It is difficult to define a concept so as to convey any meaning to the beginner. For instance, the dictionaries give the definition as "an abstract, general conception, idea, or notion formed in the mind." Not very clear this, is it? Perhaps we can understand it better if we say that the terms dog, cat, man, horse, house, etc., each expresses a concept. Every term expresses a concept; every general name of a thing or quality is a term applied to the concept. We shall see this a little clearer as we proceed.

What we call a "concept" is the first result of basic thinking processes. We sense various images of external objects, then we perceive them, and finally, we group them based on similarities and differences, which leads to the creation of concepts. It’s tricky to define a concept in a way that makes sense to someone new to the idea. For example, dictionaries often define it as "an abstract, general conception, idea, or notion formed in the mind." Not very clear, right? Maybe it’s easier to understand if we say that words like dog, cat, man, horse, house, etc., each represent a concept. Every word conveys a concept; every general name for a thing or quality is a term used for the concept. We’ll make this clearer as we go on.

We form a concept in this way: (1) We perceive a number of things; (2) then we notice certain qualities possessed by things—certain properties, attributes, or characteristics which make the thing what it is; (3) then we compare these qualities of the thing with the qualities of other things and see that there is a likeness in some cases, in various degrees, and a difference in other cases, in various degrees; (4) then we generalize or classify the perceived things according to their ascertained likenesses and differences; (5) then we form a[Pg 148] general idea or concept embodying each class of thing; and, finally, we give to the concept a term, or name, which is its symbol.

We create a concept like this: (1) We perceive a number of things; (2) then we notice certain qualities that things have—specific properties, attributes, or characteristics that define what the thing is; (3) then we compare these qualities of the thing with the qualities of other things and recognize that there are similarities in some cases, to varying degrees, and differences in other cases, also to varying degrees; (4) then we generalize or classify the things we've perceived based on their identified similarities and differences; (5) then we create a[Pg 148] general idea or concept that represents each class of thing; and finally, we assign a term, or name, to the concept, which serves as its symbol.

The concept is a general idea of a class of things; the term is the expression of that general idea. The concept is the idea of a class of things; the term is the label affixed to the thing. To illustrate this last distinction, let us take the concept and term of "bird," for instance. By perception, comparison, and classification of the qualities of living things we have arrived at the conclusion that there exists a great general class the qualities of which may be stated thus: "Warm-blooded, feathered, winged, oviparous, vertebrate." To this general class of quality-possessing animals we apply the English term "bird." The name is merely a symbol. In German the term is vogel; in Latin, avis; but in each and every case the general idea or concept above stated, i.e., "warm-blooded, feathered, winged, oviparous, vertebrate," is meant. If anything is found having all of those particular qualities, then we know it must be what we call a "bird." And everything that we call a "bird" must have those qualities. The term "bird" is the symbol for that particular combination of qualities existing in a thing.

The concept is a general idea of a category of things; the term is the expression of that general idea. The concept refers to the idea of a category of things; the term is the label attached to it. To illustrate this distinction, let's take the concept and term of "bird," for example. Through perception, comparison, and classification of the characteristics of living things, we’ve concluded that there is a large general category with these qualities: "Warm-blooded, feathered, winged, egg-laying, vertebrate." We use the English term "bird" for this general category of animals. The name is simply a symbol. In German, the term is vogel; in Latin, it’s avis; but in every case, the general idea or concept stated above, i.e., "warm-blooded, feathered, winged, egg-laying, vertebrate," applies. If something has all those specific qualities, then we know it is what we call a "bird." And everything we label as a "bird" must possess those qualities. The term "bird" is the symbol for that specific combination of traits found in a thing.

There is a difference between a mental image of the imagination and a concept. The mental image must[Pg 149] always be of a particular thing, while the concept is always an idea of a general class of things which cannot be clearly pictured in the mind. For instance, the imagination may form the mental picture of any known bird, or even of an imaginary bird, but that bird always will be a distinct, particular bird. Try to form a mental picture of the general class of birds—how will you do it? Do you realize the difficulty? First, such an image would have to include the characteristics of the large birds, such as the eagle, ostrich, and condor; and of the small birds, such as the wren and humming bird. It must be a composite of the shape of all birds, from the ostrich, swan, eagle, crane, down to the sparrow, swallow, and humming bird. It must picture the particular qualities of birds of prey, water birds, and domestic fowls, as well as the grain eaters. It must exhibit all the colors found in bird life, from the brightest reds and greens down to the sober grays and browns. A little thought will show that a clear mental image of such a concept is impossible. What the most of us do, when we think of "bird," is to picture a vague, flying shape of dull color; but when we stop to think that the term must also include the waddling duck and the scratching barnyard chicken, we see that our mental image is faulty. The trouble is that the term "bird" really means "all-bird," and we cannot picture an "all-[Pg 150]bird" from the very nature of the case. Our terms, therefore, are like mathematical figures, or algebraic symbols, which we use for ease, speed, and clearness of thinking.

There’s a difference between a mental image from the imagination and a concept. The mental image must[Pg 149] always be of a specific thing, while the concept is always an idea of a general category of things that can't be clearly envisioned in the mind. For example, the imagination might create a mental picture of any known bird, or even an imaginary bird, but that bird will always be a distinct, specific bird. Try to visualize the general category of birds—how will you do that? Do you see the challenge? First, such an image would need to encompass the traits of larger birds, like the eagle, ostrich, and condor; and those of smaller birds, like the wren and hummingbird. It has to combine the shapes of all birds, from the ostrich, swan, eagle, and crane to the sparrow, swallow, and hummingbird. It must also capture the specific qualities of birds of prey, waterfowl, and domesticated birds, as well as grain-eaters. It has to display all the colors found in bird life, from the brightest reds and greens to the more muted grays and browns. A little reflection will reveal that a clear mental image of such a concept is impossible. What most of us do when we think of "bird" is picture a vague, flying shape of dull color; but when we consider that the term also includes the waddling duck and the scratching barnyard chicken, we realize that our mental image is flawed. The problem is that the term "bird" really means "all-bird," and we cannot picture an "all-[Pg 150]bird" due to its very nature. Our terms, therefore, are like mathematical figures or algebraic symbols, which we use for convenience, speed, and clarity of thought.

The trouble does not end here. Concepts not only include the general idea of things, but also the general idea of the qualities of things. Thus sweetness, hardness, courage, and energy are concepts, but we cannot form a mental image of them by themselves. We may picture a sweet thing, but not sweetness itself. So you see that a concept is a purely abstract mental idea—a symbol—akin to the figures 1, 2, 3, etc., and used in the same way. They stand for general classes of things. A "term" is the verbal and written expression of the general idea or concept. The student is requested to fix these distinctions in his mind, so as to render further understanding of them easy.[Pg 151]

The trouble doesn’t stop here. Concepts not only encompass the overall idea of things, but also the overall idea of the qualities of things. So, sweetness, hardness, courage, and energy are concepts, but we can’t create a mental image of them on their own. We can imagine a sweet thing, but not sweetness itself. This shows that a concept is a completely abstract mental idea—a symbol—similar to the numbers 1, 2, 3, etc., and used in the same way. They represent general categories of things. A "term" is the spoken or written expression of the general idea or concept. Students are encouraged to remember these distinctions clearly to make understanding them easier.[Pg 151]


CHAPTER XXI.
Conception.

THE process of conception has been well defined by Gordy as "that act of mind by which it forms an idea of a class; or that act of the mind that enables us to use general names intelligently." He adds: "It is, of course, understood that I am using the word 'class' to denote an indefinite number of individuals that resemble each other in certain particulars."

THE process of conception has been clearly defined by Gordy as "the act of the mind that creates an idea of a group; or the mental act that allows us to use general names in a meaningful way." He adds: "It is, of course, understood that I am using the word 'group' to refer to an unspecified number of individuals that share similarities in certain aspects."

Awareness.

The first step in conception, as we have seen, is that of perception. It is readily perceived that the character of our intellectual processes depends materially upon the variety, clearness, and accuracy of our perceptions. Therefore, again, we would refer our students to the chapter in which we have stated the importance of clear perception.

The first step in getting an idea, as we've noted, is perception. It's clear that the quality of our thinking relies significantly on the diversity, clarity, and precision of our perceptions. So, once more, we direct our students to the chapter where we've discussed the importance of clear perception.

Memory.

The future steps of conception depend materially upon the clearness of the memory, as we can classify[Pg 152] objects only by remembering their qualities beyond the immediate moment of actual, original perception. Therefore, the memory should be strengthened for this as well as other objects.

The future steps of understanding depend heavily on the clarity of our memory, as we can only categorize[Pg 152] things by recalling their qualities beyond the immediate moment of original perception. Hence, we should work on strengthening our memory for this as well as for other things.

Abstraction.

The second step in conception is that of the mental abstraction of qualities from the observed thing. That is, we must perceive and then mentally set aside the observed qualities of the thing. For instance, man first perceived the existence of certain qualities in things. He found that a certain number of things possessed some of these qualities in common, while others possessed other qualities in the same way, and thus arose classification from comparison. But both comparison and classification are possible only by abstraction, or the perception of the quality as a "thing"; thus, the abstraction of the idea of the quality of sweetness from the idea of sugar. Sweetness is a quality rather than a thing itself. It is something possessed by sugar which helps to make sugar what it is.

The second step in understanding is mentally pulling out qualities from what we've observed. We need to notice and then mentally set aside the observed qualities of an object. For example, humans first recognized certain traits in different things. They found that some things shared certain qualities in common, while others had different qualities, leading to classification through comparison. However, both comparison and classification can only happen through abstraction, or seeing the quality as a "thing"; for instance, the idea of the quality of sweetness is separated from the idea of sugar. Sweetness is a quality rather than an object itself. It’s something that sugar has which contributes to its identity.

Color, shape, size, mental qualities, habits of action—these are some of the qualities first observed in things and abstracted from them in thought. Redness, sweetness, hardness, softness, largeness, smallness, fragrance, swiftness, slowness, fierceness, gentleness, warmness,[Pg 153] coldness, etc.—these are abstracted qualities of things. Of course these qualities are really never divorced from things, but the mind divorces them in order to make thinking easier. An authority says: "Animals are incapable of making abstractions, and that is the reason why they cannot develop formal thought. * * * Abstract thought is identical with rational thought, which is the characteristic feature of the thought of speaking beings. This is the reason why abstract thought is upon earth the exclusive property of man, and why brutes are incapable of abstract thought. The process of naming is the mechanism of abstraction, for names establish the mental independence of the objects named."

Color, shape, size, mental qualities, and habits of action—these are some of the characteristics we first notice in things and then separate in our minds. Redness, sweetness, hardness, softness, largeness, smallness, fragrance, swiftness, slowness, fierceness, gentleness, warmth,[Pg 153] coldness, etc.—these are the abstract qualities of things. Although these qualities are never truly separated from things, our minds separate them to make thinking easier. An expert states: "Animals cannot make abstractions, which is why they cannot develop formal thought. * * * Abstract thought is the same as rational thought, which is a key feature of the thinking of speaking beings. This is why abstract thought is exclusively a human trait, and why animals lack the ability for abstract thought. The act of naming is the method of abstraction, as names create mental independence for the objects they refer to."

The processes of abstraction depend upon attention—concentrated attention. Attention directed to the qualities of a thing tends to abstract the qualities in thought from the thing itself. Mill says: "Abstraction is primarily the result of attention." Hamilton says: "Attention and abstraction are only the same process viewed in different relations." Cultivation of the power of abstraction means principally cultivation of attention. Any mental activity which tends toward analysis or separation of a thing into its parts, qualities, or elements will serve to cultivate and develop the power of abstraction.

The processes of abstraction rely on attention—focused attention. When we direct our attention to the qualities of something, it often separates those qualities in our minds from the thing itself. Mill states, "Abstraction is primarily the result of attention." Hamilton adds, "Attention and abstraction are just the same process seen from different angles." Developing the ability to abstract mainly involves enhancing our attention. Any mental activity that leads to analysis or breaks something down into its parts, qualities, or elements will help cultivate and strengthen the power of abstraction.

The habit of converting qualities into concepts is[Pg 154] acquired by transforming adjective terms into their corresponding noun terms. For instance, a piece of colored candy possesses the qualities of being round, hard, red, sweet, etc. Transforming these adjective qualities into noun terms we have the concepts of roundness, hardness, redness, and sweetness, respectively.

The practice of turning qualities into concepts is[Pg 154] achieved by changing adjective terms into their corresponding noun terms. For example, a piece of colored candy has the qualities of being round, hard, red, sweet, and so on. By converting these adjective qualities into noun terms, we get the concepts of roundness, hardness, redness, and sweetness, respectively.

Comparison.

The third step in conception is that of comparison, in which the qualities of several things are compared or examined for likenesses and differences. We find many qualities in which the several things differ, and a few in which there is a likeness. Classes are formed from resemblances or likenesses, while individuals are separated from apparent classes by detection of differences. Finally, it is found that separate things, while having many points of difference which indicate their individuality, nevertheless have a few points of likeness which indicate that they belong to the same general family or class. The detection of likenesses and differences in the qualities of various things is an important mental process. Many of the higher thought processes depend largely upon the ability to compare things properly. The development of attention and perception tends to develop the power of comparison.[Pg 155]

The third step in understanding is comparison, where we look at the qualities of different things to find similarities and differences. We discover many aspects where things vary and only a few where they are alike. Groups are formed based on similarities, while individuals are identified separately by their differences. Ultimately, it's clear that although separate things have many unique characteristics that show their individuality, they also share some similarities that suggest they belong to the same general category or class. Recognizing similarities and differences in the qualities of various things is a crucial mental process. Many complex thought processes rely heavily on our ability to compare things effectively. Developing attention and perception helps enhance our capacity for comparison.[Pg 155]

Classification or Generalization.

The fourth step in conception is that of classification or generalization, whereby we place individual things in a mental bundle or class, and then this bundle in company with other bundles into a higher class, and so on. Thus we group all the individual small birds having certain characteristics into a species, then several related species into a larger family, and this into a still larger, until finally we group all the bird families into the great family which we call "birds" and of which the simple term "bird" expresses the general concept.

The fourth step in conception is classification or generalization, where we put individual things into a mental category or class, and then these categories together with others into a higher class, and so on. This way, we group all the individual small birds with certain traits into a species, then several related species into a larger family, and this into an even larger one, until we finally group all the bird families into the bigger family we call "birds," which is summarized by the simple term "bird" that captures the general concept.

Jevons says: "We classify things together whenever we observe that they are like each other in any respect, and therefore think of them together. In classifying a collection of objects, we do not merely put together into groups those which resemble each other, but we also divide each class into smaller ones in which the resemblance is more complete. Thus the class of white substances may be divided into those which are solid, and those which are fluid, so that we get the two minor classes of solid-white and fluid-white substances. It is desirable to have names by which to show that one class is contained in another, and, accordingly, we call the class which is divided into two or more smaller ones the genus, and the smaller ones into which it is divided, the species."[Pg 156]

Jevons says: "We group things together whenever we notice that they share similarities in any way, and so we think of them as a whole. When categorizing a collection of objects, we don't just group those that resemble each other but also break each category down into smaller ones where the similarity is more apparent. For example, the category of white substances can be split into those that are solid and those that are liquid, leading us to the two subcategories of solid-white and fluid-white substances. It's useful to have names that indicate one category is part of another; hence, we call the category that is divided into two or more smaller ones the genus, and the smaller categories it contains the species."[Pg 156]

Every species is a small family of the individuals composing it, and at the same time is an individual species of the genus just above it; the genus, in turn, is a family of several species, and at the same time an individual genus in the greater family or genus above it.

Every species is a small group of individuals that make it up, and at the same time, it is a unique species within the genus above it; the genus, in turn, is a group made up of several species, and simultaneously, it is an individual genus within the larger family or genus above it.

The student may familiarize himself with the idea of generalization by considering himself as an individual, John Smith. John represents that unit of generalization. The next step is to combine John with the other Smiths of his immediate family. Then this family may be grouped with his near blood relations, and so on, until finally all the related Smiths, near and remote, are grouped together in a great Smith family.

The student can get to know the concept of generalization by thinking of himself as an individual, John Smith. John stands for that unit of generalization. The next step is to combine John with the other Smiths in his immediate family. Then this family can be grouped with his close relatives, and so on, until eventually all the related Smiths, both near and distant, are gathered together in a large Smith family.

Or, in the same way, the family group may be enlarged until it takes in all the white people in a county, then all the white people in the state, then all in the United States; then all the white races, then all the white and other light-skinned races, then all mankind. Then, if one is inclined, the process may be continued until it embraces every living creature from moneron to man. Reversing the process, living creatures may be divided and subdivided until all mankind is seen to stand as a class. Then the race of man may be divided into sub-races according to color; then the white race may be subdivided into Americans and non-Americans. Then the Americans may be divided into inhabitants of[Pg 157] the several states, or into Indianans and non-Indianans; then into the inhabitants of the several counties of Indiana, and thus the Posey Countians are reached. Then the Posey County people are divided into Smiths and non-Smiths; then the Smith family into its constituent family groups, and then into the smaller families, and so on, until the classification reaches one particular John Smith, who at last is found to be an individual—in a class by himself. This is the story of the ascending and descending processes of generalization.[Pg 158]

Or, similarly, the family group can be expanded until it includes all the white people in a county, then all the white people in the state, then all across the United States; then all the white races, then all the white and other light-skinned races, and eventually all of humanity. If desired, this process can continue until it encompasses every living creature from the simplest single-celled organism to humans. Conversely, living creatures can be divided and subdivided until all of humanity is recognized as a category. Then, the human race can be divided into sub-races based on skin color; next, the white race can be split into Americans and non-Americans. Then, Americans can further be divided into the residents of[Pg 157] various states, or into residents of Indiana and non-residents; then into the inhabitants of different counties in Indiana, leading us to the people of Posey County. The Posey County residents can be divided into Smiths and non-Smiths; then the Smith family can be broken down into its smaller family groups, and then into even smaller families, continuing until we identify one individual John Smith, who ultimately is recognized as an individual—unique in his own right. This illustrates the processes of generalization moving upward and downward.[Pg 158]


CHAPTER XXII.
Classes of Concepts.

IN the preceding chapter we have seen the process of conception—of the forming of concepts. The idea of a general class of things or qualities is a concept. Each concept contains the qualities which are common to all the individuals composing the class, but not those qualities which pertain only to the minor classes or the individuals. For instance, the concept of "bird" will necessarily include the common qualities of warm-bloodedness, featheredness, wingedness, oviparousness, and vertebratedness. But it will not include color, special shape, size, or special features or characteristics of the subfamilies or individuals composing the great class. The class comprises the individuals and subclasses composing it; the concept includes the general and common qualities which all in the class possess. A percept is the mental image of a particular thing; a concept is the mental idea of the general qualities of a class of things. A percept arises from the perception of a sensation; a concept is a purely mental, abstract creation, whose only existence is in the world of ideas and[Pg 159] which has no corresponding individual object in the world of sense.

IN the previous chapter, we explored the process of conception—how concepts are formed. A concept is the idea of a general class of things or qualities. Each concept includes the qualities that are common to all the individuals in that class, but not the qualities unique to the smaller classes or the individuals. For example, the concept of "bird" necessarily includes the shared qualities of being warm-blooded, having feathers, wings, laying eggs, and being vertebrates. However, it will not include color, specific shape, size, or unique features of the subfamilies or individual birds within that larger class. The class includes all the individuals and subclasses that make it up; the concept captures the general and shared qualities that all members of the class possess. A percept is the mental image of a specific thing; a concept is the mental idea of the general qualities of a class of things. A percept comes from sensing a sensation; a concept is an entirely mental, abstract creation, existing purely in the realm of ideas and[Pg 159] not corresponding to any individual object in the sensory world.

There are two general classes of concepts, namely: (1) concrete concepts, in which the common qualities of a class of things are combined into one conceptual idea, such as "bird," of which we have spoken; (2) abstract concepts, in which is combined the idea of some quality common to a number of things, such as "sweetness" or "redness." Jevons's well-known rule for terms is an aid in remembering this classification: "A concrete term is the name of a thing; an abstract term is the name of a quality of a thing."

There are two main types of concepts: (1) concrete concepts, where the common features of a group of things are combined into a single idea, like "bird," which we have discussed; (2) abstract concepts, which combine the idea of a shared quality among several things, such as "sweetness" or "redness." Jevons's famous rule for terms helps to remember this classification: "A concrete term is the name of a thing; an abstract term is the name of a quality of a thing."

It is a peculiar fact and rule of concrete concepts that (1) the larger the class of things embraced in a concept, the smaller are its general qualities; and (2) the larger the number of general qualities included in a concept, the smaller the number of individuals embraced by it. For instance, the term "bird" embraces a great number of individuals—all the birds that are in existence, in fact, but it has but few general qualities, as we have seen. On the contrary, the concept "stork" has a much larger number of general qualities, but embraces far fewer individuals. Finally, the individual is reached, and we find that it has more qualities than any class can have; but it is composed of the smallest possible number of individuals, one. The secret[Pg 160] is this: No two individuals can have as many qualities in common as each has individually, unless they are precisely alike, which is impossible in nature.

It’s an interesting fact and rule about concrete concepts that (1) the bigger the group of things included in a concept, the fewer general qualities it has; and (2) the more general qualities a concept contains, the fewer individuals it includes. For example, the term "bird" includes a huge number of individuals—all the birds that exist, actually—but it has only a few general qualities, as we’ve noted. On the other hand, the concept "stork" has a lot more general qualities, but includes far fewer individuals. Finally, when we look at an individual, we find that it has more qualities than any category can have, but it consists of the smallest possible number of individuals, just one. The secret[Pg 160] is this: No two individuals can share as many qualities in common as each possesses individually, unless they are exactly alike, which is impossible in nature.

Flawed Ideas.

It is said that outside of strictly scientific definitions very few persons agree in their concepts of the same thing. Each has his or her own concept of the particular thing which he or she expresses by the same term. A number of persons asked to define a common term like "love," "religion," "faith," "belief," etc., will give such a variety of answers as to cause wonderment. As Green says: "My idea or image is mine alone—the reward of careless observation if imperfect; of attentive, careful, and varied observation if correct. Between mine and yours a great gulf is fixed. No man can pass from mine to yours, or from yours to mine. Neither in any proper sense of the term can mine be conveyed to you. Words do not convey thoughts; they are not vehicles of thoughts in any true sense of that term. A word is simply a common symbol which each associates with his own idea or image."

It’s often said that outside of strictly scientific definitions, very few people agree on their understanding of the same thing. Everyone has their own interpretation of a specific thing that they express using the same term. When a group of people is asked to define a common term like "love," "religion," "faith," or "belief," the variety of answers can be astonishing. As Green puts it: "My idea or image is mine alone— the result of careless observation if it’s flawed; and of attentive, careful, and varied observation if it’s accurate. There’s a significant gap between my understanding and yours. No one can seamlessly transition from my perspective to yours, or vice versa. In any true sense, my thoughts cannot be conveyed to you. Words don’t transmit thoughts; they aren’t true vessels of thought. A word is simply a shared symbol that everyone connects with their own idea or image."

The reason of the difference in the concepts of several persons is that very few of our concepts are nearly perfect; the majority of them are quite imperfect and incomplete. Jevons gives us an idea of this in his[Pg 161] remarks on classification: "Things may seem to be very much like each other which are not so. Whales, porpoises, seals, and several other animals live in the sea exactly like a fish; they have a similar shape and are usually classed among fish. People are said to go whale fishing. Yet these animals are not really fish at all, but are much more like dogs and horses and other quadrupeds than they are like fish. They cannot live entirely under water and breathe the air contained in the water like fish, but they have to come to the surface at intervals to take breath. Similarly, we must not class bats with birds because they fly about, although they have what would be called wings; these wings are not like those of birds, and, in truth, bats are much more like rats and mice than they are like birds. Botanists used at one time to classify plants according to their size, as trees, shrubs, or herbs, but we now know that a great tree is often more similar in character to a tiny herb than it is to other great trees. A daisy has little resemblance to a great Scotch thistle; yet the botanist regards them as very similar. The lofty growing bamboo is a kind of grass, and the sugar cane also belongs to the same class with wheat and oats."

The reason for the differences in how various people understand concepts is that very few of our concepts are nearly perfect; most of them are pretty imperfect and incomplete. Jevons illustrates this in his[Pg 161] remarks on classification: "Things may appear very similar to each other when they are not. Whales, porpoises, seals, and several other sea creatures look like fish; they have a similar shape and are often grouped with fish. People talk about whale fishing. However, these animals are not fish at all; they are much more similar to dogs, horses, and other four-legged animals than they are to fish. They cannot fully live underwater and breathe the air in the water like fish do, but they need to come to the surface periodically to breathe. Similarly, we shouldn't group bats with birds just because they can fly and have what we would call wings; these wings are not like those of birds, and, in fact, bats are more similar to rats and mice than to birds. Botanists used to classify plants based on their size, as trees, shrubs, or herbs, but we now know that a large tree can sometimes have more in common with a tiny herb than with other large trees. A daisy bears little resemblance to a big Scotch thistle; yet the botanist considers them quite similar. The tall-growing bamboo is actually a kind of grass, and sugar cane also belongs to the same group as wheat and oats."

It is a matter of importance that clear concepts should be formed regarding at least the familiar things of life. The list of clear concepts should be added to from time[Pg 162] to time by study, investigation, and examination. The dictionary should be consulted frequently, and a term studied until one has a clear meaning of the concept the term seeks to express. A good encyclopedia (not necessarily an expensive one, in these days of cheap editions) will also prove very useful in this respect. As Halleck says: "It must be borne in mind that most of our concepts are subject to change during our entire life; that at first they are made only in a tentative way; that experience may show us, at any time, that they have been erroneously formed, that we have abstracted too little or too much, made the class too wide or too narrow, or that here a quality must be added or there one taken away."

It’s important to form clear ideas about at least the things we encounter in everyday life. This list of clear concepts should be expanded over time through study, research, and analysis. The dictionary should be consulted regularly, and each term should be studied until you have a solid understanding of the concept it represents. A good encyclopedia (not necessarily an expensive one, given how affordable editions are these days) will also be very helpful in this regard. As Halleck says: "We must remember that most of our concepts can change throughout our lives; that initially, they are formed tentatively; that experiences may reveal at any time that they were wrongly established, that we've abstracted too little or too much, made the category too broad or too narrow, or that we need to add a quality here or remove one there."

It is a good practice to make a memorandum of anything of which you may hear, but of which you know nothing, and then later to make a brief but thorough investigation of that thing, by means of the dictionary and encyclopedia, and of whatever good works may be obtained on the subject, not leaving it until you feel that you have obtained at least a clear idea of what the thing really means. A half hour each evening devoted to exercise of this kind will result in a wonderful increase of general information. We have heard of a man who made a practice of reading a short article in the encyclopedia every evening, giving preference to[Pg 163] subjects generally classed as familiar. In a year he made a noticeable advance in general knowledge as well as habits of thought. In five years he was looked upon by his associates as a man of a remarkably large field of general information and of more than ordinary intelligence, which verdict was a just one. As a rule we waste far more time on worthless fiction than we are willing to devote to a little self-improvement of this kind. We shrink at the idea of a general course of instructive reading, little realizing that we can take our study in small installments and at a very little cost in time or labor.

It's a good idea to jot down anything you come across that you don’t know about, and then take some time to look into it later. Use the dictionary and encyclopedia, along with any useful resources on the topic, until you feel you have at least a clear idea of what it actually means. Spending half an hour each evening doing this type of exercise will greatly boost your general knowledge. We’ve heard of a guy who made it a habit to read a short article from the encyclopedia every night, mostly choosing topics that are generally considered familiar. After a year, he noticeably improved his general knowledge and thinking habits. In five years, his peers saw him as someone with a remarkably broad range of knowledge and above-average intelligence, and that assessment was fair. Typically, we waste a lot more time on mindless fiction than we’re willing to dedicate to some self-improvement like this. We hesitate at the thought of a comprehensive course of enriching reading, not realizing that we can tackle our learning in small chunks without spending too much time or effort.

Our concepts form the material which our intellect uses in its reasoning processes. No matter how good a reasoner one may be, unless he has a good supply of general information about the things of which he is reasoning, he will not make much real headway. We must begin at the bottom and build a firm foundation upon which the intellectual structure may be erected. This foundation is composed of facts. These facts are represented by our clear and correct concepts.[Pg 164]

Our ideas are the raw material that our mind uses for reasoning. No matter how skilled a thinker someone is, if they don’t have a solid base of general knowledge about the subjects they are considering, they won’t get very far. We need to start from the ground up and create a strong foundation for our intellectual framework. This foundation consists of facts. These facts are reflected in our clear and accurate concepts.[Pg 164]


CHAPTER XXIII.
Judgments.

WE have seen the several steps of the mental process whereby simple sensations are transformed into percepts and then into concepts or general ideas. The formation of the concept is considered as the first great step in thinking. The second great step in thinking is that of the formation of the "judgment." The definition of "judgment," as the term is used in logic; is "the comparing together in the mind of two ideas of things, and determining whether they agree or disagree with each other, or that one of them does or does not belong to the other. Judgment is, therefore, (a) affirmative or (b) negative, as (a) 'Snow is white,' or (b) 'All white men are not Europeans.'"

We have observed the various stages of the mental process through which simple sensations are changed into perceptions and then into concepts or general ideas. The creation of a concept is seen as the first major step in thinking. The second major step is the formation of a "judgment." In logic, "judgment" is defined as "the mental comparison of two ideas or things, determining whether they agree or disagree with one another, or whether one belongs to the other or not." Therefore, judgment is either (a) affirmative, as in (a) 'Snow is white,' or (b) negative, as in (b) 'Not all white men are Europeans.'

What in logic is called a "proposition" is the expression in words of a logical judgment. Hyslop defined the term "proposition" as follows: "Any affirmation or denial of an agreement between two conceptions." For instance, we compare the concepts "sparrow" and "bird" and find that there is an agreement, and that the former belongs to the latter; this[Pg 165] mental process is a judgment. We then announce the judgment in the proposition: "The sparrow is a bird." In the same way we compare the concepts "bat" and "bird," find that there is a disagreement, and form the judgment that neither belongs to the other, which we express in the proposition: "The bat is not a bird." Or we may form the judgment that "sweetness" is a quality of "sugar," which we express in the proposition: "Sugar is sweet." Likewise, we may form the judgment which results in the proposition: "Vinegar is not sweet."

What we call a "proposition" in logic is the verbal expression of a logical judgment. Hyslop defined "proposition" as: "Any affirmation or denial of an agreement between two concepts." For example, we compare the concepts "sparrow" and "bird" and find that there's an agreement; the former belongs to the latter. This mental process is a judgment. We then state the judgment in the proposition: "The sparrow is a bird." Similarly, when we compare the concepts "bat" and "bird," we find that there is a disagreement, leading us to the judgment that neither belongs to the other, which we express as: "The bat is not a bird." We can also judge that "sweetness" is a quality of "sugar," expressed in the proposition: "Sugar is sweet." Likewise, we can form the judgment that leads to the proposition: "Vinegar is not sweet."

While the process of judgment is generally considered as constituting the second great step of thinking, coming after the formation of the concept, and consisting of the comparing of concepts, it must be remembered that the act of judging is far more elementary than this, for it is found still farther back in the history of thought processes. By that peculiar law of paradox which we find everywhere operative in mind processes, the same process of forming judgments which is used in comparing concepts also has been used in forming the same concepts in the stage of comparison. In fact, the result of all comparison, high or low, must be a judgment.

While the process of judgment is usually seen as the second major step in thinking, coming after we form concepts and involving the comparison of those concepts, it’s important to remember that judging is actually much more basic than this. It can be traced even further back in the history of how we think. Due to the unique paradoxical laws at play in mental processes, the same judgment formation used in comparing concepts is also applicable in creating those concepts during the comparison stage. In fact, the outcome of any comparison, whether it’s simple or complex, has to be a judgment.

Halleck says: "Judgment is necessary in forming concepts. When we decide that a quality is or is not[Pg 166] common to a class, we are really judging. This is another evidence of the complexity and unified action of the mind." Brooks says: "The power of judgment is of great value in its products. It is involved in or accompanies every act of the intellect, and thus lies at the foundation of all intellectual activity. It operates directly in every act of the understanding, and even aids the other faculties of the mind in completing their activities and products. * * * Strictly speaking, every intelligent act of the mind is accompanied with a judgment. To know is to discriminate and, therefore, to judge. Every sensation or cognition involves a knowledge and so a judgment that it exists. The mind cannot think at all without judging; to think is to judge. Even in forming the notions which judgment compares, the mind judges. Every notion or concept implies a previous act of judgment to form it; in forming a concept we compare the common attributes before we unite them, and comparison is judgment. It is thus true that 'Every concept is a contracted judgment; every judgment an expanded concept.'"

Halleck says: "Judgment is crucial when forming concepts. When we determine if a quality is or isn't common to a class, we're essentially making a judgment. This highlights the complexity and unified action of the mind." Brooks says: "The power of judgment is incredibly valuable in what it produces. It's involved in or accompanies every intellectual act, laying the groundwork for all intellectual activities. It works directly in every act of understanding and even helps the other mental faculties complete their activities and products. * * * Strictly speaking, every intelligent act of the mind is accompanied by a judgment. To know is to differentiate and, therefore, to judge. Every sensation or perception includes an understanding and, therefore, a judgment of its existence. The mind cannot think at all without judging; to think is to judge. Even when forming the notions that judgment compares, the mind is judging. Every notion or concept presupposes a prior act of judgment to create it; in forming a concept, we compare the common attributes before we bring them together, and comparison is judgment. So, it’s true that 'Every concept is a condensed judgment; every judgment is an expanded concept.'"

It is needless to say that as judgments lie at the base of our thinking, and also appear in every part of its higher structure, the importance of correct judgment in thought cannot be overestimated. But it is often very difficult to form correct judgment even regarding[Pg 167] the most familiar things around us. Halleck says: "In actual life things present themselves to us with their qualities disguised or obscured by other conflicting qualities. Men had for ages seen burning substances and had formed a concept of them. A certain hard, black, stony substance had often been noticed, and a concept had been formed of it. This concept was imperfect; but it is very seldom that we meet with perfect, sharply-defined concepts in actual life. So it happened that for ages the concept of burning substance was never linked by judgment to the concept of stone coal. The combustible quality in the coal was overshadowed by its stony attributes. 'Of course stone will not burn,' people said. One cannot tell how long the development of mankind was retarded for that very reason. England would not to-day be manufacturing products for the rest of the world had not some one judged coal to be a combustible substance. * * * Judgment is ever silently working and comparing things that to past ages seemed dissimilar; and it is constantly abstracting and leaving out of the field of view those qualities which have simply served to obscure the point at issue."

It’s obvious that since judgments form the foundation of our thinking and show up in every part of its higher structure, the importance of making correct judgments in thought can't be overstated. However, it can often be very challenging to make correct judgments even about the most familiar things around us. Halleck says: "In real life, things come to us with their qualities hidden or obscured by other conflicting qualities. For ages, people saw burning substances and formed an idea of them. A certain hard, black, stony material was often observed, and an idea was formed about it. This idea was imperfect; yet we rarely encounter perfect, clearly defined concepts in real life. As a result, for a long time, the idea of burning substances was never associated through judgment with the idea of coal. The combustible quality of coal was overshadowed by its stony features. 'Of course stone won’t burn,' people said. It's impossible to know how long human progress was slowed down because of this misconception. England wouldn't be producing goods for the rest of the world today if someone hadn’t judged coal to be a combustible substance. * * * Judgment is always silently at work, comparing things that in the past seemed different; and it constantly abstracts, removing from view those qualities that have merely served to obscure the main issue."

Gordy says: "The credulity of children is proverbial; but if we get our facts at first hand, if we study 'the living, learning, playing child,' we shall see that he is quite as remarkable for incredulity as for credulity.[Pg 168] The explanation is simple: He tends to believe the first suggestion that comes into his mind, no matter from what source; and since his belief is not the result of any rational process, he cannot be made to disbelieve it in any rational way. Hence it is that he is very credulous about any matter about which he has no ideas; but let the idea once get possession of his mind, and he is quite as remarkable for incredulity as before for credulity. * * * If we study the larger child,—the man with a child's mind, an uneducated man,—we shall have the same truth forced upon us. If the beliefs of men were due to processes of reasoning, where they have not reasoned they would not believe. But do we find it so? Is it not true that the men who have the most positive opinions on the largest variety of subjects—so far as they have ever heard of them—are precisely those who have the least right to them? Socrates, we remember, was counted the wisest man in Athens because he alone resisted his natural tendency to believe in the absence of evidence; he alone would not delude himself with the conceit of knowledge without the reality; and it would scarcely be too much to say that the intellectual strength of men is in direct proportion to the number of things they are absolutely certain of. * * * I do not, of course, mean to intimate that we should have no opinions about matters that we have not personally[Pg 169] investigated. We take, and ought to take, the opinion of some men about law, and others about medicine, and others about particular sciences, and so on. But we should clearly realize the difference between holding an opinion on trust and holding it as the result of our own investigations."

Gordy says: "It's common knowledge that children are very trusting; however, if we gather our facts directly, if we observe 'the living, learning, playing child,' we’ll notice that they are just as remarkable for their skepticism as they are for their trust. [Pg 168] The reason is straightforward: They tend to buy into the first idea that pops into their head, regardless of where it comes from; and because their belief doesn’t stem from any logical reasoning, you can’t convince them to doubt it in a logical way. That’s why they can be very naive about topics they know little about; but once an idea takes hold in their mind, they can be just as strikingly disbelieving as they were previously trusting. * * * If we consider an adult with a child's perspective, an uneducated person, we’ll see the same truth revealed. If people's beliefs came from logical reasoning, they would not hold beliefs in areas where they haven’t reasoned through. But is that the case? Isn’t it true that those with the strongest opinions on a wide range of topics—at least the ones they've heard of—are often the ones least justified in having those opinions? Socrates, as we recall, was seen as the wisest man in Athens because he was the only one who resisted the natural inclination to believe without evidence; he alone avoided deceiving himself with the pretension of knowledge devoid of the truth. It wouldn’t be an exaggeration to say that a person's intellectual strength correlates directly with the number of things they're absolutely confident about. * * * I don’t mean to suggest that we should avoid forming opinions on subjects we haven't personally [Pg 169] researched. We accept and should accept the views of some people regarding law, others regarding medicine, and others regarding specific sciences, and so forth. However, we need to recognize the distinction between holding an opinion based on trust and holding one as the result of our own investigation."

Brooks says: "It should be one of the leading objects of the culture of young people to lead them to acquire the habit of forming judgments. They should not only be led to see things but to have opinions about things. They should be trained to see things in their relations and to put these relations into definite propositions. Their ideas of objects should be worked up into thoughts concerning the objects. Those methods of teaching are best which tend to excite a thoughtful habit of mind that notices the similitudes and diversities of objects and endeavors to read the thoughts which they embody and of which they are the symbols."

Brooks says: "One of the main goals of educating young people should be to help them develop the habit of forming their own judgments. They shouldn’t just be taught to observe things, but also to form opinions about them. They need to learn to see how things relate to each other and express these relationships in clear statements. Their understanding of objects should evolve into deeper thoughts about them. The best teaching methods are those that inspire a thoughtful mindset, encouraging students to recognize similarities and differences among objects and to interpret the ideas they represent and symbolize."

The study of logic, geometry, and the natural sciences is recommended for exercise of the faculty of judgment and the development thereof. The study and practice of even the lower branches of mathematics are also helpful in this direction. The game of checkers or chess is recommended by many authorities. Some have advocated the practice of solving enigmas, problems, rebuses, etc., as giving exercise to this faculty of[Pg 170] the mind. The cultivation of the "Why?" attitude of mind, and the answering of one's own mental questions, is also helpful, if not carried to excess. "Doubting Thomas" is not always a term of reproach in these days of scientific habits of thought, and "the man from Missouri" has many warm admirers.[Pg 171]

The study of logic, geometry, and natural sciences is recommended to develop and exercise judgment. Even studying and practicing basic mathematics is beneficial in this regard. Many experts suggest playing games like checkers or chess. Some have also recommended solving puzzles, problems, and riddles as a good way to exercise the mind. Cultivating a "Why?" mindset and answering your own questions is also useful, as long as it doesn't go too far. The term "Doubting Thomas" isn't always a negative label these days when scientific thinking is valued, and "the man from Missouri" has many fans.[Pg 170][Pg 171]


CHAPTER XXIV.
Primary Laws of Thought.

IN connection with this subject we herewith call the attention of the student to the well-known Primary Laws of Thought which have been recognized as valid from the time of the ancient Greek logicians. These laws are self-evident, and are uncontradictable. They are axiomatic. Jevons says of them: "Students are seldom able to see at first their full meaning and importance. All arguments may be explained when these self-evident laws are granted; and it is not too much to say that the whole of logic will be plain to those who will constantly use these laws as their key." Here are the Three Primary Laws of Thought:—

IN connection with this subject, we would like to draw the attention of students to the well-known Primary Laws of Thought, which have been recognized as valid since the time of the ancient Greek logicians. These laws are self-evident and undeniable. They are axiomatic. Jevons says of them: "Students are often unable to see their full meaning and importance right away. All arguments can be understood once these self-evident laws are accepted; and it’s not an exaggeration to say that the entire field of logic will become clear to those who consistently use these laws as their guide." Here are the Three Primary Laws of Thought:—

I. Law of Identity. "Whatever is, is."

I. Law of Identity. "Whatever exists, exists.

II. Law of Contradiction. "Nothing can both be and not be."

II. Law of Contradiction. "Nothing can both exist and not exist at the same time."

III. Law of Excluded Middle. "Everything must either be or not be; there is no middle course."

III. Law of Excluded Middle. "Everything must either exist or not exist; there’s no middle ground."

I. The first of these laws, called "The Law of Identity," informs us that a thing is always itself, no matter[Pg 172] under what guise or form it is perceived or may present itself. An animal is always a bird if it possesses the general characteristics of a "bird," no matter whether it exhibits the minor characteristics of an eagle, a wren, a stork, or a humming bird. In the same way a whale is a mammal because it possesses the general characteristics of a mammal notwithstanding that it swims in the water like a fish. Also, sweetness is always sweetness, whether manifested in sugar, honey, flowers, or products of coal tar. If a thing is that thing, then it is, and it cannot be logically claimed that it is not.

I. The first of these laws, called "The Law of Identity," tells us that a thing is always itself, no matter[Pg 172] how it’s perceived or what form it takes. An animal is always a bird if it has the general traits of a "bird," regardless of whether it shows the specific traits of an eagle, a wren, a stork, or a hummingbird. Similarly, a whale is a mammal because it has the general characteristics of a mammal, even though it swims in the water like a fish. Also, sweetness is always sweetness, whether it appears in sugar, honey, flowers, or products derived from coal tar. If something is that thing, then it is, and you cannot logically argue that it is not.

II. The second of these laws, called "The Law of Contradiction," informs us that the same quality or class cannot be both affirmed and denied of a thing at the same time and place. A sparrow cannot be said to be both "bird" and "not bird" at the same time. Neither can sugar be said to be "sweet" and "not sweet" at the same time. A piece of iron may be "hot" at one end and "not hot" at another, but it cannot be both "hot" and "not hot" at the same place at the same time.

II. The second of these laws, called "The Law of Contradiction," tells us that the same quality or category cannot be both true and false for something at the same time and place. A sparrow cannot be labeled as both "a bird" and "not a bird" at the same time. Similarly, sugar cannot be described as "sweet" and "not sweet" at the same time. A piece of iron can be "hot" at one end and "not hot" at the other, but it cannot be both "hot" and "not hot" in the same location at the same moment.

III. The third of these laws, called "The Law of Excluded Middle," informs us that a given quality or class must be affirmed or denied to everything at any given time and place. Everything either must be of a certain class or not, must possess a certain quality or not, at a given time or place. There is no other alter[Pg 173]native or middle course. It is axiomatic that any statement must either be or not be true of a certain other thing at any certain time and place; there is no escape from this. Anything either must be "black" or "not black," a bird or not a bird, alive or not alive, at any certain time or place. There is nothing else that it can be; it cannot both be and not be at the same time and place, as we have seen; therefore, it must either be or not be that which is asserted of it. The judgment must decide which alternative; but it has only two possible choices.

III. The third of these laws, called "The Law of Excluded Middle," tells us that a specific quality or category must be accepted or rejected for everything at any given time and place. Everything has to either belong to a certain class or not, must have a certain quality or not, at a specific time or place. There’s no other option or middle ground. It's a basic principle that any statement must either be true or not true about something else at any certain time and place; there’s no way around this. Anything either has to be "black" or "not black," a bird or not a bird, alive or not alive, at any given time or place. It can't be anything else; it can't be both true and false at the same time and place, as we've seen; therefore, it has to be either true or false about what is claimed. The judgment has to determine which option it is; but there are only two possible choices.

But the student must not confuse opposite qualities or things with "not-ness." A thing may be "black" or "not black," but it need not be white to be "not black," for blue is likewise "not black" just as it is "not white." The neglect of this fact frequently causes error. We must always affirm either the existence or non-existence of a quality in a thing; but this is far different from affirming or denying the existence of the opposite quality. Thus a thing may be "not hard" and yet it does not follow that it is "soft"; it may be neither hard nor soft.

But the student shouldn't mix up opposite qualities or things with "not-ness." A thing can be "black" or "not black," but it doesn't have to be white to be "not black," because blue is also "not black," just like it is "not white." Overlooking this fact often leads to mistakes. We must always state either the presence or absence of a quality in a thing; however, that's very different from affirming or denying the presence of the opposite quality. So, something can be "not hard," but that doesn't mean it has to be "soft"; it could be neither hard nor soft.

Faulty Application.

There exists what are known as "fallacies" of application of these primary laws. A fallacy is an unsound argument or conclusion. For instance, because a par[Pg 174]ticular man is found to be a liar, it is fallacious to assume that "all men are liars," for lying is a particular quality of the individual man, and not a general quality of the family of men. In the same way because a stork has long legs and a long bill, it does not follow that all birds must have these characteristics simply because the stork is a bird. It is fallacious to extend an individual quality to a class. But it is sound judgment to assume that a class quality must be possessed by all individuals in that class. It is a far different proposition which asserts that "some birds are black," from that which asserts that "all birds are black." The same rule, of course, is true regarding negative propositions.

There are what's called "fallacies" when applying these basic laws. A fallacy is an invalid argument or conclusion. For example, just because one man is a liar, it’s wrong to assume that "all men are liars," because lying is a specific trait of that individual, not a general trait of all men. Similarly, just because a stork has long legs and a long bill doesn’t mean that all birds must have those traits just because the stork is a bird. It’s fallacious to apply an individual trait to a whole group. However, it’s reasonable to assume that a trait common to a group must be found in all members of that group. The statement "some birds are black" is very different from the claim that "all birds are black." The same rule applies to negative statements, of course.

Another fallacy is that which assumes that because the affirmative or negative proposition has not been, or cannot be, proved, it follows that the opposite proposition must be true. The true judgment is simply "not proven."

Another fallacy is the assumption that just because the affirmative or negative proposition hasn’t been, or can’t be, proven, it means that the opposite proposition must be true. The actual judgment is simply "not proven."

Another fallacious judgment is that which is based on attributing absolute quality to that which is but relative or comparative. For instance, the terms "hot" and "cold" are relative and comparative, and simply denote one's relative opinion regarding a fixed and certain degree of temperature. The certain thing is the degree of temperature, say 75 degrees Fahrenheit; of this we may logically claim that it is or is not true at[Pg 175] a certain time or place. It either is 75 degrees Fahrenheit or it is not. But to one man this may seem warm and to another cold; both are right in their judgments, so far as their own relative feelings are concerned. But neither can claim absolutely that it is warm or cold. Therefore, it is a fallacy to ascribe absolute quality to a relative one. The absolute fact comes under the Law of Excluded Middle, but a personal opinion is not an absolute fact.

Another misleading judgment is the one that assumes something has an absolute quality when it is actually relative or comparative. For example, the terms "hot" and "cold" are relative and comparative; they simply reflect someone's personal opinion about a specific temperature. The definite thing is the temperature itself, like 75 degrees Fahrenheit; we can accurately declare that it either is or is not true at[Pg 175] a certain time or place. It either is 75 degrees Fahrenheit or it is not. However, to one person, it may feel warm, while to another, it feels cold; both are correct in their assessments based on their own feelings. But neither can claim with certainty that it is warm or cold. Therefore, it's a mistake to assign an absolute quality to something that is relative. The absolute fact falls under the Law of Excluded Middle, but a personal opinion is not an absolute fact.

There are other fallacies which will be considered in other chapters of this book, under their appropriate heading.[Pg 176]

There are other fallacies that will be discussed in other chapters of this book, under their appropriate headings.[Pg 176]


CHAPTER XXV.
Reasoning.

REASONING, the third great step in thinking, may be said to consist of ascertaining new truths from old ones, new judgments from old ones, unknown facts from known ones; in short, of proceeding logically from the known to the unknown, using the known as the foundation for the unknown which is sought to be known. Gordy gives us the following excellent definition of the term: "Reasoning is the act of going from the known to the unknown through other beliefs; of basing judgment upon judgments; reaching beliefs through beliefs." Reasoning, then, is seen to be a process of building a structure of judgments, one resting upon the other, the topmost point being the final judgment, but the whole constituting an edifice of judgment. This may be seen more clearly when the various forms of reasoning are considered.

REASONING, the third major step in thinking, can be described as figuring out new truths from old ones, new judgments from old ones, and unknown facts from known ones; in short, it involves logically moving from what we know to what we don't know, using the known as the foundation for the unknown that we want to understand. Gordy provides this excellent definition of the term: "Reasoning is the act of moving from the known to the unknown through other beliefs; basing judgment on judgments; reaching beliefs through beliefs." Therefore, reasoning is seen as a process of building a structure of judgments, with each one resting on the other, culminating in the final judgment, which together forms a comprehensive structure of judgment. This becomes clearer when we consider the different forms of reasoning.

Immediate Thinking.

The simplest form of reasoning is that known as "immediate reasoning," by which is meant reasoning by directly comparing two judgments without the inter[Pg 177]vention of the third judgment, which is found in the more formal classes of reasoning. This form of reasoning depends largely upon the application of the Three Primary Laws of Thought, to which we have referred in a previous chapter.

The simplest type of reasoning is called "immediate reasoning," which involves directly comparing two judgments without the involvement of a third judgment, as seen in more formal reasoning types. This kind of reasoning mainly relies on the application of the Three Primary Laws of Thought that we mentioned in a previous chapter.

It will be seen that if (a) a thing is always itself, then (b) all that is included in it must partake of its nature. Thus, the bird family has certain class characteristics, therefore by immediate reasoning we know that any member of that family must possess those class characteristics, whatever particular characteristics it may have in addition. And we likewise know that we cannot attribute the particular characteristics, as a matter of course, to the other members of the class. Thus, though all sparrows are birds, it is not true that all birds are sparrows. "All biscuits are bread; but all bread is not biscuit."

It will be clear that if (a) something is always itself, then (b) everything included in it must share its nature. For instance, the bird family has certain general traits, so through simple reasoning, we can say that any member of that family must have those general traits, along with whatever specific traits it may have. We also understand that we can't automatically apply the specific traits to other members of the class. So, while all sparrows are birds, it's not accurate to say that all birds are sparrows. "All biscuits are bread; but not all bread is biscuit."

In the same way we know that a thing cannot be bird and mammal at the same time, for the mammals form a not-bird family. And, likewise, we know that everything must be either bird or not bird, but that being not bird does not mean being a mammal, for there are many other not-bird things than mammals. In this form of reasoning distinction is always made between the universal or general class, which is expressed by the word all, and the particular or individual,[Pg 178] which is expressed by the word "some." Many persons fail to note this difference in their reasoning, and fallaciously reason, for instance, that because some swans are white, all swans must be so, which is a far different thing from reasoning that if all is so and so, then some must be so and so. Those who are interested in this subject are referred to some elementary text-book on logic, as the detailed consideration is too technical for consideration here.

Just like we understand that something can't be both a bird and a mammal at the same time—since mammals belong to a non-bird category—we also recognize that everything has to be either a bird or not a bird. However, being not a bird doesn't necessarily mean being a mammal, because there are many other non-bird categories besides mammals. In this type of reasoning, a distinction is always drawn between the universal or general class, which we express with the word "all," and the particular or individual, which we express with the word "some." Many people overlook this difference in their reasoning and mistakenly conclude, for example, that because some swans are white, all swans must be white. This is very different from the reasoning that if all are a certain way, then some must also be that way. Those who want to learn more about this topic should look at some basic textbooks on logic, as a detailed discussion is too technical for this context.

Analogy-based reasoning.

Reasoning by analogy is an elementary form of reasoning, and is the particular kind of reasoning employed by the majority of persons in ordinary thought. It is based upon the unconscious recognition by the human mind of the principle which is expressed by Jevons as: "If two or more things resemble each other in many points, they will probably resemble each other in more points." The same authority says: "Reasoning by analogy differs only in degree from that kind of reasoning called 'generalization.' When many things resemble each other in a few properties, we argue about them by generalization. When a few things resemble each other in many properties, it is a case of analogy."

Reasoning by analogy is a basic type of reasoning and is the way most people think in their everyday lives. It's based on the unconscious recognition by the human mind of the principle expressed by Jevons as: "If two or more things resemble each other in many ways, they will probably resemble each other in even more ways." The same authority states: "Reasoning by analogy is only slightly different from that type of reasoning called 'generalization.' When many things share a few characteristics, we reason about them through generalization. When few things share many characteristics, it’s a case of analogy."

While this form of reason is frequently employed with more or less satisfactory results, it is always open[Pg 179] to a large percentage of error. Thus, persons have been poisoned by toadstools by reason of false analogous reasoning that because mushrooms are edible, then toadstools, which resemble them, must also be fit for food; or, in the same way, because certain berries resemble other edible berries they must likewise be good food. As Brooks says: "To infer that because John Smith has a red nose and is also a drunkard, then Henry Jones, who also has a red nose, is also a drunkard, would be dangerous inference. Conclusions of this kind drawn from analogy are frequently dangerous." Halleck says: "Many false analogies are manufactured, and it is excellent thought training to expose them. The majority of people think so little that they swallow these false analogies just as newly-fledged robins swallow small stones dropped into their mouths."

While this type of reasoning is often used with varying degrees of success, it is still prone[Pg 179] to a significant level of error. For example, people have been poisoned by toadstools due to misleading reasoning that because mushrooms are safe to eat, toadstools, which look similar, must also be safe; or similarly, because some berries look like other edible berries, they must be safe to eat as well. As Brooks points out: "To conclude that just because John Smith has a red nose and is an alcoholic, Henry Jones, who also has a red nose, must be an alcoholic too, would be a risky inference. Conclusions like this based on analogy are often dangerous." Halleck adds: "Many false analogies are created, and it is great mental exercise to identify them. Most people think so little that they accept these false analogies just like young robins eagerly swallow small stones dropped into their mouths."

Jevons, one of the best authorities on the subject, says: "There is no way in which we can really assure ourselves that we are arguing safely by analogy. The only rule that can be given is this: That the more closely two things resemble each other, the more likely it is that they are the same in other respects, especially in points closely connected with those observed. In order to be clear about our conclusions, we ought, in fact, never to rest satisfied with mere analogy, but ought to try to discover the general laws governing the[Pg 180] case. * * * We find that reasoning by analogy is not to be depended upon, unless we make such an inquiry into the causes and laws of the things in question that we really employ inductive and deductive reasoning."

Jevons, one of the leading experts on the topic, states: "There's no way to truly ensure that we're safely reasoning by analogy. The only guideline we can follow is this: The more similar two things are, the more likely they are to be alike in other ways, especially regarding aspects closely related to those we've observed. To be clear about our conclusions, we should never be satisfied with just analogy; we ought to investigate the general laws that govern the [Pg 180] case. * * * We find that reasoning by analogy isn’t reliable unless we conduct a thorough inquiry into the causes and laws of the things in question, allowing us to genuinely use inductive and deductive reasoning."

Advanced Reasoning Skills.

The two higher forms of reasoning are known, respectively, as (1) inductive reasoning, or inference from particular facts to general laws; and (2) deductive reasoning, or inference from general truths to particular truths. While the class distinction is made for the purpose of clear consideration, it must not be forgotten that the two forms of reasoning are generally found in combination. Thus, in inductive reasoning many steps are taken by the aid of deductive reasoning; and, likewise, before we can reason deductively from general truths to particular ones we must have discovered the general truths by inductive reasoning from particular facts. Thus there is a unity in all reasoning processes as there is in all mental operations. Inductive reasoning is a synthetical process; deductive reasoning, an analytical one. In the first we combine and build up, in the latter we dissect and separate.[Pg 181]

The two main types of reasoning are known as (1) inductive reasoning, which is the process of inferring general laws from specific facts, and (2) deductive reasoning, which is the process of inferring specific truths from general truths. While this distinction is made for clarity, it's important to remember that these two types of reasoning are usually combined. In inductive reasoning, many steps are aided by deductive reasoning; similarly, before we can deduce specific truths from general principles, we need to have identified those general principles through inductive reasoning from specific facts. This shows that there's a unity in all reasoning processes, just as there is in all mental activities. Inductive reasoning is a synthetical process; deductive reasoning is an analytical one. In the first, we combine and construct; in the second, we dissect and separate.[Pg 181]


CHAPTER XXVI.
Inductive Reasoning.

INDUCTIVE reasoning is based upon the axiom: "What is true of the many is true of the whole." This axiom is based upon man's belief in the uniformity of nature. Inductive reasoning is a mental ladder by which we climb from particular facts to general laws, but the ladder rests upon the belief that the universe is governed by law.

INDUCTIVE reasoning is based on the principle: "What is true of the many is true of the whole." This principle relies on our belief in the consistency of nature. Inductive reasoning acts as a mental ladder that helps us move from specific facts to general laws, but this ladder is supported by the belief that the universe operates according to laws.

The steps in inductive reasoning are as follows:—

The steps in inductive reasoning are as follows:—

I. Observation, investigation, and examination of particular facts or things. If we wish to know the general characteristics of the bird family, we must first examine a sufficient number of birds of many kinds so as to discover the comparatively few general characteristics possessed by all of the bird family, as distinct from the particular characteristics possessed by only some of that family. The greater the number of individuals examined, the narrower becomes our list of the general qualities common to all. In the same way we must examine many kinds of flowers before we come to the few general qualities common to all flowers, which we combine in the general concept of "flower." The[Pg 182] same, of course, is true regarding the discovery of general laws from particular facts. We examine the facts and then work toward a general law which will explain them. For instance, the Law of Gravitation was discovered by the observation and investigation of the fact that all objects are attracted to the earth; further investigation revealed the fact that all material objects are attracted to each other; then the general law was discovered, or, rather, the hypothesis was advanced, was found to explain the facts, and was verified by further experiments and observation.

I. Observation, investigation, and examination of particular facts or things. If we want to understand the general traits of the bird family, we first need to look at a sufficient number of birds of various kinds to find the relatively few general traits shared by all birds, distinguishing them from the specific traits found in only some of that family. The more individuals we examine, the shorter our list of general qualities common to all becomes. Similarly, we need to study many types of flowers before we can identify the few general qualities that all flowers share, which we group together in the overall concept of "flower." The[Pg 182] same principle applies when discovering general laws from specific facts. We look at the facts and then work toward a general law that explains them. For example, the Law of Gravitation was discovered by observing and investigating the fact that all objects are drawn to the earth; further investigation showed that all material objects attract each other; then the general law was formulated, or rather, the hypothesis was proposed, found to explain the facts, and confirmed through additional experiments and observations.

II. The second step in inductive reasoning is the making of an hypothesis. An hypothesis is a proposition or principle assumed as a possible explanation for a set or class of facts. It is regarded as a "working theory," which must be examined and tested in connection with the facts before it is finally accepted. For instance, after the observation that a number of magnets attracted steel, it was found reasonable to advance the hypothesis that "all magnets attract steel." In the same way was advanced the hypothesis that "all birds are warm-blooded, winged, feathered, oviparous vertebrates." Subsequent observation and experiment established the hypothesis regarding the magnet, and regarding the general qualities of the bird family. If a single magnet had been found which did not attract[Pg 183] steel, then the hypothesis would have fallen. If a single bird had been discovered which was not warm-blooded, then that quality would have been stricken from the list of the necessary characteristics of all birds.

II. The second step in inductive reasoning is creating a hypothesis. A hypothesis is a statement or principle assumed as a possible explanation for a group of facts. It is seen as a "working theory" that needs to be explored and tested in relation to the facts before it can be fully accepted. For example, after observing that several magnets attracted steel, it seemed reasonable to propose the hypothesis that "all magnets attract steel." Similarly, the hypothesis that "all birds are warm-blooded, winged, feathered, egg-laying vertebrates" was put forward. Further observation and experimentation confirmed the hypothesis about magnets, as well as the general traits of birds. If a single magnet had been found that did not attract steel, then the hypothesis would have been discarded. If a single bird had been found that was not warm-blooded, then that trait would have been removed from the list of necessary characteristics for all birds.

A theory is merely an hypothesis which has been verified or established by continued and repeated observation, investigation, and experiment.

A theory is just a hypothesis that has been confirmed or proven through ongoing and repeated observation, research, and experimentation.

Hypotheses and theories arise very frequently from the subconscious assimilation of a number of particular facts and the consequent flashing of a "great guess," or "sacred suspicion of the truth," into the conscious field of attention. The scientific imagination plays an important part in this process. There is, of course, a world of difference between a "blind guess" based upon insufficient data and a "scientific guess" resulting from the accumulation of a vast store of careful and accurate information. As Brooks says: "The forming of an hypothesis requires a suggestive mind, a lively fancy, a philosophic imagination that catches a glimpse of the idea through the form or sees the law standing behind the fact." But accepted theories, in the majority of cases, arise only by testing out and rejecting many promising hypotheses and finally settling upon the one which best answers all the requirements and best explains the facts. As an authority says: "To try wrong[Pg 184] guesses is with most persons the only way to hit upon right ones."

Hypotheses and theories often come from subconsciously processing various specific facts, which leads to a sudden insight or a "strong suspicion of the truth" entering our conscious awareness. The scientific imagination plays a key role in this process. There’s a huge difference between a "blind guess" made with too little information and a "scientific guess" based on a wealth of careful and accurate data. As Brooks states: "Forming a hypothesis requires a suggestive mind, an active imagination, and a philosophical outlook that perceives the idea beyond its surface or recognizes the underlying law behind the fact." However, established theories usually emerge only after testing and discarding many promising hypotheses, ultimately choosing the one that best meets all the criteria and explains the facts effectively. As an expert notes: "For most people, trying out wrong guesses is the only way to discover the right ones."

III. Testing the hypothesis by deductive reasoning is the third step in inductive reasoning. This test is made by applying the hypothetical principle to particular facts or things; that is, to follow out mentally the hypothetical principle to its logical conclusion. This may be done in this way: "If so and so is correct, then it follows that thus and so is true," etc. If the conclusion agrees with reason, then the test is deemed satisfactory so far as it has gone. But if the result proves to be a logical absurdity or inconsistent with natural facts, then the hypothesis is discredited.

III. Testing the hypothesis using deductive reasoning is the third step in inductive reasoning. This test involves applying the hypothetical principle to specific facts or things; in other words, mentally tracing the hypothetical principle to its logical conclusion. This can be done like this: "If so and so is correct, then it follows that thus and so is true," and so on. If the conclusion aligns with reason, then the test is considered satisfactory so far. However, if the outcome ends up being a logical absurdity or contradicts natural facts, then the hypothesis is dismissed.

IV. Practical verification of the hypothesis is the fourth step in inductive reasoning. This step consists of the actual comparison of observed facts with the "logical conclusions" arising from applying deductive reasoning to the general principle assumed as a premise. The greater number of facts agreeing with the conclusions arising from the premise of the hypothesis, the greater is deemed the "probability" of the latter. The authorities generally assume an hypothesis to be verified when it accounts for all the facts which properly are related to it. Some extremists contend, however, that before an hypothesis may be considered as absolutely verified, it must not only account for all the associated[Pg 185] facts but that also there must be no other possible hypothesis to account for the same facts. The "facts" referred to in this connection may be either (1) observed phenomena, or (2) the conclusions of deductive reasoning arising from the assumption of the hypothesis, or (3) the agreement between the observed facts and the logical conclusions. The last combination is generally regarded as the most logical. The verification of an hypothesis must be "an all-around one," and there must be an agreement between the observed facts and the logical conclusions in the case—the hypothesis must "fit" the facts, and the facts must "fit" the hypothesis. The "facts" are the glass slipper of the Cinderella legend—the several sisters of Cinderella were discarded hypotheses, the slipper and the sisters not "fitting." When Cinderella's foot was found to be the one foot upon which the glass slipper fitted, then the Cinderella hypothesis was considered to have been proved—the glass slipper was hers and the prince claimed his bride.[Pg 186]

IV. Practical verification of the hypothesis is the fourth step in inductive reasoning. This step involves directly comparing observed facts with the "logical conclusions" that come from applying deductive reasoning to the general principle assumed as a premise. The more facts that support the conclusions drawn from the hypothesis, the higher the "probability" of that hypothesis. Authorities usually consider a hypothesis to be verified when it explains all relevant facts associated with it. However, some extremists argue that a hypothesis cannot be deemed absolutely verified until it not only explains all related facts but also has no competing hypothesis that could also explain those facts. The "facts" in this context can be (1) observed phenomena, (2) conclusions reached through deductive reasoning based on the hypothesis, or (3) the correlation between those observed facts and the logical conclusions. The last combination is generally seen as the most logical. The verification of a hypothesis must be comprehensive, ensuring there is an agreement between the observed facts and the logical conclusions—the hypothesis must align with the facts, and the facts must align with the hypothesis. The "facts" are like the glass slipper in the Cinderella story—Cinderella's stepsisters represent discarded hypotheses, failing to "fit" the slipper. When it was discovered that Cinderella's foot was the perfect match for the glass slipper, the Cinderella hypothesis was considered proven—the glass slipper belonged to her, and the prince claimed his bride.[Pg 186]


CHAPTER XXVII.
Deductive Reasoning.

WE have seen in the preceding chapter that from particular facts we reason inductively to general principles or truths. We have also seen that one of the steps of inductive reasoning is the testing of the hypothesis by deductive reasoning. We shall now also see that the results of inductive reasoning are used as premises or bases for deductive reasoning. These two forms of reasoning are opposites and yet complementary to each other; they are in a sense independent and yet are interdependent. Brooks says: "The two methods of reasoning are the reverse of each other. One goes from particulars to generals; the other from generals to particulars. One is a process of analysis; the other is a process of synthesis. One rises from facts to laws; the other descends from laws to facts. Each is independent of the other, and each is a valid and essential method of inference."

We saw in the previous chapter that we use specific facts to reason inductively toward general principles or truths. We also noted that one step in inductive reasoning involves testing the hypothesis through deductive reasoning. Now we will also observe that the results of inductive reasoning serve as premises or foundations for deductive reasoning. These two forms of reasoning are opposites but also complement each other; they are independent in some ways yet interdependent in others. Brooks states: "The two methods of reasoning are the reverse of each other. One goes from specifics to generals; the other from generals to specifics. One is a process of analysis; the other is a process of synthesis. One rises from facts to laws; the other moves from laws to facts. Each is independent of the other, and each is a valid and essential method of inference."

Halleck well expresses the spirit of deductive reasoning as follows: "After induction has classified certain phenomena and thus given us a major premise, we may proceed deductively to apply the inference to any new[Pg 187] specimen that can be shown to belong to that class. Induction hands over to deduction a ready-made premise. Deduction takes that as a fact, making no inquiry regarding its truth. Only after general laws have been laid down, after objects have been classified, after major premises have been formed, can deduction be employed."

Halleck captures the essence of deductive reasoning like this: "Once induction has categorized certain phenomena and provided us with a major premise, we can then use deductive reasoning to apply the inference to any new[Pg 187] specimen that is proven to belong to that category. Induction gives deduction a ready-made premise. Deduction accepts that as a fact without questioning its truth. Only after general laws are established, objects are categorized, and major premises are created, can deduction be used."

Deductive reasoning proceeds from general principles to particular facts. It is a descending process, analytical in its nature. It rests upon the fundamental axiomatic basis that "whatever is true of the whole is true of its parts," or "whatever is true of the universal is true of the particulars."

Deductive reasoning moves from general principles to specific facts. It's a downward process, analytical by nature. It is based on the fundamental axiom that "whatever is true of the whole is true of its parts," or "whatever is true of the universal is true of the particulars."

The process of deductive reasoning may be stated briefly as follows: (1) A general principle of a class is stated as a major premise; (2) a particular thing is stated as belonging to that general class, this statement being the minor premise; therefore (3) the general class principle is held to apply to the particular thing, this last statement being the conclusion. (A "premise" is "a proposition assumed to be true.")

The process of deductive reasoning can be summarized like this: (1) A general principle of a category is given as a major premise; (2) a specific item is indicated as belonging to that general category, which serves as the minor premise; therefore (3) the general principle is considered to apply to the specific item, which is the conclusion. (A "premise" is "a proposition assumed to be true.")

The following gives us an illustration of the above process:—

The following gives us an illustration of the above process:—

I. (Major premise)—A bird is a warm-blooded, feathered, winged, oviparous vertebrate.

I. (Major premise)—A bird is a warm-blooded, feathered, winged vertebrate that lays eggs.

II. (Minor premise)—The sparrow is a bird; therefore[Pg 188]

II. (Minor premise)—A sparrow is a bird; therefore[Pg 188]

III. (Conclusion)—The sparrow is a warm-blooded, feathered, winged, oviparous vertebrate.

III. (Conclusion)—A sparrow is a warm-blooded, feathered, winged animal that lays eggs.

Or, again:—

Or, once more:—

I. (Major premise)—Rattlesnakes frequently bite when enraged, and their bite is poisonous.

I. (Major premise)—Rattlesnakes tend to bite when they're threatened, and their bites are poisonous.

II. (Minor premise)—This snake before me is a rattlesnake; therefore

II. (Minor premise)—This snake in front of me is a rattlesnake; therefore

III. (Conclusion)—This snake before me may bite when enraged, and its bite will be poisonous.

III. (Conclusion)—This rattlesnake could strike when it feels threatened, and its bite will be poisonous.

The average person may be inclined to object that he is not conscious of going through this complicated process when he reasons about sparrows or rattlesnakes. But he does, nevertheless. He is not conscious of the steps, because mental habit has accustomed him to the process, and it is performed more or less automatically. But these three steps manifest in all processes of deductive reasoning, even the simplest. The average person is like the character in the French play who was surprised to learn that he had "been talking prose for forty years without knowing it." Jevons says that the majority of persons are equally surprised when they find out that they have been using logical forms, more or less correctly, without having realized it. He says: "A large number even of educated persons have no clear idea of what logic is. Yet, in a certain way, every one must have been a logician since he began to speak."[Pg 189]

The average person might object that they aren't aware of going through this complicated process when thinking about sparrows or rattlesnakes. But they actually are. They don't notice the steps because they've gotten used to the process, and it happens mostly automatically. Still, these three steps show up in all deductive reasoning processes, even the simplest ones. The average person is like the character in the French play who was surprised to find out he had "been speaking prose for forty years without knowing it." Jevons points out that most people are just as surprised when they discover they've been using logical forms, more or less correctly, without realizing it. He states, "A large number even of educated people have no clear idea of what logic is. Yet, in a certain way, everyone must have been a logician since they started speaking."[Pg 189]

There are many technical rules and principles of logic which we cannot attempt to consider here. There are, however, a few elementary principles of correct reasoning which should have a place here. What is known as a "syllogism" is the expression in words of the various parts of the complete process of reasoning or argument. Whately defines it as follows: "A syllogism is an argument expressed in strict logical form so that its conclusiveness is manifest from the structure of the expression alone, without any regard to the meaning of the term." In short, if the two premises are accepted as correct, it follows that there can be only one true logical conclusion resulting therefrom. In abstract or theoretical reasoning the word "if" is assumed to precede each of the two premises, the "therefore" before the conclusion resulting from the "if," of course. The following are the general rules governing the syllogism:—

There are many technical rules and principles of logic that we can't explore here. However, there are a few basic principles of proper reasoning that should be included. What we call a "syllogism" is the verbal expression of the different parts of the complete reasoning or argument process. Whately defines it like this: "A syllogism is an argument expressed in strict logical form so that its conclusiveness is clear from the structure of the expression alone, regardless of the meaning of the terms." In short, if the two premises are accepted as correct, it follows that there can only be one true logical conclusion derived from them. In abstract or theoretical reasoning, the word "if" is understood to come before each of the two premises, and "therefore" comes before the conclusion that follows from the "if," of course. The following are the general rules that govern the syllogism:—

I. Every syllogism must consist of three, and no more than three, propositions, namely (1) the major premise, (2) the minor premise, and (3) the conclusion.

I. Every syllogism must consist of three, and no more than three, propositions, namely (1) the major premise, (2) the minor premise, and (3) the conclusion.

II. The conclusion must naturally follow from the premises, otherwise the syllogism is invalid and constitutes a fallacy or sophism.

II. The conclusion must logically follow from the premises; otherwise, the argument is invalid and is considered a fallacy or a misleading argument.

III. One premise, at least, must be affirmative.[Pg 190]

III. At least one premise has to be positive.[Pg 190]

IV. If one premise is negative, the conclusion must be negative.

IV. If one premise is negative, the conclusion has to be negative.

V. One premise, at least, must be universal or general.

V. One premise, at least, has to be universal or general.

VI. If one premise is particular, the conclusion also must be particular.

VI. If one premise is specific, the conclusion must also be specific.

The last two rules (V. and VI.) contain the essential principles of all the rules regarding syllogisms, and any syllogism which breaks them will be found also to break other rules, some of which are not stated here for the reason that they are too technical. These two rules may be tested by constructing syllogisms in violation of their principles. The reason for them is as follows: (Rule V.) Because "from two particular premises no conclusion can be drawn," as, for instance: (1) Some men are mortal; (2) John is a man. We cannot reason from this either that John is or is not mortal. The major premise should read "all men." (Rule VI.) Because "a universal conclusion can be drawn only from two universal premises," an example being needless here, as the conclusion is so obvious.

The last two rules (V. and VI.) include the key principles behind all the rules related to syllogisms, and any syllogism that violates them will also break other rules, some of which aren’t included here because they are too technical. These two rules can be examined by creating syllogisms that go against their principles. The reasoning behind them is as follows: (Rule V.) Because "you can't draw a conclusion from two specific premises," for example: (1) Some men are mortal; (2) John is a man. We cannot conclude from this whether John is or is not mortal. The major premise should state "all men." (Rule VI.) Because "a universal conclusion can only be drawn from two universal premises," an example isn’t needed here, as the conclusion is quite clear.

Development of Critical Thinking Skills.

There is no royal road to the cultivation of the reasoning faculties. There is but the old familiar rule: Practice, exercise, use. Nevertheless there are certain[Pg 191] studies which tend to develop the faculties in question. The study of arithmetic, especially mental arithmetic, tends to develop correct habits of reasoning from one truth to another—from cause to effect. Better still is the study of geometry; and best of all, of course, is the study of logic and the practice of working out its problems and examples. The study of philosophy and psychology also is useful in this way. Many lawyers and teachers have drilled themselves in geometry solely for the purpose of developing their logical reasoning powers.

There’s no easy path to improving your reasoning skills. The same old principle applies: practice, exercise, and use. However, certain[Pg 191] subjects can help develop these skills. Studying arithmetic, especially mental math, helps build good reasoning habits from one truth to another—from cause to effect. Even better is studying geometry; and the best is definitely studying logic and working through its problems and examples. Philosophy and psychology studies are also helpful in this way. Many lawyers and teachers have trained themselves in geometry specifically to enhance their logical reasoning abilities.

Brooks says: "So valuable is geometry as a discipline that many lawyers and others review their geometry every year in order to keep the mind drilled to logical habits of thinking. * * * The study of logic will aid in the development of the power of deductive reasoning. It does this, first, by showing the method by which we reason. To know how we reason, to see the laws which govern the reasoning process, to analyze the syllogism and see its conformity to the laws of thought, is not only an exercise of reasoning but gives that knowledge of the process that will be both a stimulus and a guide to thought. No one can trace the principles and processes of thought without receiving thereby an impetus to thought. In the second place, the study of logic is probably even more valuable because it gives practice in deductive thinking. This, perhaps,[Pg 192] is its principal value, since the mind reasons instinctively without knowing how it reasons. One can think without the knowledge of the science of thinking just as one can use language correctly without a knowledge of grammar; yet as the study of grammar improves one's speech, so the study of logic can but improve one's thought."

Brooks says: "Geometry is such a valuable subject that many lawyers and other professionals review it every year to keep their minds sharp and maintain logical thinking habits. * * * Studying logic helps develop deductive reasoning skills. It does this by first demonstrating how we reason. Understanding our reasoning process, recognizing the laws that govern it, and analyzing syllogisms to see how they align with the principles of thought isn’t just a way to practice reasoning—it also provides knowledge of the process that can inspire and guide our thinking. No one can examine the principles and processes of thought without gaining a boost to their thinking. Secondly, studying logic is likely even more beneficial because it provides practice in deductive thinking. This is probably its main advantage since our minds tend to reason instinctively, often without realizing how we do it. Just like you can speak correctly without knowing grammar, you can think without understanding the science of thinking; however, as studying grammar enhances your speech, studying logic can only enhance your thought."

In the opinion of the writer hereof, one of the best though simple methods of cultivating the faculties of reasoning is to acquaint one's self thoroughly with the more common fallacies or forms of false reasoning—so thoroughly that not only is the false reasoning detected at once but also the reason of its falsity is readily understood. To understand the wrong ways of reasoning is to be on guard against them. By guarding against them we tend to eliminate them from our thought processes. If we eliminate the false we have the true left in its place. Therefore we recommend the weeding of the logical garden of the common fallacies, to the end that the flowers of pure reason may flourish in their stead. Accordingly, we think it well to call your attention in the next chapter to the more common fallacies, and the reason of their falsity.[Pg 193]

In the writer's view, one of the best yet simple ways to develop reasoning skills is to thoroughly understand the common fallacies or types of faulty reasoning—so well that you can instantly recognize false reasoning and easily grasp why it’s incorrect. Knowing the wrong ways to reason helps you stay alert to them. By being cautious, we can start to remove them from our thinking. If we get rid of the false, we have the true left behind. So, we suggest clearing out the logical garden of common fallacies, allowing the flowers of pure reason to thrive instead. Therefore, we believe it’s important to highlight the more common fallacies and the reasons for their incorrectness in the next chapter.[Pg 193]


CHAPTER XXVIII.
Fallacious Reasoning.

A FALLACY is defined as "an unsound argument or mode of arguing which, while appearing to be decisive of a question, is in reality not so; or a fallacious statement or proposition in which the error is not readily apparent. When a fallacy is used to deceive others, it is called 'sophistry,'" It is important that the student should understand the nature of the fallacy and understand its most common forms. As Jevons says: "In learning how to do right it is always desirable to be informed as to the ways in which we are likely to go wrong. In describing to a man the road which he should follow, we ought to tell him not only the turnings which he is to take but also the turnings which he is to avoid. Similarly, it is a useful part of logic which teaches us the ways and turnings by which people most commonly go astray in reasoning."

A FALLACY is defined as "an unsound argument or way of arguing that, while seeming to resolve a question, actually doesn’t; or a misleading statement or claim where the mistake isn’t immediately obvious. When a fallacy is used to mislead others, it’s called 'sophistry.'" It’s essential for students to understand what a fallacy is and recognize its most common types. As Jevons says: "In learning how to do the right thing, it’s always helpful to know the ways we might go wrong. When explaining to someone the path they should take, we should point out not only the turns they need to make but also the turns they should steer clear of. Similarly, it’s a valuable aspect of logic that teaches us the ways and paths where people most often go wrong in reasoning."

In presenting the following brief statement regarding the more common forms of fallacy, we omit so far as possible the technical details which belong to text-books on logic.[Pg 194]

In this brief statement about the most common types of fallacies, we will avoid the technical details that are typically found in logic textbooks.[Pg 194]

Fallacies.

I. True Collective but False Particular.—An example of this fallacy is found in the argument that because the French race, collectively, are excitable, therefore a particular Frenchman must be excitable. Or that because the Jewish race, collectively, are good business people, therefore the particular Jew must be a good business man. This is as fallacious as arguing that because a man may drown in the ocean he should avoid the bath, basin, or cup of water. There is a vast difference between the whole of a thing and its separate parts. Nitric acid and glycerin, separately, are not explosive, but, combined, they form nitro-glycerin, a most dangerous and powerful explosive. Reversing this form of illustration, we remind you of the old saying: "Salt is a good thing; but one doesn't want to be put in pickle."

I. True Collective but False Particular.—An example of this fallacy is found in the argument that because the French race, as a whole, is excitable, therefore a specific Frenchman must be excitable. Or that because the Jewish race, as a whole, is known for being good at business, therefore a particular Jew must be a good businessman. This is as flawed as saying that because a person can drown in the ocean, they should avoid the bath, sink, or cup of water. There is a huge difference between the entirety of something and its individual parts. Nitric acid and glycerin, separately, aren't explosive, but when combined, they create nitroglycerin, a very dangerous and powerful explosive. Turning this illustration around, we remind you of the old saying: "Salt is great, but you don't want to end up pickled."

II. Irrelevant Conclusion.—This fallacy consists in introducing in the conclusion matter not contained in the premises, or in the confusing of the issue. For instance: (1) All men are sinful; (2) John Smith is a man; therefore (3) John Smith is a horse thief. This may sound absurd, but many arguments are as fallacious as this, and for the same reason. Or another and more subtle form: (1) All thieves are liars; (2) John Smith is a liar; therefore (3) John Smith[Pg 195] is a thief. The first example arises from the introduction of new matter, and the last from the confusion of the issue.

II. Irrelevant Conclusion.—This fallacy occurs when the conclusion includes information that isn’t present in the premises or when the issue is muddled. For example: (1) All men are sinful; (2) John Smith is a man; therefore (3) John Smith is a horse thief. This may seem ridiculous, but many arguments are just as flawed for the same reasons. Another, more subtle version: (1) All thieves are liars; (2) John Smith is a liar; therefore (3) John Smith[Pg 195] is a thief. The first example results from introducing unrelated information, while the latter stems from confusion about the issue.

III. False Cause.—This fallacy consists in attributing cause to a thing which is merely coincident with, or precedent to, the effect. For instance: (1) The cock crows just before or at the moment of sunrise; therefore (2) the cock-crowing is the cause of the sunrise. Or, again: (1) Bad crops followed the election of a Whig president; therefore (2) the Whig party is the cause of the bad crops. Or, again: (1) Where civilization is the highest, there we find the greatest number of high hats; therefore (2) high hats are the cause of civilization.

III. False Cause.—This fallacy occurs when someone wrongly attributes a cause to something that simply happens at the same time as, or before, the effect. For example: (1) The rooster crows just before or at sunrise; therefore (2) the rooster's crowing causes the sunrise. Another example: (1) Poor crop yields followed the election of a Whig president; therefore (2) the Whig party caused the poor crops. Yet another example: (1) In places where civilization is most advanced, we see the highest number of top hats; therefore (2) top hats are responsible for civilization.

IV. Circular Reasoning.—In this form of fallacy the person reasoning or arguing endeavors to explain or prove a thing by itself or its own terms. For instance: (1) The Whig party is honest because it advocates honest principles; (2) the Whig principles are honest because they are advocated by an honest party. A common form of this fallacy in its phase of sophistry is the use of synonyms in such a manner that they seem to express more than the original conception, whereas they are really but other terms for the same thing. An historic example of circular reasoning is the following: (1) The Church of England is the true Church, because[Pg 196] it was established by God; (2) it must have been established by God, because it is the true Church. This form of sophistry is most effective when employed in long arguments in which it is difficult to detect it.

IV. Circular Reasoning.—In this type of fallacy, the person reasoning or arguing tries to explain or prove something using the same thing or its own terms. For example: (1) The Whig party is honest because it promotes honest principles; (2) the Whig principles are honest because they are supported by an honest party. A common version of this fallacy, in its deceptive form, involves using synonyms in a way that makes them seem to convey more than the original idea, while they are merely different words for the same concept. A historical example of circular reasoning is: (1) The Church of England is the true Church because it was established by God; (2) it must have been established by God because it is the true Church. This type of deception is most effective when used in lengthy arguments where it’s hard to spot.

V. Begging the Question.—This fallacy arises from the use of a false premise, or at least of a premise the truth of which is not admitted by the opponent. It may be stated, simply, as "the unwarranted assumption of a premise, generally the major premise." Many persons in public life argue in this way. They boldly assert an unwarranted premise, and then proceed to argue logically from it. The result is confusing to the average person, for, the steps of the reasoning being logical, it seems as if the argument is sound, the fact of the unwarranted premise being overlooked. The person using this form of sophistry proceeds on Aaron Burr's theory of truth being "that which is boldly asserted and plausibly maintained."

V. Begging the Question.—This fallacy comes from using a false premise, or at least a premise that the opponent does not accept as true. It can be simply stated as "the unwarranted assumption of a premise, usually the major premise." Many people in public life argue like this. They confidently state an unfounded premise, then go on to argue logically from it. This ends up being confusing for the average person because, since the reasoning steps are logical, it appears that the argument is valid, with the unwarranted premise going unnoticed. The person using this type of trickery operates on Aaron Burr's idea of truth being "that which is boldly asserted and plausibly maintained."

Bulwer makes one of his characters mention a particularly atrocious form of this fallacy (although an amusing one) in the following words: "Whenever you are about to utter something astonishingly false, always begin with: 'It is an acknowledged fact,' etc. Sir Robert Filmer was a master of this manner of writing. Thus with what a solemn face that great man attempted to cheat. He would say: 'It is a truth undeniable[Pg 197] that there cannot be any multitude of men whatsoever, either great or small, etc., but that in the same multitude there is one man among them that in nature hath a right to be King of all the rest—as being the next heir of Adam!'"

Bulwer has one of his characters point out a particularly awful but funny version of this fallacy with the following words: "Whenever you’re about to say something ridiculously false, always start with: 'It is a well-known fact,' etc. Sir Robert Filmer was an expert at this style of writing. Just look at the serious expression that great man had while trying to deceive. He would say: 'It is an undeniable truth[Pg 197] that there cannot be any group of men at all, big or small, etc., without one man among them who has a natural right to be King over all the others—being the next heir of Adam!'"

Look carefully for the major premise of propositions advanced in argument, spoken or written. Be sure that the person making the proposition is not "begging the question" by the unwarranted assumption of the premise.

Look closely at the main idea of the claims made in an argument, whether spoken or written. Make sure that the person presenting the claim isn’t "begging the question" by unjustifiably assuming the premise.

General Rule of Inference.

Hyslop says concerning valid inferences and fallacious ones: "We cannot infer anything we please from any premises we please. We must conform to certain definite rules or principles. Any violation of them will be a fallacy. There are two simple rules which should not be violated: (1) The subject-matter in the conclusion should be of the same general kind as in the premises; (2) the facts constituting the premises must be accepted and must not be fictitious." A close observance of these rules will result in the detection and avoidance of the principal forms of fallacious reasoning and sophistry.

Hyslop discusses valid and invalid inferences: "We can't just infer anything we want from any premises we choose. We have to follow certain clear rules or principles. Breaking these rules will lead to a fallacy. There are two basic rules that must not be ignored: (1) The subject matter in the conclusion should be of the same general type as in the premises; (2) The facts in the premises must be accepted as true and should not be made up." Strictly adhering to these rules will help identify and avoid the main types of flawed reasoning and deception.

Sophisticated Arguments.

There are a number of tricky practices resorted to by persons in argument, that are fallacious in intent and[Pg 198] result, which we do not consider here in detail as they scarcely belong to the particular subject of this book. A brief mention, however, may be permitted in the interest of general information. Here are the principal ones:—

There are several deceptive tactics used by people in arguments that are misleading both in intent and result, which we won't discuss in detail since they don't specifically relate to the topic of this book. However, a brief mention is allowed for the sake of general knowledge. Here are the main ones:—

(1) Arguing that a proposition is correct because the opponent cannot prove the contrary. The fallacy is seen when we realize that the statement, "The moon is made of green cheese," is not proved because we cannot prove the contrary. No amount of failure to disprove a proposition really proves it; and no amount of failure to prove a proposition really disproves it. As a general rule, the burden of proof rests upon the person stating the proposition, and his opponent is not called upon to disprove it or else have it considered proved. The old cry of "You cannot prove that it is not so" is based upon a fallacious conception.

(1) Claiming that a statement is true just because the other person can’t prove it wrong. This mistake becomes obvious when we realize that saying, "The moon is made of green cheese," isn't proven just because we can’t show it isn’t true. No amount of failing to disprove a statement actually proves it; and no amount of failing to prove a statement actually disproves it. Generally, the person making the claim has to provide the evidence, and their opponent isn’t required to disprove it for it to be seen as proven. The old argument of "You can’t prove that it isn’t true" is based on a flawed idea.

(2) Abuse of the opponent, his party, or his cause. This is no real argument or reasoning. It is akin to proving a point by beating the opponent over the head.

(2) Attacking the opponent, their party, or their cause. This isn't a real argument or reasoning. It's like trying to make a point by hitting the opponent over the head.

(3) Arguing that an opponent does not live up to his principles is no argument against the principles he advocates. A man may advocate the principle of temperance and yet drink to excess. This simply proves that he preaches better than he practices; but the truth of the principle of temperance is not affected in any[Pg 199] way thereby. The proof of this is that he may change his practices; and it cannot be held that the change of his personal habits improves or changes the nature of the principle.

(3) Just because someone doesn't stick to their principles doesn't mean those principles are invalid. A person can promote the idea of moderation and still overindulge. This just shows that they talk a good game but don't always follow through; however, the validity of moderation remains unchanged. The proof is that they can adjust their behavior, and it's not reasonable to think that a change in their personal habits alters the essence of the principle.

(4) Argument of authority is not based on logic. Authority is valuable when really worthy, and merely as corroboration or adding weight; but it is not logical argument. The reasons of the authority alone constitute a real argument. The abuse of this form of argument is shown, in the above reference to "begging the question," in the quotation from Bulwer.

(4) An appeal to authority isn't based on logic. Authority is useful when it's genuinely credible, and only serves as confirmation or adds weight; but it's not a logical argument. The reasons from the authority alone make a valid argument. The misuse of this type of argument is highlighted in the earlier mention of "begging the question," in the quote from Bulwer.

(5) Appeal to prejudice or public opinion is not a valid argument, for public opinion is frequently wrong and prejudice is often unwarranted. And, at the best, they "have nothing to do with the case" from the standpoint of logic. The abuse of testimony and claimed evidence is also worthy of examination, but we cannot go into the subject here.

(5) Relying on prejudice or public opinion isn't a valid argument because public opinion is often mistaken and prejudice is usually unjustified. Besides, they "have nothing to do with the case" from a logical perspective. The misuse of testimony and the evidence being presented also deserve scrutiny, but we can't delve into that topic here.

Prejudice fallacies.

But perhaps the most dangerous of all fallacies in the search for truth on the part of the most of us are those which arise from the following:—

But maybe the most dangerous misconceptions in our quest for truth are the ones that come from the following:—

(1) The tendency to reason from what we feel and wish to be true, rather than from the actual facts of the case, which causes us unconsciously to assume the men[Pg 200]tal attitude of "if the facts agree with our likes and pet theories, all is well; if they do not, so much the worse for the facts."

(1) The habit of reasoning based on what we feel and want to be true instead of the actual facts leads us to unconsciously adopt the mindset of "if the facts support our preferences and favorite theories, everything is fine; if they don't, then that's too bad for the facts."

(2) The tendency in all of us to perceive only the facts that agree with our theories and to ignore the others. We find that for which we seek, and overlook that which does not interest us. Our discoveries follow our interest, and our interest follows our desires and beliefs.

(2) We all have a tendency to see only the facts that support our theories and to ignore the rest. We notice what we're looking for and overlook what doesn't capture our interest. Our discoveries align with our interests, and our interests are shaped by our desires and beliefs.

The intelligent man or woman realizes these tendencies of human nature and endeavors to avoid them in his or her own reasoning, but is keenly conscious of them in the arguments and reasoning of others. A failure to observe and guard one's self against these tendencies results in bigotry, intolerance, narrowness, and intellectual astigmatism.[Pg 201]

The intelligent person understands these tendencies of human nature and tries to avoid them in their own reasoning, while being acutely aware of them in the arguments and reasoning of others. Failing to notice and protect oneself from these tendencies leads to bigotry, intolerance, narrow-mindedness, and intellectual blindness.[Pg 201]


CHAPTER XXIX.
The Will.

THE activities of the will comprise the third great class of mental processes. Psychologists always have differed greatly in their conception of just what constitutes these activities. Even to-day it is difficult to obtain a dictionary definition of the will that agrees with the best opinion on the subject. The dictionaries adhere to the old classification and conception which regarded the will as "that faculty of the mind or soul by which it chooses or decides." But with the growth of the idea that the will acts according to the strongest motive, and that the motive is supplied by the average struck between the desires of the moment, under the supervision of the intellect, the conception of will as the choosing and deciding faculty is passing from favor. In the place of the older conception has come the newer one which holds that the will is primarily concerned with action.

THE activities of the will make up the third major type of mental processes. Psychologists have always had significant differences in their understanding of what exactly these activities entail. Even today, it's hard to find a dictionary definition of the will that aligns with the current best opinions on the matter. Dictionaries still stick to the old classification and definition that view the will as "that faculty of the mind or soul that chooses or decides." However, with the growing idea that the will operates based on the strongest motive, which is shaped by a balance of immediate desires under the guidance of the intellect, the traditional view of the will as merely a choosing and deciding faculty is losing popularity. In its place, a newer perspective has emerged, suggesting that the will is fundamentally focused on action.

It is difficult to place the will in the category of mental processes. But it is generally agreed that it abides in the very center of the mental being, and is closely associated with what is called the ego, or self.[Pg 202] The will seems to have at least three general phases, viz.: (1) The phase of desire, (2) the phase of deliberation or choice, and (3) the phase of expression in action. In order to understand the will, it is necessary to consider each of these three phases of its activities.

It's tough to categorize will as a mental process. However, it's widely accepted that it sits at the core of our mental being and is closely linked to what we refer to as the ego or self.[Pg 202] The will appears to have at least three main stages: (1) the stage of desire, (2) the stage of deliberation or choice, and (3) the stage of expression through action. To truly understand will, we need to look at each of these three stages of its activities.

(1). Desire.

The first phase of will, which is called "desire," is in itself somewhat complex. On its lower side it touches, and, in fact, blends into, feeling and emotion. Its center consists of a state of tension, akin to that of a coiled spring or a cat crouching ready for a spring. On its higher side it touches, penetrates, and blends into the other phases of the will which we have mentioned.

The first phase of will, known as "desire," is quite complex in itself. On its lower end, it connects with, and actually merges into, feeling and emotion. At its core is a state of tension, similar to a coiled spring or a cat crouched and ready to pounce. On its upper end, it interacts with, reaches into, and merges with the other phases of will that we’ve discussed.

Desire is defined as "a feeling, emotion, or excitement of the mind directed toward the attainment, enjoyment, or possession of some object from which pleasure, profit, or gratification is expected." Halleck gives us the following excellent conception of the moving spirit of desire: "Desire has for its object something which will bring pleasure or get rid of pain, immediate or remote, for the individual or for some one in whom he is interested. Aversion, or a striving away from something, is merely the negative aspect of desire."

Desire is described as "a feeling, emotion, or excitement of the mind aimed at achieving, enjoying, or possessing something that is expected to bring pleasure, benefit, or satisfaction." Halleck offers a great understanding of the essence of desire: "Desire targets something that will provide pleasure or eliminate pain, whether immediate or distant, for oneself or for someone they care about. Aversion, or the urge to avoid something, is simply the negative side of desire."

In Halleck's statement, above quoted, we have the explanation of the part played by the intellect in the ac[Pg 203]tivities of will. The intellect is able to perceive the relations between present action and future results, and is able to point the way toward the suppression of some desires in order that other and better ones may be manifested. It also serves its purposes in regulating the "striking of the average" between conflicting desires. Without the intervention of the intellect, the temporary desire of the moment would invariably be acted upon without regard to future results or consequences to one's self and others. It also serves to point out the course of action calculated to give the most satisfactory expression of the desire.

In Halleck's statement, quoted above, we have the explanation of the role the intellect plays in the activities of will. The intellect can understand the connections between current actions and future outcomes, and it guides the suppression of certain desires so that other, more beneficial ones can emerge. It also helps manage the "striking of the average" between conflicting desires. Without the intellect's involvement, the immediate desire of the moment would always be acted upon, ignoring future results or consequences for oneself and others. Additionally, it indicates the best course of action to express the desire most satisfactorily.

While it is a fact that the action of will depends almost entirely upon the motive force of desire, it is likewise true that desire may be created, regulated, suppressed, and even killed by the action of the will. The will, by giving or refusing attention to a certain class of desires, may either cause them to grow and wax strong, or else die and fade away. It must be remembered, however, that this use of the will itself springs from another set of desires or feelings.

While it's true that our will is mostly driven by our desires, it's also the case that our will can create, control, suppress, or even extinguish those desires. By choosing to focus on or ignore certain desires, our will can either make them stronger or let them fade away. However, it's important to remember that this exercise of will comes from another set of desires or feelings.

Desire is aroused by feelings or emotions rising from the subconscious planes of the mind and seeking expression and manifestation. We have considered the nature of the feelings and emotions in previous chapters, which should be read in connection with the present one. It[Pg 204] should be remembered that the feeling or emotional side of desire arises from either inherited race memories existing as instincts, or from the memory of the past experiences of the individual. In some cases the feeling first manifests in a vague unrest caused by subconscious promptings and excitement. Then the imagination pictures the object of the feeling, or certain memory images connected with it, and the desire thus manifests on the plane of consciousness.

Desire comes from feelings or emotions that emerge from the subconscious mind and look for expression and realization. We’ve explored the nature of these feelings and emotions in earlier chapters, which should be read in connection with this one. It[Pg 204] is important to remember that the emotional aspect of desire stems either from inherited instincts tied to our ancestral memories or from individual past experiences. Sometimes, this feeling first shows up as a vague restlessness brought on by subconscious cues and excitement. Then, the imagination visualizes the object of the feeling or specific memories related to it, and the desire becomes apparent in our conscious awareness.

The entrance of the desire feeling into consciousness is accompanied by that peculiar tension which marks the second phase of desire. This tension, when sufficiently strong, passes into the third phase of desire, or that in which desire blends into will action. Desire in this stage makes a demand upon will for expression and action. From mere feeling, and tension of feeling, it becomes a call to action. But before expression and action are given to it, the second phase of will must manifest at least for a moment; this second phase is that known as deliberation, or the weighing and balancing of desires.

The entrance of the feeling of desire into awareness is marked by that unique tension that signifies the second phase of desire. When this tension is strong enough, it transitions into the third phase, where desire merges into willful action. At this stage, desire demands the will for expression and action. What starts as just a feeling and tension turns into a call to action. However, before it can be expressed and acted upon, the second phase of will must show up, even if just for a moment; this second phase is what we call deliberation, or the process of weighing and balancing desires.

(2). Discussion.

The second phase of will, known as deliberation, is more than the purely intellectual process which the term would indicate. The intellect plays an important part,[Pg 205] it is true, but there is also an almost instinctive and automatic weighing and balancing of desires. There is seldom only one desire presenting its claims upon the will at any particular moment. It is true that occasionally there arises an emotional desire of such dominant power and strength that it crowds out every other claimant at the bar of deliberation. But such instances are rare, and as a rule there are a host of rival claimants, each insisting upon its rights in the matter at issue. In the man of weak or undeveloped and untrained intellect, the struggle is usually little more than a brief combat between several desires, in which the strongest at the moment wins. But with the development of intellect new factors arise and new forces are felt. Moreover, the more complex one's emotional nature, and the greater the development of the higher forms of feeling, the more intense is the struggle of deliberation or the fight of the desires.

The second phase of will, called deliberation, is more than just an intellectual process that the term suggests. While the intellect plays a significant role, there's also an almost instinctive and automatic weighing and balancing of desires. It's rare for just one desire to make its case to the will at any given moment. Sometimes, a strong emotional desire can dominate so much that it overshadows every other contender in the deliberation process. But those cases are uncommon; typically, there are many competing desires, each demanding its due consideration. For someone with a weak or undeveloped intellect, the struggle usually amounts to a brief clash between a number of desires, where the strongest at the moment prevails. However, as intellect develops, new factors and forces come into play. Additionally, the more complex a person's emotional nature and the more advanced their higher feelings become, the more intense the struggle of deliberation or the contest of desires.

We see, in Halleck's definition, that desire has not only the object of "bringing pleasure or getting rid of pain" for the individual, but that the additional element of the welfare of "some one in whom he is interested" is added, which element is often the deciding factor. This element, of course, arises from the development and cultivation of one's emotional nature. In the same way we also see that it is not merely the immediate[Pg 206] welfare of one's self or those in whom one is interested that speaks before the bar, but also the more remote welfare. This consideration of future welfare depends upon the intellect and cultivated imagination under its control. Moreover, the trained intellect is able to discover possible greater satisfaction in some course of action other than in the one prompted by the clamoring desire of the moment. This explains why the judgment and action of an intelligent man, as a rule, are far different from those of the unintelligent one; and also why a man of culture tends toward different action from that of the uncultured; and likewise, why the man of broad sympathies and high ideals acts in a different way from one of the opposite type. But the principle is ever the same—the feelings manifest in desire, the greatest ultimate satisfaction apparent at the moment is sought, and the strongest set of desires wins the day.

In Halleck's definition, we see that desire isn't just about "bringing pleasure or getting rid of pain" for the individual; it also includes the welfare of "someone they care about," which often becomes the deciding factor. This aspect comes from developing and nurturing one's emotional nature. Likewise, we observe that it's not only the immediate[Pg 206] welfare of oneself or those one cares about that comes into play, but also their more remote welfare. This consideration of future welfare relies on intellect and a cultivated imagination. Furthermore, a trained intellect can identify potential greater satisfaction from a different course of action than the one driven by immediate desires. This explains why the judgments and actions of an intelligent person typically differ from those of an unintelligent one; why a cultured person tends to act differently from someone uncultured; and why a person with broad sympathies and high ideals behaves differently from someone with the opposite traits. Yet, the principle remains the same—the feelings expressed through desire seek the greatest apparent satisfaction of the moment, and the strongest set of desires ultimately prevails.

Halleck's comment on this point is interesting. He says: "Desire is not always proportional to the idea of one's own selfish pleasure. Many persons, after forming an idea of the vast amount of earthly distress, desire to relieve it, and the desire goes out in action, as the benevolent societies in every city testify. Here the individual pleasure is none the less, but it is secondary, coming from the pleasure of others. The desire of the near often raises a stronger desire than the remote. A[Pg 207] child frequently prefers a thing immediately if it is only one tenth as good as something he might have a year hence. A student often desires more the leisure of to-day than the success of future years. Though admonished to study, he wastes his time and thus loses incomparably greater future pleasure when he is tossed to the rear in the struggle for existence."

Halleck's comment on this point is interesting. He says: "Desire isn't always tied to the idea of one's own selfish pleasure. Many people, after realizing the vast amount of suffering in the world, want to help relieve it, and this desire turns into action, as the charitable organizations in every city show. Here, personal pleasure is still present, but it becomes secondary, stemming from the happiness of others. The desire for the near often creates a stronger urge than the remote. A[Pg 207] child often prefers something immediate even if it's only a fraction as good as something they could have a year later. A student frequently desires today's leisure more than the success that will come in the future. Even when told to study, they waste their time and end up missing out on far greater future enjoyment when they're left behind in the competition for survival."

The result of this weighing and balancing of the desire is, or should be, decision and choice, which then passes into action. But many persons seem unable to "make up their own mind," and require a push or urge from without before they will act. Others decide, without proper use of the intellect, upon what they call "impulse," but which is merely impatience. Some are like the fabled donkey which starved to death when placed at an equal distance between two equally attractive haystacks and was unable to decide towards which to move. Others follow the example of Jeppe, in the comedy, who, when given a coin with which to buy a piece of soap for his wife, stood on the corner deliberating whether to obey orders or to buy a drink with the money. He wants the drink, but realizes that his wife will beat him if he returns without the soap. "My stomach says drink; my back says soap," says Jeppe. "But," finally he remarks, "is not a man's stomach more to him than his back? Yes, says I."[Pg 208]

The result of weighing and balancing desire is, or should be, decision and choice, which then leads to action. But many people seem unable to "make up their own mind" and need a push or nudge from outside before they will act. Others make decisions without properly using their intellect, acting on what they call "impulse," which is just impatience. Some are like the donkey in the fable who starved to death when placed equidistant between two equally tempting haystacks and couldn’t choose which one to go to. Others follow the example of Jeppe in the comedy, who, when given a coin to buy soap for his wife, stood at the corner debating whether to follow orders or buy a drink with the money. He wants the drink but knows his wife will punish him if he comes back without the soap. "My stomach says drink; my back says soap," Jeppe says. But then he concludes, "Isn't a man's stomach more important to him than his back? Yes, I think so."[Pg 208]

The final decision depends upon the striking a balance between the desires,—the weighing of desire for and desire against,—desire for this and desire for something else. The strength of the several desires depends upon nearness and present interest arising from attention, as applied to the feelings and emotions arising from heredity, environment, experience, and education, which constitute character; and also upon the degree of intellectual clearness and power in forming correct judgments between the desires.

The final decision hinges on finding a balance between desires—considering both the desire for something and the desire against it, as well as the desire for this and the desire for something else. The intensity of these desires depends on their proximity and the present interest that comes from focus, related to feelings and emotions shaped by heredity, environment, experience, and education, which together make up character. It also relies on the clarity of thought and the ability to make accurate judgments among the desires.

It must be remembered, however, that the intellect appears not as an opponent of the principle of the satisfaction of desire, but merely as an instrument of the ego in determining which course of action will result in the greatest ultimate satisfaction, direct or indirect, present or future. For, at the last, every individual acts so as to bring himself the greatest satisfaction, immediate or future, direct or indirect, either personal or through the welfare of others, as this may appear to him at the particular moment of deliberation. We always act in the direction of that which will greater "content our spirit." This will be found to be the spirit of all decisions, although the motive is often hidden and difficult to find even by the individual himself, many of the strongest motives having their origin in the subconscious planes of mentality.[Pg 209]

It should be noted, however, that the intellect is not a rival to the principle of satisfying desire; rather, it serves as a tool for the ego to figure out which actions will lead to the greatest overall satisfaction, whether that’s immediate or future, direct or indirect. For, ultimately, everyone makes choices that they believe will give them the most satisfaction—whether that’s in the moment or down the line, directly or indirectly, personally or through the well-being of others, as they see it in their moment of decision-making. We always move toward what will best "fulfill our spirit." This reflects the underlying nature of all decisions, even though the reasons behind them are often concealed and hard to identify, with many strong motives coming from the subconscious mind.[Pg 209]

(3). Act.

The third and final phase of will is that known as action—the act of volition by which the desire-idea is expressed in physical or mental activity. The old conception of the will held that the decisive phase of the will was its characteristic and final phase, ignoring the fact that the very essence or spirit of will is bound up with action. Even those familiar with the newer conception frequently assume that the act of decision is the final phase of will, ignoring the fact that we frequently decide to do a thing and yet may never carry out the intention and decision. The act of willing is not complete unless action is expressed. There must be the manifestation of the motor element or phase of will, else the will process is incomplete.

The third and final phase of will is action—the effort by which the desire or idea is shown through physical or mental activity. The old view of will focused on the decisive phase as the main and final part, overlooking that the true essence of will is tied to action. Even those who understand the newer perspective often mistakenly believe that making a decision is the final phase of will, ignoring that we can often decide to do something and yet never follow through on that intention or decision. The act of willing isn't complete unless it results in action. There needs to be a demonstration of the active element or phase of will; otherwise, the will process remains unfinished.

A weakness of this last phase of will affects the entire will and renders its processes ineffective. The world is filled with persons who are able to decide what is best to do, and what should be done, but who never actually act upon the decision. The few persons who promptly follow up the decision with vigorous action are those who accomplish the world's work. Without the full manifestation of this third phase of will the other two phases are useless.

A weakness in this final stage of will impacts the whole will and makes its processes ineffective. The world is full of people who can decide what is best to do and what should be done, but who never actually act on that decision. The few people who quickly follow up their decisions with strong action are the ones who get things done in the world. Without fully demonstrating this third stage of will, the other two stages are pointless.

Types of Wills.

So far we have considered merely the highest type[Pg 210] of will—that which is accompanied by conscious deliberation, in which the intellect takes an active part. In this process, not only do the conflicting feelings push themselves forward with opposing claims for recognition, but the intellect is active in examining the case and offering valuable testimony as to the comparative merits of the various claimants and the effect of certain courses of action upon the individual. There are, however, several lower forms of will manifestation which we should briefly consider in passing.

So far, we have only looked at the highest type[Pg 210] of will—that which involves conscious thought, where the intellect plays an active role. In this process, not only do conflicting emotions assert themselves with competing demands for acknowledgment, but the intellect also actively examines the situation and provides valuable insights regarding the relative strengths of each claim and the impact of different actions on the individual. However, there are several lower forms of will expression that we should briefly touch on.

Reflex Action.—The will is moved to action by the reflex activities of the nervous system which have been mentioned in the earlier chapters of this book. In this general type we find unconscious reflex action, such as that manifested when a sleeper is touched and moves away, or when the frog's leg twitches when the nerve end is excited. We also find conscious reflex action, such as that manifested by the winking of the eye, or the performance of habitual physical motion, such as the movement in walking, operating the sewing machine or typewriter, playing the piano, etc.

Reflex Action.—The will is triggered into action by the reflex activities of the nervous system discussed in earlier chapters of this book. In this category, we see unconscious reflex actions, like when a person sleeping is touched and instinctively moves away, or when a frog's leg twitches when its nerve endings are stimulated. We also observe conscious reflex actions, such as blinking the eye or performing routine physical tasks, like walking, using a sewing machine or typewriter, playing the piano, and so on.

Impulsive Action.—The will is often moved to action by a dim idea or faint perception of purpose or impulse. The action is almost instinctive, although there is a vague perception of purpose. For instance, we feel an impulse to turn toward the source of a strange sound or[Pg 211] sight, or other source of interest or curiosity. Or we may feel an impulse arising from the subconscious plane of our mind, causing a dimly-conscious idea of movement or action to relieve the tension. For instance, one may feel a desire to exercise, or to seek fresh air or green fields, although he had not been thinking of these things at the time. These impulses arise from a subconscious feeling of fatigue or desire for change, which, added to a fleeting idea, produces the impulse. Unless an impulse is inhibited by the will activities inspired by other desires, habits, ideas, or ideals, we act upon it in precisely the same way that a young child or animal does. Hoffding says of this type of action: "The psychological condition of the impulse is, that with the momentary feeling and sensation should be combined a more or less clear idea of something which may augment the pleasure or diminish the pain of the moment."

Impulsive Action.—The will is often triggered to act by a vague idea or a faint sense of purpose or impulse. The action feels almost instinctual, even though there's a slight awareness of purpose. For example, we might feel the urge to turn towards a strange sound or sight, or any other source of interest or curiosity. Additionally, we might experience an impulse coming from our subconscious, prompting a faintly conscious idea of movement or action to relieve tension. For instance, someone may suddenly want to exercise or get some fresh air or enjoy nature, even if those thoughts weren't on their mind at the time. These impulses stem from a subconscious feeling of tiredness or a desire for change, which, combined with a fleeting idea, creates the impulse. Unless an impulse is stopped by the will due to other desires, habits, ideas, or ideals, we act on it just like a young child or animal would. Hoffding describes this type of action: "The psychological condition of the impulse is that with the momentary feeling and sensation, there should be a more or less clear idea of something that could enhance pleasure or lessen pain at that moment."

Instinctive Action.—The will is frequently moved to action by an instinctive stimulus. This form of will activity closely resembles the last mentioned form, and often it is impossible to distinguish between the two. The activities of the bee in building its comb and storing its honey, the work of the silkworm and caterpillar in building their resting places, are examples of this form of action. Indeed, even the building of the nest of the bird may be so classed. In these cases there is an intel[Pg 212]ligent action toward a definite end, but the animal is unconscious of that end. The experiences of the remote ancestors of these creatures recorded their impressions upon the subconscious mind of the species, and they are transmitted in some way to all of that species. The nervous system of every living thing is a record cylinder of the experiences of its early ancestors, and these cylinders tend to reproduce these impressions upon appropriate occasions. In preceding chapters we have shown that even man is under the influence of instinct to a greater extent than he imagines himself to be.[Pg 213]

Instinctive Action.—The will is often prompted to act by an instinctive trigger. This kind of will activity closely resembles the previously mentioned type, and it can often be hard to tell them apart. The actions of a bee as it builds its comb and stores honey, or the work of silkworms and caterpillars creating their resting places, are examples of this kind of action. Even a bird building its nest can fall into this category. In these cases, there is intelligent action aimed at a specific goal, but the animal is not aware of that goal. The experiences of the distant ancestors of these creatures are recorded in the subconscious mind of the species, and these impressions are somehow passed down to all members of that species. The nervous system of every living being acts like a record of the experiences of its ancestors, and these records tend to reproduce those impressions in appropriate situations. In earlier chapters, we have shown that even humans are influenced by instinct more than they realize.[Pg 213]


CHAPTER XXX.
Will-Training.

IT is of the utmost importance that the individual develop, cultivate, and train his will so as to bring it under the influence of the higher part of his mental and moral being. While the will is used most effectively in developing and training the intellect and building character, it itself must be trained by itself to habitually come under the guidance of the intellect and under the influence of that which we call character.

It’s extremely important for a person to develop, nurture, and strengthen their will so that it aligns with the higher aspects of their mental and moral self. While the will is most effectively used in developing and training the mind and building character, it also needs to be trained on its own to regularly follow the guidance of the intellect and be influenced by what we refer to as character.

The influence of the trained will upon the several mental faculties is most marked. There are no faculties which may not be cultivated by the will. The first and great task of the will in this direction is the control and direction of the attention. The will determines the kind of interest that shall prevail at the moment, and the kind of interest largely determines the character of the man, his tastes, his feelings, his thoughts, his acts. Gordy says: "Coöperating with a pre-existing influence, the will can make a weaker one prevail over a stronger. * * * It determines which of pre-existing influences shall have control over the mind."[Pg 214]

The influence of a trained will on different mental abilities is very significant. There are no abilities that the will can’t develop. The primary task of the will in this regard is to control and direct attention. The will decides what type of interest will dominate at any given time, and this type of interest largely shapes a person’s character, tastes, feelings, thoughts, and actions. Gordy states: "Working alongside a pre-existing influence, the will can allow a weaker one to overcome a stronger one. * * * It determines which of the existing influences will have control over the mind."[Pg 214]

Moreover, concentrated and continued attention depends entirely upon the exercise of the will. As Gordy says: "If the will relaxes its hold upon the activities of the mind, the attention is liable to be carried away by any one of the thousands of ideas that the laws of association are constantly bringing into our minds."

Moreover, focused and sustained attention relies completely on the exercise of willpower. As Gordy states: "If the will loosens its grip on the activities of the mind, attention can easily be swept away by any of the countless ideas that the laws of association are constantly introducing into our thoughts."

Even in the matter of mental images the will asserts its sway, and the imagination may be trained to be the obedient servant of the developed will. Regarding the influence of the will upon character, Davidson says: "It is not enough for a man to understand correctly and love duly the conditions of moral life in his own time; he must, still further, be willing and able to fulfill these conditions. And he certainly cannot do this unless his will is trained to perfect freedom, so that it responds, with the utmost readiness, to the suggestions of his discriminating intelligence and the movements of his chastened affections." Halleck says: "We gradually make our characters by separate acts of will, just as a blacksmith by repeated blows beats out a horseshoe or an anchor from a shapeless mass of iron. A finished anchor or horseshoe was never the product of a single blow."

Even when it comes to mental images, the will maintains its control, and the imagination can be trained to be the obedient servant of a strong will. According to Davidson on the will’s impact on character: "It’s not enough for someone to understand and care about the moral aspects of life in their time; they also need to be willing and capable of meeting these conditions. They certainly can't do this unless their will is trained for complete freedom, allowing it to respond quickly to the insights of their discerning intelligence and the feelings of their refined emotions." Halleck states: "We gradually shape our characters through individual acts of will, just like a blacksmith who, with repeated strikes, forms a horseshoe or an anchor from a formless piece of iron. A completed anchor or horseshoe is never the result of a single strike."

Training Your Will.

Perhaps the best way to train the will is to use it intelligently, and with a purpose. The training of any[Pg 215] faculty of the mind is at the same time a training of the will. The attention being so closely allied to the will, it follows that a careful training of attention will result in a strengthening of the will. The training of the emotional side of one's nature also brings results in the strengthening of the will.

Perhaps the best way to train your will is to use it wisely and with intention. Training any[Pg 215] aspect of the mind also involves training the will. Since attention is closely connected to the will, focusing on improving your attention will lead to a stronger will. Additionally, working on your emotional side can also contribute to strengthening your will.

Halleck gives his students excellent advice regarding the training of the will. It would be hard to find anything better along these lines than the following from his pen: "Nothing schools the will, and renders it ready for effort in this complex world, better than accustoming it to face disagreeable things. Professor James advises all to do something occasionally for no other reason than that they would rather not do it, if it is nothing more than giving up a seat in a street car. He likens such effort to the insurance that a man pays on his house. He has something that he can fall back on in time of trouble. A will schooled in this way is always ready to respond, no matter how great the emergency. While another would be crying over spilled milk, the possessor of such a will has already found another cow. * * * The only way to secure such a will is to practice doing disagreeable things. There are daily opportunities. * * * A man who had declared his aversion to what he deemed the dry facts of political economy was one day found knitting his brow over a[Pg 216] chapter of John Stuart Mill. When a friend expressed surprise, the man replied: 'I am playing the schoolmaster with myself. I am reading this because I dislike it.' Such a man has the elements of success in him. * * * On the other hand, the one who habitually avoids disagreeable action is training his will to be of no use to him at a time when supreme effort is demanded. Such a will can never elbow its way to the front in life."

Halleck offers his students great advice about training their willpower. It’s hard to find anything better than this: "Nothing trains the will and prepares it for effort in this complicated world better than getting used to facing unpleasant things. Professor James recommends that everyone occasionally do something just because they would prefer not to do it, even if it’s something as simple as giving up a seat on a bus. He compares this effort to the insurance a person pays on their house. It’s a safety net for tough times. A will trained this way is always ready to respond, no matter how big the challenge. While others are crying over spilled milk, someone with this kind of will has already found another cow. * * * The only way to develop this kind of will is to practice doing things that are uncomfortable. There are daily opportunities. * * * One man who claimed he hated what he thought were the dull facts of political economy was once seen frowning over a[Pg 216] chapter by John Stuart Mill. When a friend expressed surprise, he replied: ‘I’m being my own teacher. I’m reading this because I dislike it.’ Such a person has the potential for success. * * * On the flip side, someone who constantly avoids uncomfortable actions is training their will to be useless when a major effort is needed. That kind of will will never push its way to the front in life."

Habits.

Habits are the beaten track over which the will travels. The beaten path of habit is the line of least resistance to the will. One who would train his will must needs pay attention to providing it with the proper mental paths over which to travel. The rule for the creation of habits is simply this: Travel over the mental path as often as possible. The rule for breaking undesirable habits is this: Cultivate the opposite habit. In these two rules is expressed the gist of what has been written on the subject.

Habits are the established route that the will follows. The established path of habit is the easiest way for the will to go. Anyone who wants to strengthen their will must focus on creating the right mental pathways to follow. The guideline for forming habits is simple: Use the mental path as often as you can. The guideline for breaking bad habits is: Develop the opposite habit. These two guidelines capture the essence of what has been said on the subject.

Professor William James has left to the world some invaluable advice regarding the cultivation of right habits. He bases his rules upon those of Professor Bain, elaborates these, and adds some equally good ones. We herewith quote freely from both James and Bain[Pg 217] on this subject; it is the best ever written regarding habit building.

Professor William James has shared some invaluable advice on developing good habits. He builds on the rules of Professor Bain, explains them further, and adds some equally useful tips. Here, we quote generously from both James and Bain[Pg 217] on this topic; it's the best information ever written about habit formation.

I. "In the acquisition of a new habit, or the leaving off of an old one, launch yourself with as strong and decided an initiative as possible. This will give your new beginning such a momentum that the temptation to break down will not occur as soon as it otherwise might; and every day during which a breakdown is postponed adds to the chances of it not occurring at all."—James.

I. "When taking on a new habit or letting go of an old one, start with as much energy and determination as you can. This will create enough momentum for your new start that you won't feel the urge to give up as quickly as you might otherwise; and each day you avoid breaking down increases the chances that you won’t break down at all."—James.

II. "Never suffer an exception to occur till the new habit is securely rooted in your life. Every lapse is like the letting fall of a ball of string which one is carefully winding up—a single slip undoes more than a great many turns will wind again."—James. "It is necessary, above all things, in such a situation, never to lose a battle. Every gain on the wrong side undoes the effect of many conquests on the right. The essential precaution is so to regulate the two opposing powers that the one may have a series of uninterrupted successes, until repetition has fortified it to such a degree as to enable it to cope with the opposition, under any circumstances."—Bain.

II. "Never allow any exceptions to happen until the new habit is firmly established in your life. Every mistake is like dropping a ball of string that you're trying to wind up—one small slip can undo a lot of progress."—James. "It's crucial, above all else, in such a situation, to never lose a battle. Every loss on the wrong side undermines the victories achieved on the right. The key precaution is to manage the two opposing forces so that one can achieve a series of uninterrupted successes until repetition has strengthened it enough to handle the opposition in any circumstances."—Bain.

III. "Seize the very first possible opportunity to act on every resolution you make, and on every emotional prompting you may experience in the direction of the[Pg 218] habits you aspire to gain. It is not in the moment of their forming, but in the moment of their producing motor effects, that resolves and aspirations communicate their new 'set' to the brain."—James. "The actual presence of the practical opportunity alone furnishes the fulcrum upon which the lever can rest, by which the moral will may multiply its strength and raise itself aloft. He who has no solid ground to press against will never get beyond the stage of empty gesture making."—Bain.

III. "Take the very first chance you get to act on every resolution you make and on any emotional nudges you feel towards the[Pg 218] habits you want to develop. It's not just when you decide to change, but when you actually take action that your resolutions and aspirations make an impact on your brain."—James. "The real presence of a practical opportunity is the support that your will can push against to gain strength and lift itself up. If you don't have a solid foundation to push against, you'll never move beyond just making empty gestures."—Bain.

IV. "Keep the faculty alive in you by a little gratuitous exercise every day. That is, be systematically ascetic or heroic in little, unnecessary points; do every day something for no other reason than that you would rather not do it, so that when the hour of dire need draws nigh, it may find you not unnerved and untrained to stand the test. * * * The man who has daily inured himself to habits of concentrated attention, energetic volition, and self-denial in unnecessary things will stand like a tower when everything rocks around him, and when his softer fellow mortals are winnowed like chaff in the blast."—James.[Pg 219]

IV. "Keep your skills sharp by doing a little extra practice every day. In other words, be intentionally disciplined or brave in small, unnecessary ways; do something each day just because you would prefer not to do it, so that when the moment of true challenge arrives, you'll be prepared and strong enough to handle it. * * * A person who trains themselves daily in focused concentration, strong will, and restraint in trivial matters will remain sturdy when everything around them shakes, while their more delicate peers are swept away like dust in the wind."—James.[Pg 219]


CHAPTER XXXI.
Will-Tonic.

IN addition to the general rules for developing and training the will given in the preceding chapter, we ask you to tone up and strengthen the will by the inspiration to be derived from the words of some of the world's great thinkers and doers. In these words there is such a vital statement of the recognition, realization, and manifestation of that something within, which we call "will," that it is a dull soul, indeed, which is not inspired by the contagion of the idea. These expressions are the milestones on the Path of Attainment, placed by those who have preceded us on the journey. We submit these quotations without comment; they speak for themselves.

IN addition to the general rules for developing and training the will provided in the previous chapter, we encourage you to strengthen your will by drawing inspiration from the words of some of the world's great thinkers and doers. Their words contain a powerful acknowledgment, understanding, and manifestation of what we refer to as "will," and it would take a truly dull soul not to feel motivated by the power of this idea. These expressions serve as milestones on the Path of Attainment, set by those who have come before us on this journey. We present these quotes without comment; they speak for themselves.

Wisdom Words.

"They can who think they can. Character is a perfectly educated will."

"They can do it if they believe they can. Character is a well-trained will."

"Nothing can resist the will of a man who knows what is true and wills what is good."

"Nothing can stand against the determination of a person who knows what is true and desires what is good."

"In all difficulties advance and will, for within you[Pg 220] is a power, a living force, which the more you trust and learn to use will annihilate the opposition of matter."

"In all challenges, move forward and be determined, because inside you[Pg 220] is a power, a living energy, which the more you trust and learn to utilize, will eliminate the resistance of physical obstacles."

"The star of the unconquered will,
It rises in my breast,
Serene and resolute and still,
And calm and self-possessed.
"So nigh is grandeur to our dust,
So near is God to man,
When duty whispers low, 'Thou must!'
The youth replies, 'I can!'"

"The longer I live, the more certain I am that the great difference between men, between the feeble and the powerful, the great and the insignificant, is energy,—invincible determination,—a purpose once fixed, and then death or victory. That quality will do anything that can be done in this world, and no talents, no circumstances, no opportunities will make a two-legged creature a man without it."—Buxton.

"The longer I live, the more I realize that the big difference between people—those who are weak and those who are strong, the important and the unimportant—is energy—unbreakable determination—a goal once set, and then it’s either success or failure. That quality can achieve anything that’s possible in this world, and no skills, circumstances, or opportunities will make a person truly human without it."—Buxton.

"The human will, that force unseen,
The offspring of a deathless soul,
Can hew a way to any goal,
Though walls of granite intervene.[Pg 221]
"You will be what you will to be;
Let failure find its false content
In that poor word environment,
But spirit scorns it and is free.
"It masters time, it conquers space,
It cows that boastful trickster, chance,
And bids the tyrant circumstance
Uncrown and fill a servant's place."

"Resolve is what makes a man manifest; not puny resolve, not crude determinations, not errant purpose, but that strong and indefatigable will which treads down difficulties and danger as a boy treads down the heaving frost lands of winter, which kindles his eye and brain with a proud pulse beat toward the unattainable. Will makes men giants."—Donald G. Mitchell.

"Determination is what allows a person to truly shine; not weak resolve, not surface-level decisions, not wandering intentions, but that strong and tireless will that overcomes challenges and risks like a boy strides confidently across the icy ground of winter, igniting his mind and spirit with a thrilling drive towards the impossible. Willpower transforms people into giants."—Donald G. Mitchell.

"There is no chance, no destiny, no fate
Can circumvent, or hinder, or control
The firm resolve of a determined soul.
Gifts count for nothing, will alone is great;
All things give way before it soon or late.
What obstacle can stay the mighty force
Of the sea-seeking river in its course,
Or cause the ascending orb of day to wait?
Each well-born soul must win what it deserves.[Pg 222]
Let the fools prate of luck. The fortunate
Is he whose earnest purpose never swerves,
Whose slightest action, or inaction,
Serves the one great aim. Why, even death itself
Stands still and waits an hour sometimes
For that will.
Ella Wheeler Wilcox.

"I have brought myself by long meditation to the conviction that a human being with a settled purpose must accomplish it, and that nothing can resist a will which will stake even existence upon its fulfillment."—Lord Beaconsfield.

"I’ve come to believe, after much thought, that a person with a clear goal will achieve it, and that nothing can stand in the way of a determination that is willing to risk everything for its success."—Lord Beaconsfield.

"A passionate desire and an unwearied will can perform impossibilities, or what may seem to be such to the cold and feeble."—Sir John Simpson.

"A strong desire and a relentless will can achieve the impossible, or what may appear to be impossible to those who are indifferent and weak."—Sir John Simpson.

"It is wonderful how even the casualties of life seem to bow to a spirit that will not bow to them, and yield to subserve a design which they may, in their first apparent tendency, threaten to frustrate. When a firm, decisive spirit is recognized, it is curious to see how the space clears around a man and leaves him room and freedom."—John Foster.

"It’s amazing how even the hardships of life seem to give way to a spirit that refuses to give in, and instead serve a purpose that they might initially seem to disrupt. When a strong, resolute character is acknowledged, it’s interesting to observe how the space clears around a person, giving them room and freedom."—John Foster.

"The great thing about General Grant is cool persistency of purpose. He is not easily excited, and he has got the grip of a bulldog. When he once gets his[Pg 223] teeth in, nothing can shake him off."—Abraham Lincoln.

"The great thing about General Grant is his calm determination. He stays composed under pressure, and he has a bulldog's tenacity. Once he commits to something, nothing can make him back down."—Abraham Lincoln.

"I am bigger than anything that can happen to me. All these things are outside my door, and I've got the key. * * * Man was meant to be, and ought to be, stronger and more than anything that can happen to him. Circumstances, 'Fate,' 'Luck,' are all outside; and if he cannot change them, he can always beat them."—Charles F. Lummis.

"I am bigger than anything that can happen to me. All these things are outside my door, and I've got the key. * * * Man was meant to be, and should be, stronger and more than anything that can happen to him. Circumstances, 'Fate,' 'Luck,' are all outside; and if he can't change them, he can always overcome them."—Charles F. Lummis.

"The truest wisdom is a resolute determination."

"The greatest wisdom is being completely determined."

"Impossible is a word found only in the dictionary of fools."

"Impossible is a word that exists only in the dictionary of fools."

"Circumstances! I make circumstances!"—Napoleon.

"Circumstances! I create circumstances!"—Napoleon.

"He who fails only half wills."—Suwarrow.

"He who fails only half wants it."—Suwarrow.

"That which the easiest becomes a habit in us is the will. Learn, then, to will strongly and decisively; thus fix your floating life, and leave it no longer to be carried hither and thither, like a withered leaf, by every wind that blows."

"Everything that easily becomes a habit for us is our will. So, learn to will with strength and certainty; this way, you can anchor your wandering life and no longer let it be tossed around like a dried leaf by every breeze that blows."

"Man owes his growth chiefly to that active striving of the will,—that encounter which we call effort,—and it is astonishing to find how often results apparently impracticable are thus made possible. * * * It is will—force of purpose—that enables a man to do or be whatever he sets his mind upon being or doing."

"People owe their growth mainly to the active determination of their will—that struggle we call effort—and it's amazing to see how often results that seem impossible become achievable. * * * It is will—strength of purpose—that allows someone to do or become whatever they focus on achieving."

"A strong, defiant purpose is many-handed and lays[Pg 224] hold of whatever is near that can serve it; it has a magnetic purpose that draws to itself whatever is kindred. * * * Let it be your first study to teach the world that you are not wood and straw; that there is some iron in you."—Munger.

"A strong, determined purpose is multifaceted and takes hold of whatever is close by that can help it; it has a magnetic quality that attracts like-minded things. * * * Make it your primary goal to show the world that you are not just flimsy; that there is strength within you."—Munger.

"It's dogged as does it."—Yorkshire Proverb.

"It's determined as it gets."—Yorkshire Proverb.

"One talent with a will behind it will accomplish more than ten without it, as a thimbleful of powder in a rifle, the bore of whose barrel will give it direction, will do greater execution than a carload burned in the open air."—O.S. Marden.

"One person with determination will achieve more than ten without it, just as a small amount of gunpowder in a rifle, whose barrel gives it direction, will have a greater impact than a whole carload burned in the open air."—O.S. Marden.

"Will may not endow man with talents or capacities; but it does one very important matter—it enables him to make the best, the very best, of his powers."—Fothergill.

"Will might not give a person skills or abilities; but it does one very important thing—it allows them to make the most, the absolute most, of their potential."—Fothergill.

"Tender-handed stroke a nettle,
And it stings you for your pains.
Grasp it like a man of mettle,
And it soft as down remains."

"Don't flinch; don't foul; but hit the line hard."—Roosevelt.

"Don't hesitate; don't mess up; but go for it with all you've got."—Roosevelt.

"The more difficulties one has to encounter, within and without, the more significant and the higher in inspiration his life will be."

"The more challenges one faces, both inside and out, the more meaningful and inspiring their life will be."


TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE:

TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE:

Obvious typographcial errors and printer errors have been corrected without comment. Other than obvious errors, no attempt has been made to correct unconventional spelling, punctuation, grammar, etc. The author's usage is preserved as printed in the original publication.

Obvious typographical errors and printer mistakes have been corrected without comment. Other than clear errors, no attempt has been made to correct unconventional spelling, punctuation, grammar, etc. The author's usage is preserved as printed in the original publication.

 

 


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!